SEC Filing | ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Customer Transfers

Billing and Metering

Customer Moves

Imbalance

• Acquisitions and withdrawals of customers

• Disputed meter readings

•      Device management

•      Billing and meter reading management

•      Payment plans

• Customer move-in and move-out processing

• Customer address changes

• Sales Support

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 27, 2006

Registration No. 333-121001

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT No. 3

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

541990

82-0572194

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

(IRS Employer Identification No.)

350 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 277-7100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

Vikram Talwar

Chief Executive Officer

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

350 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 277-7100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

John C. Kennedy, Esq.

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

(212) 373-3000

Amit Shashank, Esq.

General Counsel and Vice President

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

350 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 277-7100

Janet L. Fisher, Esq.

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP

One Liberty Plaza

New York, New York 10006

(212) 225-2000

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class

of securities to be registered

Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price (1) (2)

Amount of

registration fee

Common Stock, par value $0.001

$60,000,000

$6,420(3)

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)

Including additional shares of common stock which may be purchased by the underwriters at their option.

(3)

A registration fee of $9,503 was previously paid.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated July 27, 2006.

Shares

LOGO

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of ExlService Holdings, Inc., all of which are being offered by us.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “EXLS.”

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


	Per Share	Total
Initial public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discount and commission	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses	$	$

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than shares of our common stock, they have the option to purchase up to an additional shares from us at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. Up to 5% of the shares offered hereby have been reserved for sale at the initial public offering price to specified persons under our directed share program.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers against payment in New York, New York on , 2006.


Citigroup		Goldman, Sachs & Co.


Merrill Lynch & Co.		Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

Prospectus dated , 2006.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. Neither we nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus or such other date stated in this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
Industry and Market Data		i

Prospectus Summary		1

Risk Factors		11

Forward-Looking Statements		25

Use of Proceeds		26

Dividend Policy		26

Capitalization		27

Dilution		28

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data		29

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information		32

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		37

Business		57

The Inductis Acquisition		77

Management		80

Principal Stockholders		98

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions		101

Description of Capital Stock		107

Shares Available for Future Sale		110

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders		112

Underwriting		115

Legal Matters		119

Experts		119

Enforceability of Judgments		119

Where You Can Find More Information		120

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-1

Until , 2006 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Industry and market data used throughout this prospectus were obtained through company research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, and industry and general publications. The information contained in the joint report, or the NASSCOM-McKinsey report, published by the National Association of Software and Service Companies, or NASSCOM, and McKinsey & Company, in December 2005, represents their joint estimates.

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights all material information about us and this offering, but does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk Factors” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included herewith. This prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Forward-Looking Statements.” Except where otherwise indicated, all information presented in this prospectus on a pro forma basis gives effect to the acquisition of Inductis, Inc., or Inductis, as described under “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” and “The Inductis Acquisition.”

The Company

Our Business

We are a leading provider of offshore business process outsourcing services, primarily serving the needs of Global 1000 companies in the banking, financial services and insurance sector. We seek to provide a broad range of outsourcing services, including business process outsourcing services, research and analytics services and advisory services. The business process outsourcing services we provide involve the transfer to us of select business operations of a client, such as claims processing, finance and accounting and customer service, after which we administer and manage the operations for our client. Our research and analytics services are intended to facilitate more effective data-based strategic and operating decisions by our clients using statistical and quantitative analytical techniques. Our advisory services include risk assessment, documentation and internal controls testing, business process re-engineering and process quality monitoring. Our revenues have grown from $27.8 million in 2003 to $74.0 million in 2005 for a compound annual growth rate of 63.2% during that period. On a pro forma basis, our revenues were $94.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

We combine in-depth knowledge of the banking, financial services and insurance, or BFSI, sector with proven expertise in transferring business operations to our centers in India and administering and managing them for our U.S. and U.K.-based clients. We have successfully transferred more than 225 processes covering a broad array of products and services from 22 clients to our operations centers. With our recent acquisition of Inductis, a provider of consulting and analytics services, we have expanded the types and sophistication of research and analytics services we offer. We believe that this acquisition will cause an increasing proportion of our revenues to be derived from these services. We have begun to expand our service offerings to other sectors with similar needs, such as utilities, healthcare and media, by leveraging our experience in the BFSI sector and operational expertise. Our services include:

LOGO

Our largest clients in 2005, on a pro forma basis, were Norwich Union (an Aviva company), American Express Financial Corporation, or American Express, and Dell (including Dell Financial Services). Other clients include Centrica plc, Prudential Financial, Indymac Bank, one of the three largest U.S. banks, two of the five largest U.S. insurers and one of the largest global providers of business information. Our operations centers are located in India, which enables us to leverage India’s large pool of highly qualified and educated English-speaking technical professionals, who are able to handle complex processes and services that require functional skills and industry expertise. We also believe we can offer consistently high quality services at substantially lower costs than those available from in-house facilities or U.S. or U.K.-based outsourcing providers. Our total number of employees, substantially all of whom are based in India, has grown from approximately 1,800 at December 31, 2002 to approximately 7,300 at July 1, 2006.

Our Industry

Business process outsourcing, or BPO, providers work with clients to develop and deliver operational improvements with the goal of achieving higher performance at lower costs. Outsourcing of business processes is a long-term strategic commitment for companies that, once implemented, is generally not subject to cyclical spending or information technology budget reductions. Organizations in the BFSI sector, in particular, outsource their key business processes to third parties to reduce costs, improve process quality, handle increased transaction volumes and ensure redundancy. Increased global demand, cost improvements in international communications and the automation of many business services have created a significant opportunity for offshore business process service providers, and many companies are moving select office processes to providers with the capacity to perform these functions from overseas locations.

Market Opportunity

The NASSCOM-McKinsey report estimates that the offshore BPO industry will grow at a 37.0% compound annual growth rate, from $11.4 billion in fiscal 2005 to $55.0 billion in fiscal 2010. The report identifies the banking and insurance industries as representing 50% of the potential offshore BPO market and estimates that providers have captured less than 10% of the total opportunity, even in industries that began outsourcing processes early on such as insurance (life, health, and property and casualty) and retail banking (including deposits and lending, credit cards, mortgages, and loans). The report estimates that India-based companies accounted for 46% of offshore BPO revenue in fiscal 2005 and that India will retain its dominant position as the most favored offshore BPO destination for the foreseeable future. It forecasts that the Indian offshore BPO market will grow from $5.2 billion in revenue in fiscal 2005 to $25.0 billion in fiscal 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of 36.9%.

EXL’s Competitive Strengths and Business Strategy

Competitive Strengths

We believe we have a number of competitive strengths, including:

Deep and Comprehensive Processing Experience Within the BFSI Sector. With a substantial majority of our revenues derived from the BFSI sector, we have gained a deep understanding of that sector, especially in functions such as loan underwriting support, claims processing, premium research and reconciliation, collections

and accounts receivable management. Our expertise stems from our early association with Conseco Inc., or Conseco, and has allowed us to provide a full range of services to our clients. While the outsourcing industry is highly fragmented, we believe that we are recognized within the industry and among prospective clients as being among a small number of BPO companies that can offer depth of expertise in the BFSI sector.

Long-term Client Relationships that Result in a High Level of Recurring and Predictable Revenues in Our BPO Business. A substantial majority of our BPO services are provided under long-term contracts with initial terms ranging from three to seven years. This contract structure provides us with relatively predictable and recurring revenues for a substantial portion of our business and reduces our sales and marketing costs relative to project-based service providers.

Our two main contracts with our largest BPO client, representing 38.3% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, can only be terminated for cause during their initial terms, which expire in August 2007 and July 2009, while our other BPO clients can terminate their contracts without cause during the initial term. Our contracts with our second-largest BPO client, which represented 11.9% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, expire on November 1, 2006. These contracts can be terminated by our client at any time and without cause with 30 days prior notice. Contracts with other BPO clients representing approximately 3.6% of our pro forma revenues in 2005 will expire within 12 months, while the remainder of our BPO contracts expire in more than one year, or do not have specified initial terms and remain in effect until terminated or until there are no work orders or engagement schedules.

Strong Focus on Process Migration, Operations Management and Process Excellence. Our ability to deliver continuous process improvements and our reputation for superior service have proven to be strong competitive advantages when developing new client relationships. Our process migration expertise, which combines industry knowledge, process and project management techniques and a consultative approach by which our services are tailored to meet the client’s specific needs, has enabled us to successfully transfer more than 225 processes from 22 clients. We use well-known techniques to continually improve the services we offer, including the Six Sigma methodology for reducing defects in business operations and Kaizen initiatives, which stress continuous incremental improvements in each stage of a business process. We have also developed proprietary tools to identify and continue to deliver process improvements for our clients. We have been certified by Customer Operations Performance Center, Inc., or COPC, for our BPO services, collections and certain customer service operations and have been awarded an ISO 9001:2000 certification for quality assurance, a BS7799 certification for information security and an OHSAS certification for employee health and safety.

Robust Human Resources and Technology Infrastructure. Our investment in employee recruitment, training and retention provides us with the ability to rapidly increase the scale of our operations to respond to the needs of our clients. We have the ability to recruit and train an average of 390 employees per month and believe that the strength of our human resource function will enable us to continue to attract highly qualified and motivated employees, notwithstanding competitive pressures. We have also developed an extensive technological infrastructure with a focus on redundancies, scalability and, most importantly, information security.

Experienced Management Team With a Significant Equity Stake. We pride ourselves on the strength and depth of our management and their continued commitment to our ongoing success. With the Inductis acquisition, we have significantly expanded the depth of our management pool, including senior managers with long-term client relationships in key areas of our business. Our top 31 senior managers at or above the level of vice president have an average of approximately ten years of experience in the BFSI sector and extensive working experience with the business practices of multinational corporations. In addition, 21 members of our senior management team hold a significant equity stake in our company. The incentives that we provided in the Inductis acquisition, including through earnout and similar contingent payments, are intended to accomplish the same alignment of interests and motivate Inductis management to develop the significant market opportunity in the area of research and analytics.

Competitive Weaknesses

As further described in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus, our operations face a number of risks. For example, our revenues depend substantially on three clients and a few industries. In addition, wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin. Furthermore, if we fail to effectively manage our rapid infrastructure and personnel growth, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Finally, the market for outsourcing services is highly competitive, and we expect competition to intensify from a number of sources.

Business Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading provider of BPO, research and analytics and advisory services in the BFSI sector and other sectors that we believe have significant potential, such as utilities, healthcare and media. Specific elements of our growth strategy include:

Maintaining Our Focus on Large-scale, Long-term Relationships. We believe there are significant opportunities for additional growth with our existing clients, and we seek to expand these relationships by increasing the depth and breadth of the services we provide.

Offering a Broad Range of Outsourcing Services. We seek to differentiate ourselves by emphasizing the broad range of outsourcing services that we provide. Many of our services are complementary, enabling us to combine them and provide a more sophisticated overall level of service for our clients. We will continue to identify opportunities for cross-selling our service offerings and enhancing client satisfaction.

Expanding Our Client Base. We intend to develop long-term relationships that present recurring revenue opportunities with new clients by leveraging our industry experience and expanding our marketing activities. In developing such relationships, we continue to be highly selective and seek industry-leading clients who are committed to long-term and strategic relationships with us.

Extending Our Industry Expertise. We intend to continue to strengthen our processing capabilities for the BFSI sector and other high-potential sectors by focusing on the more complex and value-enhancing services that are common to these sectors. We have begun to implement this strategy, expanding into the utilities, healthcare and media sectors during 2006.

Continuing to Focus on Complex Processes. We intend to continue to leverage our industry expertise to provide increasingly more complex services for our clients. As a result of our established and developing industry expertise and knowledge of our clients’ businesses and processes, our employees are able to handle processes that are non-routine and that cannot be readily automated or transferred to other parties.

Continuing to Invest in Operational Infrastructure. We will continue to invest in infrastructure, including human resources, process optimization and delivery platforms, to meet our growing client requirements. We will also continue to invest in developing and refining methodologies and analytical models and tools.

Pursuing Strategic Relationships and Acquisitions. We will continue to selectively consider strategic relationships with industry leaders or acquisitions or investments, such as the Inductis acquisition, that would expand the scope of our existing services, add new clients or allow us to enter new geographic markets.

Information about the Company

Our pre-predecessor, ExlService.com, Inc., or EXL Inc., a Delaware corporation, was formed on April 9, 1999 and began commercial operations in October 2000. On August 1, 2001, EXL Inc. was acquired by

Conseco in the 2001 Acquisition, and operated as Conseco’s wholly owned subsidiary until November 14, 2002. We were formed by a group including Vikram Talwar, Rohit Kapoor, Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P., FTVentures and certain other senior members of our management team, and on November 14, 2002 we purchased EXL Inc. from Conseco in the 2002 Acquisition, and EXL Inc. became our wholly owned subsidiary. Our other subsidiaries are ExlService.com (India) Private Limited, an Indian corporation, or EXL India, Noida Customer Operations Private Limited, an Indian corporation, or NCOP, ExlService (U.K.) Limited, an entity formed in the United Kingdom, or EXL U.K., Exl Support Service Limited, an Indian corporation, or ESS, and Inductis, a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Inductis LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Inductis India Private Limited, an Indian corporation, or Inductis India.

The selected and other financial information included in this prospectus include those of both our company and our predecessor, EXL Inc. Periods prior to August 1, 2001 represent the accounts of EXL Inc. prior to the 2001 Acquisition, or the pre-predecessor; periods on or after August 1, 2001 and prior to November 15, 2002 represent the accounts of EXL Inc. after the 2001 Acquisition, or the predecessor; and periods on or after November 15, 2002 represent our accounts after the 2002 Acquisition, or the successor. Our fiscal year ends on December 31.

The unaudited pro forma financial and statistical information included in this prospectus reflect our acquisition of Inductis, which we refer to as the Inductis Acquisition, and are based on the historical financial statements of ExlService Holdings, Inc., or ExlService Holdings, and Inductis, subject to certain assumptions and adjustments.

ExlService Holdings was incorporated in Delaware on October 29, 2002. Our principal executive offices are located at 350 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, and our telephone number at that address is (212) 277-7100. Our website address is http://www.exlservice.com. The information on our website is not part of, nor is it incorporated into, this prospectus.

Unless the context indicates or requires otherwise, the terms “EXL,” “we,” “our,” “us” and “the company” refer collectively to ExlService Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiaries and all predecessor entities. ProMPT^™, SOFT^™, MOST^™, ECS^™ and MICROANALYTIX are unregistered trademarks of EXL or our subsidiaries.

In this prospectus, certain financial data has been rounded to ensure arithmetical accuracy. Certain U.S. dollar figures in this prospectus have been converted from Indian rupees at a rate of 44.48 rupees to $1.00, the exchange rate in effect on March 31, 2006, unless otherwise specified.

Share Conversion

Prior to this offering, we had two classes of common stock, our Series A common stock and Series B common stock. In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and our existing stock option plan arrangements, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each share of our Series B common stock will be converted automatically and without any action on the part of the holders or our part into one share of our Series A common stock, and each option to purchase shares of our Series B common stock will be adjusted to convert without any action on the part of the holders into an option to purchase the same number of shares of our Series A common stock. In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will increase our total authorized number of shares of capital stock, make certain changes to our charter documents and effect a to one stock split, which we refer to as the Stock Split. As a result, after this offering, we will only have one class of common stock outstanding, which will be referred to as common stock. Investors will be acquiring common stock in this offering. We refer to the conversion of all our shares of Series B common stock into Series A common stock, the Stock Split and the other transactions described above collectively in this prospectus as the “Share Conversion.”

After the Share Conversion and the consummation of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option in full) and shares of common

stock issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock. shares of common stock offered hereby (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option in full) will be freely tradable. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our employee stock option plans and shares held for resale by our existing stockholders that were previously issued under our employee stock option plans. In addition, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with certain of our stockholders pursuant to which these holders will have the right, subject to certain conditions and the expiration of the lock-up applicable to those stockholders in connection with this offering, to require us to file registration statements covering shares of our common stock or to include those shares in registration statements that we may file on our behalf or on behalf of other stockholders.

Share Ownership

Assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, immediately following the Share Conversion and the consummation of this offering, Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P. and certain of its affiliates will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; FTVentures and certain of its affiliates will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vikram Talwar, will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; our President, Rohit Kapoor, will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; and certain other members of our management will own, collectively, shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock.

Risk Factors

Investing in our shares involves risks, which include, among other things:

•

We have a limited number of clients and provide services to few industries. In 2005, 62.8% of our pro forma revenues came from three clients and our contracts with two of those clients, representing 24.5% of such pro forma revenues, are terminable without cause with 30 days or less prior notice to us;

•

We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations, as competition for highly skilled personnel is intense and we experience significant employee turnover rates;

•

Our operating results may experience significant variability and as a result it may be difficult for us to make accurate financial forecasts;

•

Our senior management team is critical to our continued success and the loss of one or more members of our senior management team could harm our business;

•

Wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin;

•

Our client contracts contain certain termination and other provisions that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations;

•

Our agreements with our largest client give it the option to assume the operations of one of our facilities, and the exercise of that option could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations; and

•

Oak Hill Capital Partners, FTVentures, certain of their respective affiliates, Vikram Talwar, Rohit Kapoor and certain other members of management will continue to exercise significant influence over us, and their interests in our business may be different than yours.

See “Risk Factors” for a description of these and other risks of investing in our common stock.

The Offering

Common stock outstanding before this offering

shares.

Common stock offered by us

shares.

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering

shares.

Use of proceeds

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering:

•

to repurchase or redeem all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock held by certain of our directors, officers and significant stockholders;

•

to repay all outstanding senior promissory notes payable to certain of our directors, officers and significant stockholders; and

•

for working capital and general corporate purposes.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol

EXLS.

Directed Share Program

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

•

assumes an initial public offering price of $ per share, the mid-point of the offering range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

•

gives effect to the Share Conversion;

•

excludes, in the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, options to purchase shares of common stock that are currently outstanding or to be granted effective upon consummation of this offering and any shares of common stock that may be issued as an earnout or contingent payment in connection with the Inductis Acquisition; and

•

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to additional shares. If the underwriters exercise this option in full, we will offer additional shares of common stock and any such shares that are sold will thereafter be outstanding. See “Underwriting.”

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following table sets forth our summary consolidated financial and other data for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.

The summary balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, and the summary statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are derived from our consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, and are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 and the income statement data for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 were derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for these periods which include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

The following table also presents summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2006 that give effect to the Inductis Acquisition. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 give effect to the Inductis Acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods, and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data at March 31, 2006 give effect to the Inductis Acquisition as if it had occurred on March 31, 2006. Such data has been derived from our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements referred to above and the audited and unaudited financial statements of Inductis which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

You should read the following information in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto and the audited and unaudited financial statements of Inductis and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the data set forth in “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information.”


	Pro Forma Three Months Ended March 31, 2006									Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2005
				Three Months Ended March 31,									Year Ended December 31,
				2006			2005						2005			2004			2003
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
	(in millions)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues(1)	$	28.4		$	21.6		$	17.8		$	94.9		$	74.0		$	60.5		$	27.8
Cost of revenues(2)		18.1			14.0			11.8			58.4			47.6			38.7			18.4

Gross profit		10.3			7.6			6.0			36.5			26.4			21.8			9.4

Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses(3)		5.8			3.7			3.2			18.3			13.2			11.1			7.9
Selling and marketing expenses(3)		1.3			0.8			0.3			2.5			1.7			1.5			1.1
Depreciation and amortization		1.9			1.7			1.5			6.4			5.9			3.9			0.4
Amortization of intangibles		0.6			—			—			2.5			—			—			—
Impairment of loan receivable		0.2			—			—			2.8			—			—			—

Total operating expenses		9.8			6.2			5.0			32.5			20.8			16.5			9.4

Income (loss) from operations		0.5			1.4			1.0			4.0			5.6			5.3			—

Other income (expense):
Foreign exchange gain		0.4			0.4			0.4			0.9			0.9			0.8			0.4
Interest and other income		0.2			0.2			0.1			0.9			0.7			0.2			0.2
Interest expense		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.8	)		(0.4	)		(0.3	)		(0.3	)
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		—			—			(0.2	)		(0.4	)		(0.4	)		(0.6	)		(0.3	)

Income before income taxes		1.0			1.9			1.2			4.6			6.4			5.4			—
Income tax (benefit) provision		(0.2	)		(0.2	)		0.1			(0.4	)		(0.6	)		—			0.8

Net income (loss)		1.2			2.1			1.1			5.0			7.0			5.4			(0.8	)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock		(0.2	)		(0.2	)		—			(0.2	)		(0.2	)		—			(0.2	)

Net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	1.0		$	1.9		$	1.1		$	4.8		$	6.8		$	5.4		$	(1.0	)

Other Unaudited Financial Data:
EBITDA(4)	$	3.6		$	3.7		$	3.0		$	14.7		$	13.1		$	10.2		$	1.0


	Pro Forma As Adjusted at March 31, 2006(5)	At March 31, 2006		At December 31, 2005
	(unaudited)	(unaudited)
		(in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	$	23.1	$	24.2
Working capital(6)			26.2		23.3
Total assets			64.5		62.6
Total debt			5.7		5.6
Series A preferred stock (liquidation preference)			6.3		6.2
Stockholders’ equity			33.6		30.9

(1)

In accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, we include the amount of telecommunications and travel-related costs that are billed to and reimbursed by our clients in our revenues. Revenues include reimbursable expenses of $1.0 million ($1.6 million on a pro forma basis) for the three months ended March 31, 2006, $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, $3.4 million ($5.1 million on a pro forma basis) in 2005, $4.2 million in 2004 and $0.6 million in 2003.

(2)

Cost of revenues includes non-cash amortization of deferred stock compensation expense relating to our issuance of stock options to employees directly involved in providing services to our clients. Cost of revenues excludes depreciation and amortization related to fixed assets.

(3)

General and administrative and selling and marketing expenses, or SG&A expenses, include non-cash amortization of deferred stock compensation expense relating to our issuance of stock options to our non-operations staff.

(4)

EBITDA represents net income (loss) to common stockholders before deductions for interest, income taxes, the effects of dividends and accretion on preferred stock and depreciation and amortization. EBITDA is a supplemental non-GAAP financial measure used by management, and industry analysts to evaluate operations.

The following is a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA (in millions):


	Pro Forma Three Months Ended March 31, 2006			Three Months Ended March 31,					Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2005			Year Ended December 31,
	Pro Forma Three Months Ended March 31, 2006			2006			2005		Pro Forma Year Ended December 31, 2005			2005			2004		2003
Net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	1.0		$	1.9		$	1.1	$	4.8		$	6.8		$	5.4	$	(1.0	)
Interest and other expense		0.1			0.1			0.1		0.8			0.4			0.3		0.3
Dividend and accretion on preferred stock		0.2			0.2			—		0.2			0.2			—		0.2
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		—			—			0.2		0.4			0.4			0.6		0.3
Income tax (benefit) provision		(0.2	)		(0.2	)		0.1		(0.4	)		(0.6	)		—		0.8
Depreciation and amortization		2.5			1.7			1.5		8.9			5.9			3.9		0.4

EBITDA	$	3.6		$	3.7		$	3.0	$	14.7		$	13.1		$	10.2	$	1.0

We believe that EBITDA is useful to investors as a measure of comparative operating performance, as it is less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and more reflective of changes in pricing decisions, cost controls and other factors that affect operating performance. Management also uses EBITDA to develop incentive compensation plans and to measure operating performance. We are also presenting EBITDA because we believe it is useful to investors as a way to measure our ability to incur and service debt, make capital expenditures and meet working capital requirements. EBITDA is not intended as an alternative to net income as an indicator of our operating performance, or as an alternative to any other measure of performance in conformity with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities.

(5)

As further adjusted to give effect to this offering and the application of the offering proceeds.

(6)

Working capital means total current assets minus total current liabilities.

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks. In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following factors before investing in our common stock. Any of the risk factors we describe below could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more of these risks and uncertainties develop into actual events, causing you to lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our shares. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Risks Related To Our Business

We have a limited number of clients and provide services to few industries. In 2005, 62.8% of our pro forma revenues came from three clients.

We have derived and believe that we will continue to derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of large clients. In 2005, our three largest clients, Norwich Union (an Aviva company), a United Kingdom-based company, American Express and Dell (including Dell Financial Services), accounted for 62.8% of our pro forma revenues under several contracts. The initial terms of our two Insurance Services Framework Agreements with Norwich Union are set to expire in August 2007 and July 2009. Norwich Union may terminate these agreements during their initial terms only for cause. After these initial terms, Norwich Union may terminate these agreements without cause or penalty with six months notice. American Express may terminate its agreement with us at any time and without cause with five days prior notice. Our contracts with Dell expire on November 1, 2006. Dell may terminate its contracts at any time and without cause with 30 days prior notice. We expect that a significant portion of our revenues will continue to be contributed by a limited number of large clients in the near future. The loss or financial difficulties of any of our large clients, in particular Norwich Union or American Express, would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

In addition, the BPO services we provide to our clients (particularly under our general framework agreements), and the revenues and income from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide under those contracts changes over time, including as a result of a shift in the mix of products and services we provide. Furthermore, our clients, some of which have experienced rapid changes in their prospects, substantial price competition and pressures on their profitability, have in the past and may in the future demand price reductions, automate some or all of their processes or change their outsourcing strategy by moving more work in-house or to other providers, any of which could reduce our profitability. Any significant reduction in or the elimination of the use of the services we provide to any of our clients, or any requirement to lower our prices, would harm our business.

A substantial portion of our BPO clients are concentrated in the BFSI sector. In 2005, 85.8% of our pro forma BPO revenues were derived from clients in those industries, including 66.9% of our pro forma BPO revenues that were derived from clients in the insurance industry. Our business and growth largely depend on continued demand for our services from clients and potential clients in these industries and those industries where we are focusing expansion efforts, such as utilities, healthcare and media. A downturn in any of these industries, particularly the insurance industry, or a slowdown or reversal of the trend to outsource business processes in any of these industries could decrease demand for our services. Other developments, such as consolidation, particularly involving our clients, could also cause the demand for our services in these industries to decline. In addition, our agreements with Norwich Union and American Express also prohibit us from providing similar services to certain of their competitors without the applicable counterparty’s approval.

The BPO industry is very labor intensive and our success depends to a significant extent on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified employees, including our ability to attract employees with needed skills in

the geographic areas in which we operate. The industry, including us, experiences high employee turnover. In the quarter ended June 30, 2006, our turnover rate for billable employees—employees who execute business processes for our clients following the completion of our six-month probationary period—was approximately 38%. There is significant competition for professionals in India with skills necessary to perform the services we offer to our clients. Increased competition for these professionals, in the BPO industry or otherwise, could have an adverse effect on us. A significant increase in the turnover rate among our employees in India, particularly among the highly skilled workforce needed to provide BPO services, would increase our recruiting and training costs and decrease our operating efficiency, productivity and profit margins, and could lead to a decline in demand for our services. High turnover rates generally do not impact our revenues as we factor the attrition rate into our pricing models by maintaining additional employees for each process. However, high turnover rates do increase our cost of revenues and therefore impact our profit margins due to higher recruitment, training and retention costs as a result of maintaining larger hiring, training and human resources departments and higher operating costs due to having to reallocate certain business processes among our operating facilities where we have access to the skilled workforce needed for the business. In 2005, on a pro forma basis, we incurred approximately $1.0 million on recruitment and approximately $0.4 million on training costs due to employee turnover, thereby increasing our cost of revenues and reducing our pro forma profit margins for that period by $1.4 million.

In addition, our ability to maintain and renew existing engagements and obtain new business will depend, in large part, on our ability to attract, train and retain personnel with skills that keep pace with the demand for outsourcing, evolving industry standards and changing client preferences. A lack of sufficiently qualified personnel could also inhibit our ability to establish operations in new markets and our efforts to expand geographically. Our failure either to attract, train and retain personnel with the qualifications necessary to fulfill the needs of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new employees successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our agreements with our largest client give it the option to assume the operations of one of our facilities and operating subsidiaries, and the exercise of that option could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Under one of our agreements with Norwich Union, our largest client, Norwich Union has the option from January 2008 through February 2011 to assume the operations of one of our facilities in Pune, India, by paying us an amount approximating the net asset value of that facility on the date of transfer. The affected facility generated 19.0% of our pro forma revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 20.8% of our pro forma revenues in 2005. In addition, under our other agreement with Norwich Union, it also has the option to purchase certain of the assets of our operating subsidiary, EXL India, for the book value of those assets if we are in a material default of our agreement and such default affects the insurance services provided by more than 300 of our full-time employees or prejudices or is likely to prejudice the reputation of Norwich Union or a U.K. customer of Norwich Union, or if there is a change of control that is not approved by Norwich Union. The exercise of either of these options would result in both a loss of revenues and a loss of our employees who are at that time working in the related facilities.

We have a long selling cycle for our BPO services that requires significant funds and management resources and a long implementation cycle that requires significant resource commitments.

We have a long selling cycle for our BPO services, which requires significant investment of capital, resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them as to the value of our services and assessing the feasibility of integrating our systems and processes with theirs. Our clients then evaluate our services before deciding whether to use them. Therefore, our selling cycle, which generally ranges from six to 12 months, is subject to many risks and delays over which we have little or no control, including our clients’ decision to choose alternatives to our services (such as other providers or in-house offshore resources) and the timing of our clients’ budget cycles and approval processes. In addition, we may not be able to successfully conclude a contract after the selling cycle is complete.

In addition, implementing our services involves a significant commitment of resources over an extended period of time from both our clients and us. Our clients may also experience delays in obtaining internal approvals or delays associated with technology or system implementations, thereby delaying further the implementation process. Our clients and future clients may not be willing or able to invest the time and resources necessary to implement our services, and we may fail to close sales with potential clients to which we have devoted significant time and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Once we are engaged by a client, it may take us several months before we start to recognize revenues.

When we are engaged by a client after the selling process, it takes from four to six weeks to integrate the client’s systems with ours, and up to three months thereafter to build up our services to the client’s requirements. Depending on the complexity of the processes being implemented, these time periods may be significantly longer. Implementing processes can be subject to potential delays similar to certain of those affecting the selling cycle. Therefore, we do not recognize significant revenues until after we have completed the implementation phase.

We enter into long-term contracts with our BPO clients, and our failure to estimate the resources and time required for our contracts may negatively affect our profitability.

The initial terms of our BPO client contracts typically range from three to seven years. In many of our BPO contracts we commit to long-term pricing with our clients and therefore bear the risk of cost overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection with these contracts. If we fail to estimate accurately the resources and time required for a contract, future wage inflation rates or currency exchange rates or if we fail to complete our contractual obligations within the contracted timeframe, our revenues and profitability may be negatively affected.

If we are unable to adjust our pricing terms to meet the changing demands of our BPO clients and potential BPO clients, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

Most of our BPO contracts use a pricing model that provides for hourly or annual billing rates. Industry pricing models are evolving, however, and we anticipate that clients may increasingly request transaction-based pricing. This pricing model will place additional pressure on the efficiency of our service delivery so that we can maintain reasonable operating margins. If we are unable to adapt our operations to evolving pricing protocols, our results of operations may be adversely affected or we may not be able to offer pricing that is attractive relative to our competitors.

Our research and analytics services and our advisory services are cyclical and based on discrete projects involving short-term contracts.

Our research and analytics services and our advisory services are cyclical and can be significantly affected by variations in business cycles. Changes in the deadlines or the scope of work required for compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, for example, could have a significant impact on certain risk advisory service offerings of our advisory services business.

In addition, our research and analytics services and our advisory services usually consist of discrete projects with contract terms generally not exceeding one year. These contracts also usually contain provisions permitting termination of the contract after a short notice period. The short-term nature of these contracts could lead to material fluctuations in the revenues generated from these businesses. In 2005, 31.6% of our pro forma revenues were generated by our research and analytics services and our advisory services.

Our operating results may experience significant variability and as a result it may be difficult for us to make accurate financial forecasts.

Our operating results may vary significantly from period to period. Although our existing agreements with original terms of three or more years provide us with a relatively predictable revenue base for a substantial

portion of our business, the long selling cycle for our services and the budget and approval processes of prospective clients make it difficult to predict the timing of new client acquisitions. The timing of revenue recognition under new client agreements also varies depending on when we complete the implementation phase. The completion of implementation varies significantly based upon the complexity of the processes being implemented. Our period-to-period results have in the past and may also in the future fluctuate due to other factors, including client losses, delays or failure by our clients to provide anticipated business, variations in employee utilization rates resulting from changes in our clients’ operations, delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities and infrastructure (including hiring new employees or constructing new operations centers), changes to our pricing structure or that of our competitors, currency fluctuation, seasonal changes in the operations of our clients and other events identified under “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our revenues are also affected by changes in pricing under our contracts at the time of renewal or by pricing under new contracts. For example, because the majority of our revenues are denominated in pounds sterling or U.S. dollars while most of our expenses are incurred and paid in Indian rupees, our revenues can decrease or increase significantly if the exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar fluctuate significantly. Furthermore, Dell, one of our largest clients, experiences seasonal changes in its operations in connection with the year-end holiday season and the school year, which affects our period-to-period results. In addition, some of our contracts do not commit our clients to provide us with a specific volume of business. These factors may make it difficult to make accurate financial forecasts or replace anticipated revenues that we do not receive as a result of delays in implementing our services or client losses. If our actual results do not meet any estimated results that we announce, or if we underperform market expectations as a result of such factors, trading prices for our common stock could be adversely affected.

Our senior management team is critical to our continued success and the loss of one or more members of our senior management team could harm our business.

Our future success substantially depends on the continued services and performance of the members of our management team and other key employees possessing technical and business capabilities, including industry expertise, that are difficult to replace. Specifically, the loss of the services of our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vikram Talwar, of our President, Rohit Kapoor, or of our Head of Knowledge Services, Sandeep Tyagi, could seriously impair our ability to continue to manage and expand our business. There is intense competition for experienced senior management and personnel with technical and industry expertise in the industry in which we operate, and we may not be able to retain these officers or key employees. Although we have entered into employment and non-competition agreements with all of our executive officers, certain terms of those agreements may not be enforceable and in any event these agreements do not ensure the continued service of these executive officers. In addition, we currently do not maintain “key person” insurance covering any member of our management team. The loss of any of our key employees, particularly to competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our inability to effectively manage our rapid infrastructure and personnel growth could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations and financial condition.

Since we were founded in April 1999, we have experienced rapid growth and significantly expanded our operations. We have six operations facilities in India, including a new facility in Noida, India, that became operational in February 2006. Our employees have increased from approximately 1,800 on December 31, 2002 to approximately 7,300 on July 1, 2006. We expect to develop and improve our internal systems in the locations where we operate in order to address the anticipated growth of our business. In addition, we are actively looking at a few specific locations to invest in an operations facility outside of India and are contractually committed to one of our clients to do so by March 2007. We believe expanding our geographic base of operations will provide higher value to our clients by decreasing the risks of operating from a single country (including potential shortages of skilled employees, increases in wage costs during strong economic times and currency fluctuations), while also giving our clients access to a wider talent pool and establishing a base in countries that may be competitive in the future. However, we may not be able to effectively manage our infrastructure and employee

expansion, open additional operations facilities or hire additional skilled employees as and when they are required to meet the ongoing needs of our clients, and we may not be able to develop and improve our internal systems. Our inability to execute our growth strategy, to ensure the continued adequacy of our current systems or to manage our expansion effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin.

Our most significant costs are the salaries and related benefits of our operations staff and other employees. Wage costs in India have historically been significantly lower than wage costs in the United States and Europe for comparably skilled professionals, which has been one of our competitive advantages. However, because of rapid economic growth in India, increased demand for BPO to India and increased competition for skilled employees in India, wages for comparably skilled employees in India are increasing at a faster rate than in the United States and Europe, which may reduce this competitive advantage. In addition, as the U.S. dollar declines in value against the Indian rupee, wages in the United States will decrease relative to wages in India, which may further reduce our competitive advantage. We may need to increase the levels of employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to remain competitive in attracting and retaining the quality and number of employees that our business requires. Wages are generally higher for employees performing research and analytics services and advisory services than for employees performing other BPO services. As the scale of our research and analytics services and our advisory services increases, wages as a percentage of revenues will likely increase. Wage increases in the long term may reduce our profit margins. Additionally, because substantially all of our employees are based in India and paid in Indian rupees, while our revenues are primarily in U.S. dollars and pounds sterling, our employee costs as a percentage of revenues may increase or decrease significantly if the exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar fluctuate significantly.

We may disrupt our clients’ operations as a result of inadequate service or other factors, including telecommunications or technology downtime or interruptions.

The services we provide are often critical to our clients’ businesses, and any failure to provide those services could result in a reduction in revenues or a claim for substantial damages against us, regardless of whether we are responsible for that failure. In particular, our dependence on our offshore operations centers requires us to maintain active voice and data communications among our main operations centers in India, our international technology hubs in the United States and our clients’ offices. Although we maintain redundant facilities and communications links, disruptions could result from, among other things, technical breakdowns, computer glitches and viruses and weather conditions. We also depend on certain significant vendors for facility storage and related maintenance of our main technology equipment and data at those technology hubs. Any failure by these vendors to perform those services, any temporary or permanent loss of our equipment or systems, or any disruptions to basic infrastructure like power and telecommunications could impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients, reduce our revenues and harm our business.

We may not be fully insured for all losses we may incur.

Although we attempt to limit and mitigate our liability for damages arising from negligent acts, errors or omissions through contractual provisions, limitations of liability set forth in our contracts may not be enforceable in all instances or may not otherwise protect us from liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as claims of third parties for which we may be required to indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under those agreements. Although we have general liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors or omissions and breaches of privacy and network security, that coverage may not continue to be available on reasonable terms or to be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, and our insurers may disclaim coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that

exceed available insurance coverage, or changes in our insurance policies (including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements), could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data, whether through breach of our computer systems or otherwise, could expose us to protracted and costly litigation and cause us to lose clients.

We are typically required to collect and store sensitive data in connection with our services, including names, addresses, social security numbers, credit card account numbers, checking and savings account numbers and payment history records, such as account closures and returned checks. In addition, many of our agreements with our clients do not include any limitation on our liability to them with respect to breaches of our obligation to keep the information we receive from them confidential. We take precautions to protect confidential client and customer data. However, if any person, including any of our employees, penetrates our network security or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates sensitive data, we could be subject to significant liability and lawsuits from our clients or their own customers for breaching contractual confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Penetration of the network security of our data centers could have a negative impact on our reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our industry may not develop in ways that we currently anticipate due to negative public reaction in the United States and elsewhere to offshore outsourcing, recently proposed legislation or otherwise.

We have based our strategy of future growth on certain assumptions regarding our industry and future developments in the BFSI market. For example, we believe that there will continue to be changes in product and service requirements, and investments in the products offered by our clients will continue to increase. However, the trend to outsource business processes may not continue and could reverse. Offshore outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic in the United States and elsewhere, and many organizations and public figures have publicly expressed concern about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing providers and the loss of jobs in the United States and elsewhere. In addition, there has been recent publicity about the negative experience of certain companies that use offshore outsourcing, particularly in India. Current or prospective clients may elect to perform such services themselves or may be discouraged from transferring these services to offshore providers to avoid any negative perception that may be associated with using an offshore provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing industry trends would harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that operate out of facilities located in the United States and elsewhere.

A variety of U.S. federal and state legislation has been proposed that, if enacted, could restrict or discourage U.S. companies from outsourcing their services to companies outside the United States. For example, legislation has been proposed that would require offshore providers to identify where they are located. Because most of our clients are located in the United States, any expansion of existing laws or the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore outsourcing could adversely impact our ability to do business with U.S. clients and have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. In addition, it is possible that legislation could be adopted that would restrict U.S. private sector companies that have federal or state government contracts from outsourcing their services to offshore service providers. Such restrictions could affect our ability to attract or retain clients that have such contracts in the future.

In other countries, such as the United Kingdom, there has also been some negative publicity and concern expressed regarding the possible effect of job losses caused by outsourcing. Recent legislation introduced in the United Kingdom provides that if a company transfers or outsources its business or a part of its business to a transferee or a service provider, the employees who were employed in such business are entitled to become employed by the transferee or service provider on the same terms and conditions as they had been employed before. The dismissal of such employees as a result of such transfer of business is deemed unfair dismissal and entitles the employees to compensation. As a result, we may become liable for redundancy payments to the

employees of our clients in the United Kingdom who outsource business to us. We believe this legislation will not affect our existing contracts with clients in the United Kingdom. However, we may be liable under any service level agreements we enter into in the future pursuant to existing master services agreements with our United Kingdom clients. Although we are not yet able to assess at this time the potential impact of this new legislation, which came into effect in April 2006, we expect this legislation to have a material adverse effect on potential business from clients in the United Kingdom.

We face significant competition from U.S.-based and non-U.S.-based outsourcing and information technology companies and from our clients, who may perform outsourcing services themselves, either in- house, in the United States or through offshore groups or other arrangements.

The market for outsourcing services is highly competitive, and we expect competition to intensify and increase from a number of sources. We believe that the principal competitive factors in our markets are price, service quality, sales and marketing skills, the ability to develop customized services and technological and industry expertise. We face significant competition for our services from our clients’ own in-house groups, including, in some cases, in-house groups operating offshore. For example, Norwich Union, our largest client, has the option under one of our contracts to assume the operations of one of our facilities in Pune, India. We also face competition from non-U.S.-based outsourcing and information technology, or IT, companies (including those in the United Kingdom and India) and U.S.-based outsourcing and IT companies. In addition, the trend toward offshore outsourcing, international expansion by foreign and domestic competitors and continuing technological changes will result in new and different competitors entering our markets. These competitors may include entrants from the communications, software and data networking industries or entrants in geographic locations with lower costs than those in which we operate. Some of these existing and future competitors have greater financial, personnel and other resources, longer operating histories, a broader range of service offerings, greater technological expertise, more recognizable brand names and more established relationships in industries that we currently serve or may serve in the future. In addition, some of our competitors may enter into strategic or commercial relationships among themselves or with larger, more established companies in order to increase their ability to address client needs, or enter into similar arrangements with potential clients. The trend in multi-vendor relationships has been growing, which could reduce our revenues to the extent that clients obtain services from other vendors. Increased competition, our inability to compete successfully against competitors, pricing pressures or loss of market share could result in reduced operating margins, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our client contracts contain certain termination provisions that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our two main contracts with our largest client, Norwich Union, which represented 38.3% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, can be terminated only for cause before their initial expiration in August 2007 and July 2009. However, after the initial term expires, they can be terminated without cause or penalty by Norwich Union with six months notice. “Cause” under the Norwich contracts includes our failure to perform services agreed upon in a specific work order adequately, disposal of our material assets, our filing for bankruptcy or a change of control where our new controlling party is a named competitor of Norwich Union. Our agreement with American Express, which represented 12.6% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, permits American Express to terminate the agreement at any time and without cause with five days prior notice. Our agreements with Dell, which represented 11.9% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, can be terminated by Dell at any time and without cause with 30 days prior notice. Our contracts with Dell expire on November 1, 2006. Contracts representing approximately 3.6% of our pro forma revenues from our other BPO clients in 2005 will expire within 12 months. The termination of a substantial percentage of these contracts with or without cause could have a material adverse impact on the predictability of our expected revenue stream. Many of our client contracts do not commit our clients to provide us with a specific volume of business, and any failure to meet a client’s expectations could result in a cancellation or non-renewal of a contract or a decrease in business provided to us. We may not be able to replace any client that elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us, which would reduce our revenues.

Almost all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock are currently beneficially owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P., FTVentures and certain of their respective affiliates, our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Vikram Talwar, our President, Rohit Kapoor, and certain other members of management. Assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares, immediately following this offering, Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P. and certain of its affiliates will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; FTVentures and certain of its affiliates will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; Mr. Talwar will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; Mr. Kapoor will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock; and certain other members of our management will own shares (or %) of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, each of these parties can exercise significant influence over our business policies and affairs and all matters requiring a stockholders’ vote, including the composition of our board of directors, the adoption of amendments to our certificate of incorporation and the approval of mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership also may delay, defer or even prevent a change in control of our company and may make some transactions more difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders. The interests of these stockholders may conflict with your interests.

We may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition candidates or integrating Inductis or any other acquired business into our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations and financial condition.

One of our strategies is to broaden our geographic presence, gain new clients, enter new streams of services and expand capacity both organically and through strategic acquisitions. We may not, however, succeed in identifying suitable acquisition candidates available for sale at reasonable prices, have access to the capital required to finance potential acquisitions or be able to consummate any acquisition. Our management may not be able to successfully integrate Inductis or any other acquired business into our operations, and any acquisition we do complete, including the Inductis Acquisition, may not result in long-term benefits to us. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including diversion of management’s attention, ability to finance the acquisition on attractive terms, failure to retain key personnel, legal liabilities and the need to amortize acquired intangible assets, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Future acquisitions may also result in the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of additional equity securities.

We may not be able to realize in full all of the benefits that we anticipate from the Inductis Acquisition.

The value of our common stock will reflect the combined results of ExlService Holdings and Inductis, and will be affected by our ability to achieve the benefits expected from the Inductis Acquisition. Achieving these benefits will depend in part upon meeting the challenges inherent in the successful combination of two business enterprises of the size and scope of ExlService Holdings and Inductis, which include the possible loss of management-level and highly qualified employees and the possible inability to integrate the management culture and enterprise systems and operations of these two companies. We may not be able to meet these challenges, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations following the Inductis Acquisition and prevent the combined company from realizing any of the anticipated benefits of the Inductis Acquisition.

In addition, the senior management of Inductis has significant relationships with key Inductis clients, and the services provided by Inductis are highly dependent on developing client relationships of trust and confidence. The loss of any member of the senior management of Inductis could adversely affect our relationship with those clients or result in the loss of their business.

We have a limited independent operating history and our future business prospects are difficult to evaluate.

We have a limited operating history. We started commercial operations in our first facility in October 2000. In August 2001, we were acquired by our then-largest client, Conseco, and until November 2002, we operated as Conseco’s subsidiary. While substantially all of our revenues were generated by Conseco and its affiliates in 2001 and 2002, in November 2002, our ownership again changed, and since that time revenues from Conseco and its affiliates have substantially decreased to $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $4.9 million in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. We have serviced large unaffiliated clients only for a limited time, and we may not continue to succeed in securing or retaining additional business from non-affiliates. In addition, we did not become profitable until the three months ended September 30, 2003, and we incurred losses in each of our financial reporting periods until that quarter. We may incur additional operating losses in the future, and we may not remain profitable.

Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our business could have an adverse impact on our operations.

Our clients are often subject to regulations that may require that we comply with certain rules and regulations in performing services for them that would not otherwise apply to us. Debt collection services, for example, are subject to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which regulates debt collection and includes licensing requirements. In addition, many U.S. states require a debt collector to apply for, be granted and maintain a license to engage in debt collection activities in a state. We are currently licensed (or exempt from licensing requirements) to provide debt collection services in all but one U.S. state that have non-exempt requirements and have separate “per-customer” exemptions with respect to our ongoing collection obligations. Other laws and regulations that apply to certain portions of our business include the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act and U.S. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, rules and regulations. If we do not maintain our licenses or other qualifications to provide our services, we may not be able to provide services to existing customers or be able to attract new clients and could lose revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. In addition, our failure to comply with any applicable laws and regulations could subject us to civil fines and criminal penalties.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and our management faces challenges in implementing those requirements.

As a public company, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the Commission, and the Nasdaq Global Market, have required more regulation and more corporate governance practices of public companies. We expect that our legal and financial compliance costs will increase and that a significant portion of management’s time will be diverted to comply with these rules. For example, we are in the process of creating additional board committees and are reviewing and adopting comprehensive new policies regarding internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. We are also evaluating and testing our internal controls systems in anticipation of compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we do not implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud and might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the Commission. Any such action could harm our business or investors’ confidence in our company, and could cause our stock price to fall. We will also incur additional costs associated with our reporting requirements as a public company. We also expect that the need to comply with these rules and regulations will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified candidates to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.

Risks Related to India and the International Nature of our Business

Our financial condition could be negatively affected if the Government of India reduces or withdraws tax benefits and other incentives it currently provides to companies within our industry, or if the same are not available for other reasons.

Under the Indian Finance Act, 2000, we currently benefit from a holiday from Indian corporate income taxes. As a result, our service operations have been subject to relatively lower tax liabilities. We incurred minimal income tax expense in 2005 as a result of the tax holiday, compared to approximately $2.4 million that we would have incurred if the tax holiday had not been available for that period (without accounting for double taxation treaty set-offs). The Indian Finance Act, 2000 phases out the tax holiday over a ten-year period from fiscal 2000 through fiscal 2009. Our current tax holidays expire by location by 2009. When our tax holiday expires or terminates, our tax expense will materially increase.

U.S. and Indian transfer-pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be at an arm’s length price. Transactions among our subsidiaries and us may be considered such transactions. If the applicable income tax authorities review any of our tax returns and determine that the transfer price we applied was not appropriate, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties, which would cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, thereby reducing our profitability and cash flows.

A substantial portion of our assets and operations are located in India, and we are subject to regulatory, economic and political uncertainties in India.

Our primary operating subsidiaries are incorporated in India, and virtually all of our assets and our professionals are located in India. We intend to continue to develop and expand our offshore facilities in India. In the early 1990s, India experienced significant inflation, low growth in gross domestic product and shortages of foreign currency reserves. The Indian government, however, has exercised and continues to exercise significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy. India’s government has provided significant tax incentives and relaxed certain regulatory restrictions in order to encourage foreign investment in specified sectors of the economy, including the BPO industry. Certain of those programs, which have benefited us, include tax holidays, liberalized import and export duties and preferential rules on foreign investment and repatriation. We cannot assure you that liberalization policies will continue. The Government of India is considering introducing a reservation policy to the private sector in India, pursuant to which all private sector companies operating in India, including our subsidiaries, would be required to reserve a certain percentage of jobs for the economically underprivileged population in the states where such companies are incorporated. If this policy is adopted, our ability to hire employees of our choice may be affected due to restrictions on our pool of potential employees and competition for these professionals.

Furthermore, the rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting technology companies, foreign investment, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investment in our securities could also change. Since 1996, the Government of India has changed six times. The current Indian government is a coalition of many parties, some of which are communist and other far left parties in India, some of which do not want to continue India’s current economic policies. Various factors, including a collapse of the present coalition government due to the withdrawal of support of coalition members, could trigger significant changes in India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies, disrupt business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular. Our financial performance and the market price of our shares may be adversely affected by changes in inflation, exchange rates and controls, interest rates, Government of India policies (including taxation policies), social stability or other political, economic or diplomatic developments affecting India in the future.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence involving India, the United States or other countries could adversely affect the financial markets, result in a loss of client confidence and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war, including those involving India, the United States or other countries, may adversely affect worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to economic recession, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. South Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including India, Pakistan and China. In recent years there have been several instances of military confrontations along the Indo-Pakistani border. There continues to be potential for hostilities between India and Pakistan due to recent terrorist activities, troop mobilizations along the border and the geopolitical climate along the border. Although this has not been the case to date, such political tensions could create a perception that there is a risk of disruption of services provided by India-based companies, which could have a material adverse effect on the market for our services. Furthermore, if India were to become engaged in armed hostilities, particularly hostilities that were protracted or involved the threat or use of nuclear weapons, we might not be able to continue to operate.

An outbreak of an infectious disease or any other serious public health concerns in Asia or elsewhere could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The outbreak of an infectious disease in Asia or elsewhere or any other serious public health concerns could have a negative impact on the economies, financial markets and business activities in the countries in which our end markets are located, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. The outbreak in 2003 of Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome in Asia and the outbreak of avian influenza, or bird flu, across Asia and Europe, including the recent outbreak in India, have adversely affected a number of countries and companies. Although we have not been adversely impacted by these recent outbreaks, we can give no assurance that a future outbreak of an infectious disease among humans or animals or any other serious public health concerns will not have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are vulnerable to natural disasters that could severely disrupt the normal operation of our business and adversely affect our business, results of operation, financial condition and cash flows.

India is susceptible to natural disasters, including typhoons, tsunamis, floods and earthquakes. Substantially all of our facilities and employees are located in India. If our facilities are damaged by a typhoon, tsunami, flood, earthquake or other natural disaster, our operations and our ability to provide services to our clients could be interrupted or delayed significantly. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses. In addition, although all six of our operations centers have access to other power sources, disaster management facilities in India may not be adequate to protect against potential losses. In addition, clients may terminate their contracts with us if we cannot resume providing services quickly enough. As a result, a natural disaster in India could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation, financial condition and cash flows.

Restrictions on entry visas may affect our ability to compete for and provide services to clients in the United States, which could have a material adverse effect on future revenues.

The vast majority of our employees are Indian nationals. The ability of some of our executives and employees to work with and meet our U.S. and European clients and our clients from other countries depends on their ability to obtain the necessary visas and entry permits. In response to terrorist attacks and global unrest, U.S. and European immigration authorities have increased the level of scrutiny in granting visas. Immigration laws in those countries may also require us to meet certain levels of compensation and comply with other legal requirements as a condition to obtaining or maintaining entry visas. These restrictions have significantly lengthened the time requirements to obtain visas for our personnel, which has in the past resulted, and may continue to result, in delays in the ability of our personnel to meet with our clients. In addition, immigration laws are subject to legislative change and varying standards of application and enforcement due to political forces,

economic conditions or other events, including terrorist attacks. We cannot predict the political or economic events that could affect immigration laws, or any restrictive impact those events could have on obtaining or monitoring entry visas for our professionals. If we are unable to obtain the necessary visas for personnel who need to get to our clients’ sites, or if such visas are delayed, we may not be able to provide services to our clients or to continue to provide these services on a timely basis, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Currency fluctuations among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Although substantially all of our revenues are denominated in pounds sterling (51.8% in 2005, or 40.4% on a pro forma basis) or U.S. dollars (48.2% in 2005, or 59.6% on a pro forma basis), most of our expenses (78.9% in 2005, or 64.5% on a pro forma basis) are incurred and paid in Indian rupees. We report our financial results in U.S. dollars. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. The average Indian rupee/U.S. dollar exchange rate in 2005 was approximately 44.0 (based on the noon buying rate in the City of New York for cable transfers as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York), representing depreciation of 2.9% compared to the average exchange rate for 2004. The average Indian rupee/pound sterling exchange rate in 2005 was approximately 80.2 (based on the Bloomberg Composite Rate), representing depreciation of 3.4% compared to the average exchange rate in 2004. The average U.S. dollar/pound sterling exchange rate remained stable from 2004 to 2005. Although we take steps to hedge a substantial portion of our Indian rupee-U.S. dollar foreign currency exposures, our results of operations may be adversely affected if the Indian rupee fluctuates significantly against the pound sterling or the U.S. dollar, the pound sterling depreciates against the U.S. dollar or our hedging strategy is unsuccessful.

If more stringent labor laws or other industry standards become applicable to us, our profitability may be adversely affected.

India has stringent labor legislation that protects the interests of workers, including legislation that sets forth detailed procedures for dispute resolution and employee removal and legislation that imposes financial obligations on employers upon retrenchment. In addition, we are subject to certain industry standards regarding our employees, particularly with regard to overtime and transportation of employees. Our employees may also in the future form unions. If these labor laws or industry standards become more stringent or are more strictly enforced, or if our employees unionize, it may become difficult for us to maintain flexible human resource policies, discharge employees or downsize, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Investors may have difficulty effecting service of process or enforcing judgments obtained in the United States against our subsidiaries in India or our executive officers.

Our primary operating subsidiaries are organized in India and a number of our executive officers reside outside of the United States. Most of our assets are located in India. As a result, you may be unable to effect service of process upon our affiliates who reside in India outside their jurisdiction of residence. In addition, you may be unable to enforce against these persons outside the jurisdiction of their residence judgments obtained in courts of the United States, including judgments predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

Section 44A and Section 13 of the Indian Civil Procedure Code, 1908, or the Civil Code, govern recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. Section 44A of the Civil Code provides for recognition and enforcement of a foreign judgment without having to file an original suit in India, provided such judgments have been rendered by courts in a country or territory outside India which the Government of India has declared to be a reciprocating territory. We have been advised by our Indian counsel that the United States and India do not

currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than certain arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not it is predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States, would not be enforceable in India as such.

However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in the United States, Section 13 of the Civil Code provides that the foreign judgment will be conclusive as to certain matters. The suit must be brought in India within three years of the date of the foreign judgment. It is unlikely, however, that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a court in the United States if an action is brought in India. It is also unlikely that an Indian court would enforce judgments obtained in the United States if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice.

In addition, the party seeking to enforce in India a judgment obtained in the United States would also be required to obtain approval from the Reserve Bank of India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 to execute such a judgment or to repatriate any money recovered in an Indian court.

Risks Related to this Offering

Because the initial public offering price per common share is substantially higher than our book value per common share, purchasers in this offering will immediately experience a substantial dilution in net tangible book value.

Purchasers of our common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net tangible book value per share from the initial public offering price per share. After giving effect to the Share Conversion and the Inductis Acquisition, the sale of the shares of common stock we have offered hereby, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006, would have been $ million, or $ per share of common stock. This represents an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. A calculation of the dilution purchasers will incur is provided under “Dilution.”

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock. Of these shares, the shares of common stock offered hereby will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market, unless purchased by our affiliates. Upon completion of this offering, our existing stockholders will own shares of our common stock, which will represent approximately % of our outstanding common stock (approximately % if the underwriters exercise their option in full). In addition, we could issue up to 389,906 additional shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) under the earnout payment provisions relating to the Inductis Acquisition. Based on satisfaction of agreed upon financial performance goals in 2007, we also agreed to make certain additional contingent payments to former Inductis equity or option holders in a mix of cash and additional shares of our common stock, the mix of which cannot be determined until the size of the contingent payments, if any, is determined. The value of any such contingent payment will range from $0.6 million to $6.5 million. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately shares of common stock will be entitled to dispose of their shares pursuant to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and the holders of approximately shares of common stock, representing approximately % of our outstanding common stock, will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day “lock-up” period pursuant to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144. The underwriters are entitled to waive these lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates of such lock-up agreements.

In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P., FTVentures, certain of their respective affiliates, Vikram Talwar, Rohit Kapoor and certain other stockholders. We have also agreed to provide registration rights to Norwich Union, TCV V, L.P., TCV V Member Fund and Prudential Financial. Pursuant to these agreements, these holders will have the right, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering shares of our common stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options) which they will own upon consummation of this offering or to include those shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. Following their registration and sale under the applicable registration statement, those shares will become freely tradeable. By exercising their registration rights and selling a large number of shares, these holders could cause the price of our common stock to decline. In addition, options to purchase shares of common stock will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering. Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act registering shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our employee stock option plans and shares held for resale by our existing stockholders that were previously issued under our employee stock option plans.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock.

Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain certain anti-takeover provisions that could delay or discourage business combinations and takeover attempts that stockholders may consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws, which we intend to adopt prior to the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that may make it more difficult, expensive or otherwise discourage a tender offer or a change in control or takeover attempt by a third-party that is opposed by our board of directors. These provisions will include classified board provisions, provisions permitting the board of directors to fill vacancies created by its expansion, provisions permitting the removal of directors only for cause and with a 66²/3% stockholder vote, provisions requiring a 66²/3% stockholder vote for certain amendments to our organizational documents, provisions barring stockholders from calling a special meeting of stockholders or requiring one to be called or from taking action by written consent and provisions that set forth advance notice procedures for stockholders’ nominations of directors and proposals for consideration at meetings of stockholders. These provisions may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in management that stockholders consider favorable. Additionally, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15.0% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts and reduce the price that investors might be willing to pay for shares of our common stock in the future which could reduce the market price of our stock.

The stock price may be volatile, and you may be unable to resell your shares at or above the offering price or at all.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained upon the completion of this offering. The initial public offering price of the common stock offered hereby was determined through our negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price of the common stock after this offering. The market price of our common stock after this offering will be subject to significant fluctuations in response to, among other factors, variations in our operating results, market conditions specific to the BPO services industry and developments relating to India.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on those statements because they are subject to numerous uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, including descriptions of our business strategy. These statements often include words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “estimate” or similar expressions. These statements are based on assumptions that we have made in light of our experience in the industry as well as our perceptions of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. As you read and consider this prospectus, you should understand that these statements are not guarantees of performance or results. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Although we believe that these forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. These factors include but are not limited to:

•

our dependence on a limited number of clients in a limited number of industries;

•

our ability to attract and retain clients;

•

our ability to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations;

•

our ability to grow our business or effectively manage growth;

•

increasing competition in the BPO industry;

•

telecommunications or technology disruptions;

•

fluctuations in exchange rates between pounds sterling, U.S. dollars and Indian rupees;

•

negative public reaction in the United States or elsewhere to offshore outsourcing;

•

regulatory, legislative and judicial developments;

•

technological innovation;

•

political or economic instability in India;

•

worldwide political, economic and business conditions; and

•

our ability to successfully consummate or integrate strategic acquisitions, including the Inductis Acquisition.

These and other factors are more fully discussed in the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections and elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks could cause actual results to differ materially from those implied by forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

All information contained in this prospectus is materially accurate and complete as of the date of this prospectus. You should keep in mind, however, that any forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus, or elsewhere, speaks only as of the date on which we make it. New risks and uncertainties come up from time to time, and it is impossible for us to predict these events or how they may affect us. We have no obligation to update any forward-looking statements in this prospectus after the date of this prospectus, except as required by federal securities laws. In light of these risks and uncertainties, you should keep in mind that any event described in a forward-looking statement made in this prospectus or elsewhere might not occur.

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $ million, at an assumed public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discount and commission and estimated offering expenses of approximately $ million.

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering:

•

to repurchase or redeem all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, the aggregate principal amount of which was $4.5 million plus accrued dividends of $2.0 million at June 30, 2006;

•

to repay all outstanding senior promissory notes payable to stockholders, the aggregate principal amount of which was $4.9 million plus accrued interest of $0.8 million at June 30, 2006; and

•

for working capital and general corporate purposes.

The Series A preferred stock is held by, and the senior promissory notes are payable to, certain of our directors, officers and significant stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Stock and Note Purchase Agreement.”

The senior promissory notes to be repaid mature on December 13, 2007. The interest on $4.6 million in aggregate principal amount of the notes accrues every six months from December 13, 2002 through maturity and the interest on $0.3 million in aggregate principal amount of the notes accrues every six months from December 13, 2003 through maturity, in each case, at a rate equal to the greater of 2.02% per semi-annum or LIBOR and must be paid on December 13, 2007 or on the day of any prepayment.

We have broad discretion as to the application of these proceeds. Prior to application, we may hold any net proceeds in cash or invest them in short-term securities. You will not have an opportunity to evaluate the economic, financial or other information on which we base our decisions regarding the use of these proceeds.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. For the foreseeable future, we intend to retain any earnings to finance the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon then existing conditions, including our financial condition and results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, business prospects and other factors that our board of directors considers relevant.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2006:

•

on an actual basis;

•

on a pro forma basis, to give effect to the Inductis Acquisition; and

•

on a pro forma as-adjusted basis, to give effect to:

•

the Inductis Acquisition;

•

the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the underwriting discount and the estimated offering expenses;

•

the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds;” and

•

the Share Conversion as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Transactions Entered Into in Connection with this Offering—Share Conversion.”


	As of March 31, 2006
	Actual			Pro Forma			Pro Forma As Adjusted
	(dollars in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23.1		$	21.7		$


Short-term and long-term debt(1):
Revolving lines of credit		—			2.0			2.0
Term loan		—			1.8			1.8
Other debt		—			0.2			0.2

Total short-term and long-term debt		—			4.0			4.0

Senior promissory notes payable to stockholders	$	5.7		$	5.7		$	—

Series A preferred stock, par value $.001 per share; 45,833.36 shares authorized (pro forma, 45,833.36 shares authorized and, pro forma as adjusted, no shares authorized); 45,304 shares issued and outstanding (pro forma, 45,304 shares issued and outstanding and, pro forma as adjusted, no shares issued and outstanding)		6.2			6.2			—

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
Series A common stock, par value $.001 per share, 10,196,878 shares authorized (pro forma 11,122,702 shares authorized and, pro forma as adjusted, no shares authorized); 10,081,778 shares issued and outstanding (pro forma, 10,617,696 shares issued and outstanding and, pro forma as adjusted, no shares issued and outstanding)		—			—			—
Series B non-voting common stock, par value $.001 per share, 1,264,538 shares authorized (pro forma, 1,264,538 shares authorized and, pro forma as adjusted, no shares authorized); 591,841 shares issued and outstanding (pro forma, 591,841 shares issued and outstanding and, pro forma as adjusted, no shares issued and outstanding)		—			—			—
Common stock, par value $.001 per share, no authorized shares (pro forma, no authorized shares and, pro forma as adjusted, shares authorized); no shares issued and outstanding (pro forma, no shares issued and outstanding and, pro forma as adjusted, shares issued and outstanding)(2)		—			—
Additional paid-in capital		17.1			26.5
Deferred stock based compensation		—			—			—
Retained earnings		17.2			17.2
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(0.7	)		(0.7	)		(0.7	)
Treasury stock		—			—			—

Total stockholders’ equity		33.6			43.0

Total capitalization		$45.5		$	58.9		$

(1)

In connection with the Inductis Acquisition, we assumed the obligations of Inductis under existing lines of credit, a term loan and other debt.

(2)

Does not include options to purchase an aggregate of shares of common stock that are outstanding under our stock option plans or otherwise or that are to be granted effective upon consummation of this offering under our stock option plans or shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to the earnout and contingent payment provisions of the Inductis Acquisition.

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, you will be diluted to the extent the initial public offering price per share of our common stock exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2006 was approximately $ million, or $ per share of common stock (after giving effect to the Share Conversion and the Inductis Acquisition). The net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our net worth, or total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by shares of our common stock outstanding as of that date (after giving effect to the Share Conversion and the Inductis Acquisition).

After giving effect to the Share Conversion and the Inductis Acquisition, the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering and our receipt of approximately $ million in net proceeds from such sale, based on an assumed public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the underwriting discount and commission and the estimated expenses of the offering, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2006 would have been approximately $ million, or $ per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $ to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. Dilution per share is determined by subtracting the pro forma net tangible book value per share as adjusted for this offering from the amount of cash paid by a new investor for a share of our common stock. The following table illustrates the per share dilution:


Initial public offering price per share		$
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2006 (adjusted for the Share Conversion and the Inductis Acquisition but excluding this offering)		$
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors		$

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering		$

Dilution per share to new investors		$

The following table summarizes as of June 30, 2006, after giving effect to the Share Conversion, the Inductis Acquisition and this offering as described above:

•

the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us;

•

the total consideration paid to us before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $ and estimated offering expenses of approximately $ ; and

•

the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors who purchase shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share.


	Shares Purchased			Total Consideration			Average Price Per Share
	Number	Percent		Amount	Percent		Average Price Per Share
Existing stockholders		%		$	%		$
New investors

Total		100.0	%	$	100.0	%	$

The foregoing tables do not include options to purchase an aggregate of shares of common stock that are outstanding under our stock option plans or otherwise or that are to be granted effective upon the consummation of this offering under our stock option plans or shares of our common stock that could be issued pursuant to the earnout and contingent payment provisions of the Inductis Acquisition. See “Management—Executive Compensation—Stock Option Plans.”

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The table below presents our selected historical consolidated financial and other data for:

•

the following successor periods:

•

the three months ended March 31, 2006;

•

the three months ended March 31, 2005;

•

the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003;

•

the period from November 15, 2002 to December 31, 2002;

•

the following predecessor periods:

•

the period from January 1, 2002 to November 14, 2002;

•

the period from August 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001; and

•

the pre-predecessor period from April 1, 2001 to July 31, 2001.

The selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, and the selected statement of operations data for the years ended 2005, 2004 and 2003, the period from November 15 to December 31, 2002, the period from January 1 to November 14, 2002, the period from August 1 to December 31, 2001 and the period from April 1 to July 31, 2001 were derived from our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006, March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2001 and the income statement data for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 were derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for these periods which include all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments that management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.


	Successor																		Predecessor						Pre Predecessor
	Three Months Ended March 31, 2006			Three Months Ended March 31, 2005			Year Ended December 31, 2005			Year Ended December 31, 2004			Year Ended December 31, 2003			Period from November 15 to December 31, 2002			Period from January 1 to November 14, 2002			Period from August 1 to December 31, 2001			Period from April 1 to July 31, 2001
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)
	(in millions, except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues(1)	$	21.6		$	17.8		$	74.0		$	60.5		$	27.8		$	3.3		$	23.8		$	8.7		$	3.2
Cost of revenues(2)		14.0			11.8			47.6			38.7			18.4			1.3			11.7			4.6			2.2

Gross profit		7.6			6.0			26.4			21.8			9.4			2.0			12.1			4.1			1.0

Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses(3)		3.7			3.2			13.2			11.1			7.9			3.0			8.8			2.7			2.2
Selling and marketing expenses(3)		0.8			0.3			1.7			1.5			1.1			—			0.6			0.3			—
Depreciation and amortization		1.7			1.5			5.9			3.9			0.4			—			3.9			1.0			0.4

Total operating expenses		6.2			5.0			20.8			16.5			9.4			3.0			13.3			4.0			2.6

Income (loss) from operations		1.4			1.0			5.6			5.3			—			(1.0	)		(1.2	)		0.1			(1.6	)

Other income (expense):
Foreign exchange gain (loss)		0.4			0.4			0.9			0.8			0.4			0.1			—			(0.1	)		—
Interest and other income		0.2			0.1			0.7			0.2			0.2			—			—			—			—
Interest expense		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.4	)		(0.3	)		(0.3	)		—			—			—			—
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		—			(0.2	)		(0.4	)		(0.6	)		(0.3	)		—			—			—			—
Goodwill impairment(4)		—			—			—			—			—			—			(46.0	)		—			—

Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary item		1.9			1.2			6.4			5.4			—			(0.9	)		(47.2	)		—			(1.6	)
Income tax (benefit) provision		(0.2	)		0.1			(0.6	)		—			0.8			—			0.1			—			—

Income (loss) before extraordinary gain		2.1			1.1			7.0			5.4			(0.8	)		(0.9	)		(47.3	)		—			(1.6	)
Extraordinary gain		—			—			—			—			—			5.0			—			—			—

Net income (loss)		2.1			1.1			7.0			5.4			(0.8	)		4.1			(47.3	)		—			(1.6	)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock		(0.2	)		—			(0.2	)		—			(0.2	)		(0.1	)		—			—			—

Net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	1.9		$	1.1		$	6.8		$	5.4		$	(1.0	)	$	4.0		$	(47.3	)	$	—		$	(1.6	)

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share to common stockholders:
Basic	$	0.18		$	0.11		$	0.64		$	0.52		$	(0.10	)	$	0.43		$	(4.95	)	$	—		$	(0.16	)

Diluted	$	0.18		$	0.10		$	0.63		$	0.51		$	(0.10	)	$	0.43		$	(4.95	)	$	—		$	(0.16	)

Weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share:
Basic		10,605,506			10,560,014			10,587,274			10,259,166			9,784,420			9,555,462			9,555,462			9,555,462			9,555,462
Diluted		10,841,558			10,831,223			10,795,514			10,508,626			9,784,420			9,555,462			9,555,462			9,555,462			9,555,462


	At March 31, 2006		At March 31, 2005		At December 31, 2005		At December 31, 2004		At December 31, 2003		At December 31, 2002		At December 31, 2001
	(unaudited)		(unaudited)										(unaudited)
							(in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23.1	$	18.7	$	24.2	$	18.8	$	8.6	$	15.7	$	2.5
Working capital(5)		26.2		19.8		23.3		18.4		8.4		13.7		(5.6	)
Total assets		64.5		50.0		62.6		50.2		22.3		20.3		65.1
Total debt		5.7		5.4		5.6		5.4		5.2		4.7		—
Series A preferred stock (liquidation preference)		6.3		5.7		6.2		5.6		5.1		4.3		—
Stockholders’ equity		33.6		26.1		30.9		24.8		4.9		6.2		51.8

(1)

In accordance with GAAP, we include the amount of telecommunications and travel-related costs that are billed to and reimbursed by our clients in our revenues. Revenues include reimbursable expenses of $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2005, $3.4 million in 2005, $4.2 million in 2004, $0.6 million in 2003, $2,470 for the period from November 15 to December 31, 2002, $69,096 for the period from January 1 to November 14, 2002, $56,838 for the period from August 1 to December 31, 2001, and $0 for the period from April 1 to July 31, 2001.

(2)

(3)

SG&A expenses include non-cash amortization of deferred stock compensation expense relating to our issuance of stock options to our non-operations staff.

(4)

Impairment of goodwill in connection with the 2001 Acquisition recognized by our predecessor.

(5)

Working capital means total current assets minus total current liabilities.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements of ExlService Holdings and Inductis and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information has been prepared by our management and is based on (a) the historical financial statements of ExlService Holdings and Inductis and (b) the assumptions and adjustments described below.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2005 and the three months ended March 31, 2006 give effect to the Inductis Acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods, and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data at March 31, 2006 give effect to the Inductis Acquisition as if it had occurred on March 31, 2006.

We have included all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the data. We based the pro forma adjustments on available information and on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. See “Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations” for a discussion of assumptions made. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes and are based on management’s estimates. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not purport to represent what our results of operations or financial position actually would have been if the transactions set forth above had occurred on the dates indicated or what our results of operations or financial position will be for future periods.

ExlService Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2005


	ExlService Holdings Inc.			Inductis, Inc.			Pro Forma Adjustments			Pro Forma Consolidated
	(in millions, except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	74.0		$	20.9		$	—		$	94.9
Cost of revenues(a)		47.6			10.2			0.6			58.4

Gross profit		26.4			10.7			(0.6	)		36.5
Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses		13.2			5.1			—			18.3
Selling and marketing expenses		1.7			0.8			—			2.5
Depreciation and amortization		5.9			0.5			—			6.4
Amortization of intangibles(b)		—			—			2.5			2.5
Impairment of loan receivable		—			2.8			—			2.8

Total operating expenses		20.8			9.2			2.5			32.5

Income (loss) from operations		5.6			1.5			(3.1	)		4.0
Other income (expense):
Foreign exchange gain (loss)		0.9			—			—			0.9
Interest and other income		0.7			0.2			—			0.9
Interest and other expense		(0.4	)		(0.4	)		—			(0.8	)
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		(0.4	)		—			—			(0.4	)

Income (loss) before income taxes		6.4			1.3			(3.1	)		4.6
Income tax (benefit) provision(c)		(0.6	)		(0.6	)		0.8			(0.4	)

Net income		7.0			1.9			(3.9	)		5.0
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock		(0.2	)		—			—			(0.2	)

Net income to common stockholders	$	6.8		$	1.9		$	(3.9	)	$	4.8

Basic and diluted earnings per share to common stockholders:
Basic	$	0.64		$	0.17					$	0.43

Diluted	$	0.63								$	0.42

Weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share:
Basic(d)		10,587,274			10,760,866			(10,224,948	)		11,123,192
Diluted(d)		10,795,514						535,918			11,331,432

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information

ExlService Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations Data

Three Months ended March 31, 2006


	ExlService Holdings, Inc.			Inductis, Inc.			Pro Forma Adjustments			Pro Forma Consolidated
	(in millions, except share and per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues	$	21.6		$	6.8		$	—		$	28.4
Cost of revenues(a)		14.0			4.0			0.1			18.1

Gross profit		7.6			2.8			(0.1	)		10.3
Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses		3.7			2.1			—			5.8
Selling and marketing expenses		0.8			0.5			—			1.3
Depreciation and amortization		1.7			0.2			—			1.9
Amortization of intangibles(b)		—			—			0.6			0.6
Impairment of loan receivable		—			0.2			—			0.2

Total operating expenses		6.2			3.0			0.6			9.8

Income (loss) from operations		1.4			(0.2	)		(0.7	)		0.5
Other income (expense):
Foreign exchange gain (loss)		0.4			—			—			0.4
Interest and other income		0.2			—			—			0.2
Interest and other expense		(0.1	)		—			—			(0.1	)

Income (loss) before income taxes(c)		1.9			(0.2	)		(0.7	)		1.0
Income tax (benefit) provision		(0.2	)		—			—			(0.2	)

Net income (loss)		2.1			(0.2	)		(0.7	)		1.2
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock		(0.2	)		—			—			(0.2	)

Net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	1.9		$	(0.2	)	$	(0.7	)	$	1.0

Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share to common stockholders:
Basic	$	0.18		$	(0.01	)				$	0.09

Diluted	$	0.18		$	(0.01	)				$	0.09

Weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share:
Basic(d)		10,605,506			10,592,518			(10,028,689	)		11,169,335
Diluted(d)		10,841,558			12,902,269			(12,170,092	)		11,573,735

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information

ExlService Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

At March 31, 2006


	ExlService Holdings, Inc.		Inductis, Inc.		Pro Forma Adjustments			Pro Forma Consolidated
	(in millions)
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents (e)	$	23.1	$	1.1	$	(2.4	)	$	21.8
Total assets (f)		64.5		11.9		6.7			83.1
Total debt		5.7		4.0		—			9.7
Series A preferred stock (liquidation preference)		6.3		—		—			6.3
Stockholders’ equity		33.6		2.9		6.4			42.9

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

1. Acquisition and Basis of Presentation

On July 1, 2006, ExlService Holdings acquired the entire share capital of Inductis for total consideration of $13.0 million, including $0.9 million of transaction costs. The preliminary purchase price is calculated as follows (in millions):


Cash	$	2.8
Shares		9.3
Transaction costs		0.9

Total preliminary purchase price	$	13.0

Of the cash consideration, approximately $0.4 million will be paid as a bonus in January 2007. Approximately 535,918 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) were issued at a fair value of $17.40 per share, the fair value of our Series A common stock at the time of the Inductis Acquisition. Expenses included in the transaction costs include legal, accounting and other direct expenses.

Under purchase accounting, the purchase price has been preliminarily allocated to the net tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets has been recorded to goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets include client contracts, trademarks and non-compete agreements as detailed in the following purchase price allocation (in millions):


Goodwill	$	8.5
Non-compete agreements		1.5
Customer contracts		1.5
Trademarks		0.3
Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed		1.2

Total preliminary purchase price allocation	$	13.0

2. Pro Forma Adjustments

(a)

In the Inductis Acquisition, holders of vested and unvested shares of common stock of Inductis were granted restricted shares of our Series B common stock which vest over two to three years and some of which are tied to operational performance of the Inductis historic business. The pro forma adjustment reflects the compensation expense related to the grant of such shares of restricted stock.

(b)

Reflects the amortization of identifiable intangibles.

(c)

Reflects an adjustment to income tax expense based on ExlService Holdings’ effective tax rate during the periods presented.

(d)

Basic and diluted shares include the 535,918 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) issued as part of the Inductis Acquisition.

(e)

Reflects cash of $2.4 million paid at closing.

(f)

The net increase in total assets is comprised of the following adjustments (in millions):


Addition:	Goodwill	$	8.5
Addition:	Identifiable Intangibles		3.3
Less:	Cash paid at Closing		(2.4	)
Less:	Deferred tax assets		(2.7	)

			6.7

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in the following discussion are forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Overview

We are a leading provider of offshore BPO services, primarily serving the needs of Global 1000 companies in the BFSI sector. We seek to provide a broad range of outsourcing services, including BPO services, research and analytics services and advisory services. We provide integrated front-, middle- and back-office process outsourcing services and manage large-scale processes for our U.S.-based and U.K.-based clients. We also offer various research and analytics services and advisory services to our clients. A significant portion of our business relates to processes that we believe are integral to our clients’ operations, and the close nature of our relationships with our clients assists us in developing strong strategic long-term relationships with them.

We market our services directly through our sales and marketing team, which operates out of New York and London, and our business development team, which operates out of Noida, India. We currently operate six operations facilities in India and anticipate opening an offshore BPO operation outside of India by March 2007.

Revenues

We generate revenues principally from contracts to provide BPO or advisory services. In the first three months of 2006, we had revenues of $21.6 million compared to $17.8 million for the same period in 2005, an increase of 21.3%. In 2005, we had revenues of $74.0 million compared to $60.5 million in 2004, an increase of 22.3%. Prior to 2003, our revenues were generated principally from Conseco. We attribute our revenue growth to a number of factors, including the growth of our client base, the increase in the size, number and complexity of projects for our clients, and the addition of new services, including compliance and risk advisory services and research and analytics services. In addition, a significant portion of our revenue growth between 2003 and 2004 was the result of providing services to new clients gained in 2003 for the entire year in 2004 as compared to part of the year in 2003. We measure our revenues from new clients as revenues attributable to new clients added and not as an increase in revenues from existing clients. We anticipate continued revenue growth as we expand our service offerings, both organically and through acquisitions such as the Inductis Acquisition. Revenues from new clients are an indicator of successful marketing efforts and do not represent a trend in our results of operations.

We provide our clients with a range of BPO services, including insurance services, banking and financial services, finance and accounting services and collection services. Our clients transfer the management and execution of their processes or business functions to us. As part of this transfer, we hire and train employees to work at our operations centers on the relevant BPO service, implement a process migration to that operations center and then provide services either to that client or directly to that client’s customers. Each client contract has different terms based on the scope, deliverables and complexity of the engagement. The BPO services we provide to our clients (particularly under our general framework agreements), and the revenues and income that we derive from those services, may decline or vary as the type and quantity of services we provide under those contracts change over time, including as a result of a shift in the mix of products and services we provide.

For BPO services, we enter into long-term agreements with our clients with initial terms ranging from three to seven years. Although these agreements provide us with a relatively predictable revenue base for a substantial portion of our business, the long selling cycle for our BPO services and the budget and approval processes of prospective clients make it difficult to predict the timing of new client acquisitions. Revenues under new client contracts also vary depending on when we complete the selling cycle and the implementation phase.

Our research and analytics services are intended to facilitate more effective data-based strategic and operating decisions by our clients using statistical and quantitative analytical techniques. We materially expanded our research and analytics capabilities and enhanced the strategic dimension of our services with the recent acquisition of Inductis in July 2006. Our advisory services include risk assessment, documentation and internal controls testing and business process re-engineering and process quality monitoring.

We serve clients mainly in the United States and the United Kingdom, with these two regions generating approximately 59.6% and approximately 40.4% of our pro forma revenues, respectively, in 2005. See “—Foreign Exchange—Exchange Rates.”

We have two main contracts with our largest client, Norwich Union, which together represented $36.4 million, or 38.3%, of our pro forma revenues in 2005. These contracts can be terminated only for cause during their initial terms, which expire in August 2007 and July 2009, and with six months prior notice thereafter. Our contract with our second-largest client, American Express, represented 12.6% of our pro forma revenues in 2005 and provides that American Express may terminate the agreement at any time and without cause with five days prior notice. Our contracts with our third-largest client, Dell (including Dell Financial Services), represented 11.9% of our pro forma revenues in 2005 and expire on November 1, 2006. These contracts can be terminated by Dell at any time and without cause with 30 days prior notice. Contracts representing approximately 3.6% of our pro forma revenues of our BPO business from our other clients in 2005 will expire within 12 months, while the remainder of our BPO contracts expire in more than one year or do not have specified initial terms and remain in effect until terminated or until there are no work orders or engagement schedules. Since we collect revenues on contracts as services are provided, terminated contracts are only subject to collection for portions of the contract completed through the time of termination and payment of applicable penalties. In an effort to avoid early or abrupt contract terminations, we tailor the terms of our contracts according to client needs, review our ability and our clients’ ability to perform on a contract, monitor the progress of all contracts and consider any conditions that might lead to a contract termination.

We recognize revenues from services provided under our client contracts on a cost-plus, time-and-materials or unit-price basis. Under cost-plus arrangements, we apply a mark-up (based on the service levels we achieve) to the contractually agreed direct and apportioned indirect costs we incur and invoice the client for the marked-up cost. Time-and-materials arrangements typically involve billings based on productive minutes or hours as we perform the related services. Unit-price arrangements involve billings based on productive units (such as the number of e-mail responses) as we deliver the services to the client. In connection with unit-priced contracts, if we do not estimate the resources and time required for a unit-price project accurately or do not meet our contractual obligations within the required timeframe, we could incur a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Revenues also include amounts representing reimbursable expenses that are billed to and reimbursed by our clients and typically include telecommunications and travel-related costs. The amount of reimbursable expenses that we incur, and any resulting revenues, can vary significantly from period to period depending on each client’s situation and on the type of services provided.

Our operating results may vary significantly from period to period as a result of various factors. For example, Dell, one of our largest clients, experiences seasonal changes in its operations in connection with the year-end holiday season and the school year, which affects our period-to-period results.

We also bear the risk of inflation and fluctuations in currency exchange rates with respect to our contracts, and our operating results could be negatively affected by adverse changes in wage inflation rates and foreign currency exchange rates. Although we take steps to hedge a substantial portion of our Indian rupee-U.S. dollar foreign currency exposures, our results of operations may be adversely affected if there is significant fluctuation among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar or if our hedging strategy is unsuccessful. See

“—Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Components of Market Risk—Exchange Rate Risk,” “—Expenses—Cost of Revenues” and “—Foreign Exchange—Exchange Rates.”

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from a limited number of large clients. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, the revenues from our five largest clients grew to $62.1 million, $54.3 million and $27.4 million, respectively, accounting for 83.9%, 89.8% and 98.6% of our revenues, respectively. During the same periods, revenues from our contracts with our two largest historical clients, Norwich Union and Dell (including Dell Financial Services), accounted for 64.3%, 76.5% and 74.1% of our revenues, respectively. Our five largest clients on a pro forma basis generated $73.3 million, or 77.2% of our 2005 pro forma revenues. Revenues from our three largest clients on a pro forma basis, Norwich Union, American Express and Dell (including Dell Financial Services), represented 62.8% of our 2005 pro forma revenues.

As a result of our shift in focus to clients other than Conseco following the 2002 Acquisition and the subsequent bankruptcy of Conseco, commencing in March 2003 our revenues from other clients have increased significantly while revenues from Conseco have decreased significantly. In 2005, revenues from Conseco represented 2.0% of our revenues, compared to 2.5% and 17.6% of our revenues in 2004 and 2003, respectively. We derived revenues from 17, ten and two new clients for our services in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. By acquiring Inductis, we obtained 17 new clients, including American Express, our second largest client on a pro forma basis. Although we are increasing and diversifying our customer base, we expect in the near future that a significant portion of our revenues will continue to be contributed by a limited number of large clients.

Norwich Union has the option from January 2008 through February 2011 under one of its contracts with us to assume the operations of one of our facilities in Pune, India, by paying us an amount that will approximate the net asset value of that facility on the date of transfer. The exercise of this option would result in both a loss of revenues and the loss of all of our employees who are at that time working under that contract. The affected facility generated 19.0% of our pro forma revenues in the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 20.8% of our pro forma revenues in 2005. We expect that any decline in revenues that we would experience if Norwich Union exercises this option would be partially offset by a decrease in expenses associated with the operation of the Pune facilities. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with Norwich Union—Option to Purchase Stock of NCOP” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related To Our Business—Our agreements with our largest client give it the option to assume the operations of one of our facilities, and the exercise of that option could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.”

Expenses

Cost of Revenues

Our cost of revenues primarily consists of:

•

employee costs, which include salary, retention and other compensation expenses; recruitment and training costs; non-cash amortization of deferred stock compensation expense; and traveling and lodging costs; and

•

costs relating to our facilities and communications network, which include telecommunications and IT costs; facilities and customer management support; operational expenses for our outsourcing centers; and rent expenses.

The most significant component of our cost of revenues is employee compensation, recruitment, training and retention. Salary levels in India, employee turnover rates and our ability to efficiently manage and utilize our employees significantly affect our cost of revenues. We make every effort to manage employee and capacity utilization and continuously monitor service levels and staffing requirements. Although we generally have been able to reallocate our employees as client demand has fluctuated, a contract termination or significant reduction

in work assigned to us by a major client could cause us to experience a higher-than-expected number of unassigned employees, which would increase our cost of revenues as a percentage of revenues until we are able to reduce or reallocate our headcount. A significant increase in the turnover rate among our employees in India, particularly among the highly skilled workforce needed to execute BPO services, would increase our recruiting and training costs and decrease our operating efficiency, productivity and profit margins. In addition, cost of revenues also includes a non-cash amortization of deferred stock compensation expense relating to our issuance of stock options to employees directly involved in providing services to our clients.

We expect our cost of revenues to increase as we add additional professionals in India in 2006 to service additional business, in particular as our research and analytics and advisory services businesses grow, both organically and as a result of the Inductis Acquisition, and as wages continue to increase in India. In particular, we expect training activity costs to increase as we add new clients. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Business—Wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin” and “—We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations, as competition for highly skilled personnel is intense and we experience significant employee turnover rates.”

Cost of revenues is also affected by our long selling cycle and implementation period for our BPO services, which require significant commitments of capital, resources and time by both our clients and us. Before committing to use our services, potential clients require us to expend substantial time and resources educating them as to the value of our services and assessing the feasibility of integrating our systems and processes with theirs. In addition, once we are engaged by a client in a new contract, our cost of revenues may represent a higher percentage of revenues until the implementation phase for that contract of three to four months is completed. We also expect cost of revenues to increase when we add new operations facilities due to increases in telecommunications and rent expenses and other facilities operating costs. As we increase the size, number and complexity of projects for our clients and broaden our client base and as our business volumes increase, however, we expect to benefit from economies of scale and a more effective utilization of resources, which we expect will decrease our related cost of revenues.

SG&A Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses are comprised of expenses relating to salaries of senior management and other support personnel, legal and other professional fees, telecommunications, utilities and other miscellaneous administrative costs. Selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of salaries of sales and marketing personnel, travel and brand building. We expect SG&A expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars to support our planned growth, including both organic growth and growth through acquisitions like the Inductis Acquisition. We also expect our accounting, insurance and legal fees to increase after the consummation of this offering as a result of being a public company. SG&A expenses also include noncash amortization of deferred stock compensation expense related to our issuance of stock options to senior management, members of our board of directors and advisory board, other support personnel and consultants.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization pertains to depreciation and amortization of our tangible assets, including network equipment, cabling, computers, office furniture and equipment, motor vehicles and leasehold improvements. Non-cash amortization of deferred stock compensation expenses are not included in depreciation and amortization, but are included as an element of compensation expenses as described above. As we add clients, we expect that depreciation expense will increase, reflecting additional investments in equipment such as desktop computers, servers and other infrastructure. We do not expect a significant increase in depreciation and amortization as a result of the Inductis Acquisition.

Foreign Exchange

Exchange Rates

In addition, we report our financial results in U.S. dollars and a substantial portion of our revenues is earned in pounds sterling. Accordingly, our results of operations are adversely affected as the pound sterling depreciates against the U.S. dollar. See “—Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures About Market Risk—Components of Market Risk—Exchange Rate Risk.”

Currency Regulation

According to the prevailing foreign exchange regulations in India, an exporter of BPO services which is registered with a software technology park or an export processing zone in India, such as EXL India and Inductis India, is required to realize its export proceeds within a period of 12 months from the date of exports. Similarly, in the event that such exporter has received any advance against exports in foreign exchange from its overseas customers, it will have to render the requisite services so that the advances so received are earned within a period of 12 months. If EXL India or Inductis India did not meet these conditions, it would be required to obtain permission to export foreign currency from the Reserve Bank of India.

ExlService Holdings and Inductis receive payments under most of our client contracts and are invoiced by EXL India and Inductis India, as applicable, in respect of services that EXL India and Inductis India, as applicable, provide to our clients under these contracts. EXL India and Inductis India hold the foreign currency they receive, primarily from ExlService Holdings and Inductis, in an export earners foreign currency account. All foreign exchange requirements, including import of capital goods, expenses incurred during foreign traveling of employees and discharge of foreign exchange can be met using the foreign currency in that account. As and when funds are required in India, such funds are transferred to an ordinary Indian rupee account.

We also maintain certain foreign currency accounts outside India with the prior approval of the Reserve Bank of India to meet our foreign exchange requirements outside India.

Income Taxes

The Indian Finance Act, 2000 provides EXL India and Inductis India with a ten-year holiday from Indian corporate income taxes as an entity exporting IT services from designated software technology parks and export processing zones in India. The Indian Finance Act, 2000 phases out the tax holiday over a ten-year period from fiscal 2000 through fiscal 2009. Accordingly, facilities set up in India on or before March 31, 2000 have a ten-year tax holiday, new facilities set up on or before March 31, 2001 have a nine-year tax holiday and so forth until March 31, 2009. After March 31, 2009, the tax holiday will no longer be available to new facilities. EXL India provides BPO services from its wholly owned, export oriented units situated in Noida and Pune. The income derived from the services rendered from these facilities is not subject to taxes in India until March 31, 2009. Inductis India is located in Gurgaon and its services also qualify under the Indian Finance Act, 2000 until March 31, 2009.

As a result of the tax holiday, our BPO service operations have been subject to relatively lower tax liabilities. For example, we recognized minimal income tax expense in 2005 as a result of the tax holiday,

compared to approximately $2.4 million that we would have incurred if the tax holiday had not been available for that period (without accounting for double taxation treaty set-offs). When our tax holiday expires or terminates, our tax expense will materially increase. While we have incurred losses under applicable Indian tax laws, we have decided not to carry forward these losses.

U.S. and Indian transfer-pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be at an arm’s-length price. Transactions among our subsidiaries and us may be considered such transactions. Accordingly, we determine the pricing among our associated enterprises on the basis of detailed functional and economic analysis involving benchmarking against transactions among entities that are not under common control. If the applicable income tax authorities review any of our tax returns and determine that the transfer price we applied was not appropriate, we may incur increased tax liability, including accrued interest and penalties.

ExlService Holdings is subject to U.S. income taxes on the profits it recognizes in the United States.

Acquisition History

2002 Acquisition

Our pre-predecessor, EXL Inc., was formed on April 9, 1999 and began commercial operations in October 2000. On July 31, 2001, EXL Inc. was acquired by Conseco in the 2001 Acquisition and operated as Conseco’s wholly owned subsidiary, providing services principally to Conseco and its affiliates until November 14, 2002. Conseco accounted for the acquisition using the purchase method. All purchase accounting adjustments recorded by Conseco were pushed down to the financial statements of our predecessor as the acquisition by Conseco created a new accounting basis for our predecessor. Accordingly, our predecessor recognized goodwill of $46.0 million. Our predecessor subsequently recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $46.0 million.

We were formed by a group including Vikram Talwar, Rohit Kapoor, Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P., FTVentures and certain other members of our senior management team. On November 14, 2002, we purchased EXL Inc. from Conseco in the 2002 Acquisition and EXL Inc. became our wholly owned subsidiary. We accounted for the 2002 Acquisition using the purchase method in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 “Business Combination,” or SFAS 141. The fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the cost.

In accordance with SFAS 141, we allocated the excess of the fair value over the cost to the non-current assets acquired. Such allocation resulted in reducing the carrying value of fixed assets to zero, and we recognized the remaining excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired over cost of approximately $5.0 million as an extraordinary gain in our consolidated financial statements. As a result, the net carrying value of the fixed assets we acquired in the 2002 Acquisition was recorded at zero value in our books, causing depreciation expense to decline after the 2002 Acquisition.

Inductis Acquisition

granted in the Inductis Acquisition, 54,319 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are subject to vesting over two or three years. The remaining 31,142 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) will vest or be forfeited based upon our attainment of certain earnout and contingent payment targets for the historic Inductis business in 2006 and 2007. The purchase price in the Inductis Acquisition is subject to a working capital adjustment based on the net working capital (as defined in the Inductis Acquisition agreement) of Inductis and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006. We also agreed to make certain earnout payments to the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock, payable in an amount of additional shares of our Series A common stock not exceeding an aggregate of 389,906 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion), based on whether the operations of the historic Inductis business satisfy certain agreed-upon financial performance goals in 2006 and 2007. Based on satisfaction of certain agreed upon financial performance goals for the historic Inductis business in 2007, we also agreed to make certain additional contingent payments to former Inductis equity and option holders in a mix of cash and additional shares of our common stock, the mix of which cannot be determined until the size of the contingent payments, if any, is determined. The value of any such contingent payments will range from $0.6 million to $6.5 million.

As a result of the Inductis Acquisition, our historical results of operations will not be comparable to our results of operations in future periods. See “The Inductis Acquisition” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for a more complete discussion of the terms of the Inductis Acquisition.

Critical Accounting Policies

We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements, as their application places the most significant demands on management’s judgment regarding matters that are inherently uncertain. These policies include revenue recognition, estimating tax liabilities and stock-based compensation. These accounting policies and the associated risks are set out below. Future events may not develop exactly as forecast, and estimates routinely require adjustment.

Revenue Recognition

We derive revenues from BPO, research and analytics and advisory services provided on a cost-plus, time-and-materials or unit-priced basis. We recognize revenues as services are rendered, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, there are no remaining obligations with respect to the services rendered and collection is considered probable. We invoice clients in accordance with agreed rates and billing arrangements. We recognize revenues from the last billing date to the balance sheet date as unbilled revenues, and we recognize billings in excess of revenues earned or advances received from clients as deferred income.

Under cost-plus arrangements, we apply a mark-up (based on the service levels we achieve) to the contractually agreed direct and apportioned indirect costs we incur and invoice the client for the marked-up cost. Time-and-materials arrangements typically involve billings based on productive time as we perform the related services. Unit-price arrangements involve billings based on productive units as we deliver the services to the client.

Income Taxes

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax estimates include decisions regarding the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Based on our evaluation of our tax position and the information presently available to us, we believe we have adequately accrued for probable exposures as of December 31, 2005. To the extent we are able to prevail in matters for which accruals have been established or are required to pay amounts in excess of our reserves, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period may be materially impacted.

Applicable transfer pricing regulations require that any international transaction involving associated enterprises be at an arm’s length price. Transactions among our subsidiaries and us may be considered such transactions. Accordingly, we determine the pricing among our associated enterprises on the basis of detailed functional and economic analysis involving benchmarking against transactions among entities that are not under common control.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry forwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We recognize the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We determine if a valuation allowance is required or not on the basis of an assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will be realized. At December 31, 2005, we performed an analysis of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance and concluded that a valuation allowance offsetting the deferred tax assets not be recorded at December 31, 2005, based on our conclusion that it is more likely than not that there will be future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. See Note 10, “Income Taxes,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Stock-based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment,” or SFAS 123(R), using the modified prospective method of transition with regard to stock-based awards. In connection with our adoption of SFAS 123(R), we believe that stock-based compensation expense for 2006 related to stock-based payments granted prior to January 1, 2006 and unvested as of that date will be approximately $0.7 million, of which $0.2 million was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2006. See Note 12, “Stock Based Compensation,” in the notes to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for stock-based payments using Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” or APB 25. Under APB 25, compensation expense was generally not recognized when both the exercise price is the same as the market price and the number of shares to be issued is set on the date the employee stock option is granted. We chose to use the intrinsic value method to measure our compensation costs. If we had used the fair value method, we would have recognized additional compensation expense of $0.5 million, $0.3 million and nil in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. See Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Derivative Instruments

In the normal course of business, we actively look to mitigate the exposure of foreign currency market risk by entering into various hedging instruments, authorized under our policies with counterparties that are highly rated financial institutions. Our primary exchange rate exposure is with the British pound and Indian rupee. We use derivative instruments for the purpose of mitigating the underlying exposure from foreign currency fluctuation risks associated with forecasted transactions denominated in certain foreign currencies and to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with the changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and not for speculative trading purposes. We also hedge anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange exposure with foreign exchange contracts that are designated effective and qualify as cash flow hedges, under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges which are deemed effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the contract is settled and at that time are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. We evaluate hedge effectiveness at the time a contract is entered into as well as on an ongoing basis. If during this time, a contract is deemed ineffective, the change in the fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

We entered into forward exchange contracts during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. At December 2005, forward exchange contracts of $44.5 million and GBP 8.2 million were outstanding. At December 31, 2004, forward exchange contracts of $11.3 million were outstanding and there were no contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003. The fair value of such contracts outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

We have evaluated the effectiveness of all forward exchange contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2005, net gains from ineffective cash flow hedges included in the consolidated statement of operations totaled approximately $1.4 million. For hedge relationships discontinued because the forecasted transaction is not expected to occur by the end of the originally specified period, any related derivative amounts recorded in equity are reclassified to earnings.

Pension Plan Liability

We provide our employees in India with benefits under a defined benefit plan, which we refer to as the Gratuity Plan. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees on retirement or on termination of employment in an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and years of employment with us. We determine our liability under the Gratuity Plan by actuarial valuation using the projected unit credit method. Under this method, we determine our liability based upon the discounted value of salary increases until the date of separation arising from retirement, death, resignation or other termination of services. Critical assumptions used in measuring the plan expense and projected liability under the projected unit credit method include the discount rate, expected return on assets and the expected increase in the compensation rates. We evaluate these critical assumptions at least annually. We periodically evaluate and update other assumptions used in the projected unit credit method involving demographic factors, such as retirement age and turnover rate, to reflect our experience. The future mortality rates used are consistent with those published by the Life Insurance Corporation of India.

The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. The discount rate we use is equal to the yield on high quality fixed income investments in India at the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations and therefore increases gratuity expense. Since our Gratuity Plan is unfunded, we have not assumed any returns on assets. See Note 8, “Employee Benefit Plans,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Results of Operations

The following table summarizes our results of operations (dollars in millions):


	Three Months Ended March 31, 2006			Three Months Ended March 31, 2005			Year Ended December 31, 2005			Year Ended December 31, 2004			Year Ended December 31, 2003
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Revenues(1)	$	21.6		$	17.8		$	74.0		$	60.5		$	27.8
Cost of revenues(2)		14.0			11.8			47.6			38.7			18.4

Gross profit		7.6			6.0			26.4			21.8			9.4
Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses(3)		3.7			3.2			13.2			11.1			7.9
Selling and marketing expenses(3)		0.8			0.3			1.7			1.5			1.1
Depreciation and amortization		1.7			1.5			5.9			3.9			0.4

Total operating expenses		6.2			5.0			20.8			16.5			9.4

Income from operations		1.4			1.0			5.6			5.3			—
Other income (expense):
Foreign exchange gain		0.4			0.4			0.9			0.8			0.4
Interest and other income		0.2			0.1			0.7			0.2			0.2
Interest expense		(0.1	)		(0.1	)		(0.4	)		(0.3	)		(0.3	)
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		—			(0.2	)		(0.4	)		(0.6	)		(0.3	)

Income before income taxes		1.9			1.2			6.4			5.4			—
Income tax (benefit) provision		(0.2	)		0.1			(0.6	)		—			0.8

Net income (loss)		2.1			1.1			7.0			5.4			(0.8	)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock		(0.2	)		—			(0.2	)		—			(0.2	)

Net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	1.9		$	1.1		$	6.8		$	5.4		$	(1.0	)

(1)

In accordance with GAAP, we include the amount of telecommunications and travel-related costs that are billed to and reimbursed by our clients in our revenues.

(2)

(3)

SG&A expenses include non-cash amortization of deferred stock compensation expense relating to our issuance of stock options to our non-operations staff.

Three Months Ended March 31, 2006 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2005

Revenues. Revenues increased 21.3% from $17.8 million for the first three months of 2005 (including $0.7 million of reimbursable expenses) to $21.6 million for the first three months of 2006 (including $1.0 million of reimbursable expenses). We recognized revenues from 30 clients, including clients for our research and analytics services and our advisory services, during the first three months of 2006 compared to 21 during the first three months of 2005. Revenues attributable to new clients (excluding revenue increases attributable to existing clients) were $3.2 million for the first three months of 2006.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased 18.6% from $11.8 million for the first three months of 2005 (including $0.7 million of reimbursable expenses) to $14.0 million for the first three months of 2006 (including $1.0 million of reimbursable expenses). Salaries and personnel expenses increased from $7.9 million in the 2005

period to $9.2 in the 2006 period as a result of an increase in operating staff from 4,610 employees at March 31, 2005 to 5,799 employees at March 31, 2006. Cost of revenues also increased due to an increase in reimbursable expenses, primarily as a result of significant additional costs associated with training activities on client premises. Facilities operating costs increased from $1.5 million for three months ended March 31, 2005 to $1.7 million for three months ended March 31, 2006 primarily reflecting our increased workforce and the commencement of operations in February 2006 of a new 1,000-seat center in Noida. Technology and telecommunications operating costs remained relatively flat at $1.5 million for both periods. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues decreased from 66.3% for the first three months of 2005 to 64.8% for the first three months of 2006.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 26.7% from $6.0 million for the first three months of 2005 to $7.6 million for the first three months of 2006. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased from 33.7% for the first three months of 2005 to 35.2% for the first three months of 2006.

SG&A Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 28.6% from $3.5 million for the first three months of 2005 to $4.5 million for the first three months of 2006. General and administrative expenses increased 15.6% from $3.2 million for the first three months of 2005 to $3.7 million for the first three months of 2006 and selling and marketing expenses increased 166.7% from $0.3 million for the first three months of 2005 to $0.8 million for the first three months of 2006. These increases were primarily due to the addition of headquarters and sales and marketing staff in the United States, as well as an increase in audit and other professional fees incurred in anticipation of becoming a public company. Salary and personnel expenses increased from $2.3 million for the first three months of 2005 to $2.7 million for the first three months of 2006. Marketing and business promotion expenses increased from $0.3 million for the first three months of 2005 to $0.8 million for the first three months of 2006, reflecting not only the addition of the additional staff referred to above, but also a general increase in marketing activities.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased from $1.5 million for the first three months of 2005 to $1.7 million for the first three months of 2006. The increase was primarily due to the commencement of operations at the additional center referred to above. As we add clients, we also expect that depreciation expense will increase, reflecting additional investment in equipment and facilities necessary to meet service requirements.

Income From Operations. Income from operations increased 40.0% from $1.0 million for the first three months of 2005 to $1.4 million for the first three months of 2006. Operating margin increased period-to-period as revenue growth outpaced growth in operating expenses in the 2006 period at a higher rate than in the 2005 period.

Other Income/(Expenses). Other income increased from $0.2 million for the first three months of 2005 to $0.5 million for the first three months of 2006 as a result of declines in other expenses. Other income is comprised of foreign exchange gains, interest income and expense and interest expense on redeemable preferred stock. Foreign exchange gain was flat comparing the first three months of 2006 to the first three months of 2005. Interest and other income and interest expense for the two periods reflected the reclassification of our preferred stock from debt to equity on August 16, 2005 as a result of our adopting SFAS 150 “Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities,” or SFAS 150, on July 1, 2003. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, we accrued dividends in lieu of the interest expense accrued in the comparable prior period. See Note 6, “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” in the notes to consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was a benefit of $0.2 million in the first three months of 2006 compared to an expense of $0.1 million in the first three months of 2005. The benefit in the first three months of 2006 was the result of an increase to our deferred tax asset.

Dividends and Accretion on Preferred Stock. Dividends and accretion on preferred stock was $0.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2006, reflecting the reclassification of our preferred stock in August 2005. The preferred stock was classified as debt in the comparable prior period. See Note 6, “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” in the notes to consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders. Net income increased 72.7% from $1.1 million for the first three months of 2005 to $1.9 million for the first three months of 2006.

Year Ended December 31, 2005 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2004

Revenues. Revenues increased 22.3% from $60.5 million for 2004 (including $4.2 million of reimbursable expenses) to $74.0 million for 2005 (including $3.4 million of reimbursable expenses). The increase was the result of an increase in clients in 2005 and the growth in that period of our advisory services. We added 17 new clients for our services, including advisory services, during 2005 compared to ten new clients during 2004. Revenues attributable to new clients (excluding revenue increases attributable to existing clients) were $5.4 million for 2005 accounting for 7.3% of revenues.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased 23.0% from $38.7 million for 2004 (including $4.2 million of reimbursable expenses) to $47.6 million for 2005 (including $3.4 million of reimbursable expenses). Salaries and personnel expenses increased from $23.1 million for 2004 to $30.4 million for 2005 as a result of an increase in operating staff from 4,788 at December 31, 2004 to 5,137 at December 31, 2005. Cost of revenues also increased due to an increase in reimbursable expenses, primarily as a result of significant additional costs associated with training activities on client premises. Facilities operating costs increased from $5.5 million for 2004 to $6.4 million for 2005 primarily as a result of our increased workforce. Our technology and telecommunications operating costs remained flat at $6.1 million. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues was also flat at approximately 64.0% comparing 2004 to 2005.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 21.1% from $21.8 million for 2004 to $26.4 million for 2005. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased from 36.0% for 2004 to 35.7% for 2005.

SG&A Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 18.3% from $12.6 million for 2004 to $14.9 million for 2005. General and administrative expenses increased 18.9% from $11.1 million for 2004 to $13.2 million for 2005 and selling and marketing expenses increased 13.3% from $1.5 million for 2004 to $1.7 million for 2005. Salary and personnel expenses increased from $7.6 million for 2004 to $8.2 million for 2005 as a result of adding staff in the United States and India. Marketing and business promotion expenses increased from $1.5 million in 2004 to $1.7 million in 2005, reflecting not only the additional staff referred to above, but also a general increase in marketing activities. SG&A expenses declined as a percentage of revenues from 20.8% for 2004 to 20.1% for 2005.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased from $3.9 million for 2004 to $5.9 million for 2005, primarily reflecting the investment in equipment and hardware in our operation centers in India necessary to meet service requirements.

Income From Operations. Income from operations increased 5.7% from $5.3 million for 2004 to $5.6 million for 2005. The increase in operating margin was primarily due to an increase in our revenues recognized from providing services to our clients, partially offset by an increase in our expenses to meet the requirements of servicing our customers.

Other Income/(Expenses). Other income increased significantly from $0.1 million for 2004 to $0.8 million for 2005. Foreign exchange gain increased from $0.8 million in 2004 to $0.9 million in 2005.

Interest and other income and interest expense resulted in an expense of $0.1 million in 2004 and income of $0.3 million in 2005. Interest expense on preferred stock decreased from $0.6 million in 2004 to $0.4 million in 2005 as a result of the reclassification during 2005 of our preferred stock to equity, which generated dividend expense in lieu of interest expense. See Note 6, “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” in the notes to consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Provision for Income Taxes. Provision for income taxes was a benefit in 2005 of $0.6 million as a result of a reversal of the deferred tax asset valuation of $0.9 million at December 31, 2005, partly offset by an increase in state taxes of $0.3 million. At December 31, 2005, we performed an analysis of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance and concluded that a valuation allowance offsetting the deferred tax assets not be recorded at December 31, 2005, based on our conclusion that it is more likely than not that there will be future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. See Note 10, “Income Taxes,” in the notes to consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 2004 provision includes $0.1 million related to U.S. federal alternative minimum taxes and taxes on non-exempt income in India offset by $0.1 million of deferred tax benefits which we believe will more likely than not be realized.

Dividends and Accretion on Preferred Stock. Dividend and accretion on preferred stock was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflecting the reclassification of our preferred stock as described above. See Note 6, “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” in the notes to consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Net Income to Common Stockholders. Net income to common stockholders increased 25.9% from $5.4 million in 2004 to $6.8 million for 2005.

Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

Revenues. Revenues increased approximately 117.6% from $27.8 million for 2003 (including $0.6 million of reimbursable expenses) to $60.5 million for 2004 (including $4.2 million of reimbursable expenses) primarily as a result of the growth of our client base, the increase in size and number of services we provided and the addition of new services, such as advisory services. We added ten new clients for our services, including advisory services, during 2004 compared to two new clients during 2003. Revenues attributable to new clients were $6.4 million for 2004 accounting for 10.6% of revenues of which $2.5 million represented revenues from advisory services. As a result of providing services for the entire year in 2004 as compared to only during a part of the period during 2003, we generated more revenue in 2004 (an increase of $20.0 million) from clients added in 2003, including Norwich Union. These increases were partially offset by a decline in revenues from Conseco, principally as a result of Conseco’s reduced business activity following its bankruptcy in late 2002. In 2004, Conseco contributed 2.5% of revenues compared to 17.6% of revenues for 2003.

Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased 110.3% from $18.4 million for 2003 (including $0.6 million of reimbursable expenses) to $38.7 million for 2004 (including $4.2 million of reimbursable expenses). Salaries and personnel expenses increased from $11.2 million for 2003 to $23.1 million for 2004 as a result of an increase in operating staff from 2,344 at December 31, 2003 to 4,788 at December 31, 2004. Cost of revenues also increased due to an increase in reimbursable expenses primarily as a result of significant additional costs associated with training activities on client premises. Facilities operating costs increased from $2.7 million for 2003 to $5.5 million for 2004 primarily reflecting our increased workforce and the commencement of operations in January 2004 of new 2,118-seat facilities in Pune. Technology and telecommunications operating costs increased 53.0% from $4.0 million for 2003 to $6.1 million for 2004 as a result of our increased business volume. As a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues decreased from 66.2% for 2003 to 64.0% for 2004 due to improved employee utilization.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased 131.9% from $9.4 million for 2003 to $21.8 million for 2004. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased from 33.8% for 2003 to 36.0% for 2004.

SG&A Expenses. SG&A expenses increased 40.0% from $9.0 million for 2003 to $12.6 million for 2004. General and administrative expenses increased 40.5% from $7.9 million for 2003 to $11.1 million for 2004 and selling and marketing expenses increased 36.4% from $1.1 million for 2003 to $1.5 million for 2005. These increases were primarily due to increased salary and personnel expenses relating to our non-operations staff incurred to expand our sales efforts and organizational infrastructure. Salary and personnel expenses increased from $5.1 million for 2003 to $7.6 million for 2004. SG&A expenses declined as a percentage of revenues from 32.4% for 2003 to 20.8% for 2004. We believe that the rate of increase in our SG&A expenses was lower than the corresponding increase in our revenues as a result of our more effective utilization of resources and increased economies of scale.

Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation and amortization increased significantly from $0.4 million for 2003 to $3.9 million for 2004. The 2002 Acquisition of EXL Inc. from Conseco resulted in negative goodwill. In accordance with SFAS 141, we allocated the excess of the fair value over cost to the fixed assets and other non current assets acquired thereby reducing their carrying value to zero as of November 15, 2002. Accordingly there was minimal depreciation for 2003. Depreciation for 2004 includes depreciation on fixed assets acquired since the 2002 Acquisition, particularly for our Pune facilities described above.

Income From Operations. Income from operations has improved from break-even for 2003 to income of $5.3 million for 2004. The increase in operating margin was primarily due to increased revenues from clients other than Conseco resulting from our sales and marketing efforts during 2003 and 2004.

Other Income/(Expenses). Interest and other income and interest expense for 2004 and 2003 remained unchanged at $0.1 million. Foreign exchange gain increased by 100% to $0.8 million in 2004 from $0.4 million in 2003 primarily due to depreciation of the U.S. dollar as compared to the pound sterling. Interest expense on preferred stock has increased to $0.6 million in 2004 from $0.3 million in 2003 as a result of our adopting SFAS 150.

Provision for Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes in 2003 was principally for U.S. federal alternative minimum taxes. The 2004 provision includes $0.1 million related to U.S. federal alternative minimum taxes and taxes on non-exempt income in India offset by $0.1 million of deferred tax benefits which we believe will more likely than not be realized.

Dividends and Accretion on Preferred Stock. Dividends and accretion on preferred stock for 2003 and 2004 reflected the adoption of SFAS 150, which in turn resulted in the reclassification of our preferred stock as debt. See Note 6, “Redeemable Preferred Stock,” in the notes to consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders. Net income to common stockholders increased significantly from a loss of $1.0 million for 2003 to income of $5.4 million for 2004.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our capital requirements have principally been for establishing offshore operations facilities in India and acquisitions. We expect this to continue for the foreseeable future. We have financed our operations primarily through sales of equity and some debt securities and, more recently, through cash flows from operations. In connection with the 2002 Acquisition in December 2002, we sold promissory notes, preferred stock and common stock to a group of our stockholders and certain members of our management for an aggregate of $10.1 million. In July 2004, we issued and sold 526,316 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) to our client, Norwich Union, for an aggregate purchase price in cash of $12.5 million. At March 31, 2006, we had $23.1 million in cash and cash equivalents on hand.

Generally, factors that affect our earnings—for example, pricing, volume of services, costs and productivity—affect our cash flows provided by operations similarly. However, while management of working capital, including timing of collections and payments, affects operating results only indirectly, the impact on working capital and cash flows provided by operating activities can be significant. In the first three months of 2006, cash flows from operating activities decreased to $0.3 million compared to $1.0 million for the first three months of 2005. This decrease is predominantly due to an increase in accounts receivable as a result of the timing of customer payments and an increase in deferred taxes in the first three months of 2006. This increase was offset by a decrease in accounts payable due to the timing of payments to our vendors and prepaid expenses. Cash flows provided by operating activities increased to $13.1 million for 2005 compared to $9.9 million for 2004 due to several factors. Net income increased in 2005 by $1.6 million due to continued growth in our business. In addition, increases in our deferred tax assets and accounts receivable in 2005 were offset by an increase in our deferred revenue as a result of a revenue advance from Norwich Union and increased depreciation expenses resulting from capital investments made in 2004. Cash flows provided by operating activities increased to $9.9 million for 2004 compared to cash used in operating activities of approximately $1.9 million for 2003 due to several factors. Net income increased to $5.4 million for 2004 compared to a net loss of $0.8 million for 2003 as a result of higher business volumes and better utilization of committed resources. In addition, cash flows for 2004 increased on account of revenue advances received from Norwich Union during the year. Our 2004 cash flows were also affected by an increase, when compared to 2003, in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets of $3.5 million due to higher business volumes during 2004 offset by an increase in accrued expenses and other liabilities of $2.2 million due to the timing in payment of certain liabilities.

Cash used in investing activities has been mainly for the purchase of fixed assets, including telecommunications equipment and leasehold improvements, and the development of our five historical operating facilities in India. Cash used in investing activities increased to $1.6 million in the first three months of 2006 from $1.0 million in the first three months of 2005. The increase is a result of the purchase of fixed assets for the new operations center in Noida, which has a capacity of approximately 1,000 seats. Cash used in investing activities decreased to $7.1 million for 2005 from $12.3 million for 2004, mainly because we had no new facilities become operational in 2005 and thus incurred less leasehold improvements and other facility expenditures in that period. Cash used in investing activities increased to $12.3 million for 2004 from $5.4 million for 2003 as a result of the development of our operating facilities in Pune, which have a capacity of approximately 2,118 seats. We spent a significant portion of these funds on leasehold improvements and technology and telecommunications infrastructure.

Cash used in financing activities increased as a result of repurchasing our common stock from former employees during the first three months of 2006 as compared to the first three months of 2005. Cash used in financing activities was $0.1 million for 2005 compared to cash provided by financing activities of $12.4 million for 2004, reflecting Norwich Union’s purchase of 526,316 shares of our Series A common stock in July 2004. Cash provided by financing activities increased to $12.4 million for 2004 from $0.6 million for 2003 primarily as a result of the Norwich Union investment.

We expect to use cash from operating activities to maintain and expand our business. As we have focused on expanding our cash flow from operating activities, we have made significant capital investments, primarily related to capital expenditures related to new facilities. Capital expenditures we make to meet client needs represent primarily leasehold improvements to buildout facilities, telecommunications equipment, and computer hardware and software we purchase in connection with managing client operations. We currently have no individually large outstanding commitments for these capital expenditures. The timing and volume of such capital expenditures in the future will be affected by new contracts we may enter into or the expansion of our existing contracts. Therefore, we cannot reasonably predict our capital expenditures beyond 2006. We anticipate that we will continue to rely upon cash from operating activities to finance our capital expenditures and working capital needs.

We made capital expenditures of approximately $7.1 million in 2005, $12.3 million in 2004 and $5.4 million in 2003. Capital expenditures in 2005 related primarily to the development of our new center in Noida,

and capital expenditures in 2004 related to, among other things, the opening of our new operating facilities in Pune.

We expect to incur approximately $5.0 million of capital expenditures in 2006, of which we had incurred approximately $1.6 million as of March 31, 2006. We expect capital expenditures in 2006 will be used primarily to meet the growth requirements of our clients, as well as to improve our internal technology. In addition, we are contractually committed to one of our clients to establish and maintain a viable offshore BPO operation outside of India by March 2007, either on our own or through a relationship (such as a joint venture, partnership or alliance) with other parties where we maintain at least 26% of the controlling interest. This new facility must be capable of providing the services currently being performed for that client in India at a comparable cost to us and must be comparable in size to the existing facility from which the client services are being provided. We are presently evaluating a few specific locations for this facility. We anticipate that we will utilize cash flow from operating activities to finance the capital expenditures related to this facility.

On July 1, 2006, we completed the Inductis Acquisition. Inductis is a provider of consulting and analytics services. The Inductis Acquisition has expanded the types and sophistication of the research and analytics services we offer. Inductis had 165 employees and had revenues of $6.8 million in the first three months of 2006 and $20.9 million in 2005. As consideration, we paid $2.4 million in cash, issued 535,918 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) and granted 85,461 restricted shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion), subject to certain vesting requirements, to the holders of Inductis common stock, restricted stock and unvested options as further described below. We also agreed to make a $400,000 bonus payment in January 2007 and to make certain additional working capital adjustments, earnout and contingent payments to such holders as further described below. Of the 85,461 restricted shares of Series B common stock granted in the Inductis Acquisition, 54,319 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are subject to vesting over two or three years. The remaining 31,142 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) will vest or be forfeited based upon our attainment of certain earnout and contingent payment targets for the historic Inductis business in 2006 and 2007. The purchase price in the Inductis Acquisition is subject to a working capital adjustment based on the net working capital (as defined in the Inductis Acquisition agreement) of Inductis and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006. We also agreed to make certain earnout payments to the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock, payable in an amount of additional shares of our Series A common stock not exceeding an aggregate of 389,906 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion), based on whether the operations of the historic Inductis business satisfy certain agreed-upon financial performance goals in 2006 and 2007. Based on satisfaction of certain agreed upon financial performance goals for the historic Inductis business in 2007, we also agreed to make certain additional contingent payments to former Inductis equity and option holders in a mix of cash and additional shares of our common stock, the mix of which cannot be determined until the size of the contingent payments, if any, is determined. The value of any such contingent payment will range from $0.6 million to $6.5 million. See “The Inductis Acquisition” for a more complete discussion of the terms of the Inductis Acquisition. In connection with the Inductis Acquisition, we assumed lines of credit, a term loan and certain other Inductis debt. As of March 31, 2006, an aggregate of $2.0 million was outstanding under the lines of credit, $1.8 million was outstanding under the term loan and $0.2 million of other debt was outstanding.

We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to repurchase or redeem all outstanding shares of our Series A preferred stock, the aggregate principal amount of which plus accrued but unpaid dividends was $6.5 million at June 30, 2006, and repay all outstanding promissory notes, the aggregate principal amount of which plus accrued but unpaid interest was $5.7 million at June 30, 2006, and for working capital and general corporate purposes. We believe that cash flow from operations and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our ongoing capital expenditure, working capital and other cash needs over the next two years. If we have significant growth through acquisitions or require additional operating facilities to service customer contracts, we may need to obtain additional financing.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005:


	Payments Due by Period (in millions)
	Less than 1 year		1-3 years		4-5 years		After 5 years		Total
Long-term debt	$	—	$	5.6	$	—		—	$	5.6
Preferred Stock		—		6.2		—		—		6.2
Capital leases		0.2		0.3		—		—		0.5
Operating leases		0.8		0.8		0.1		—		1.7
Purchase obligations		1.4		—		—		—		1.4
Service and supply contracts		—		—		—		—		—
Other long-term liabilities reflected on balance sheet		—		—		—		—		—

Total contractual cash obligations	$	2.4	$	12.9	$	0.1	$	—	$	15.4

We have entered into an Insurance Services Framework Agreement and related Virtual Shareholders’ Agreement with Norwich Union pursuant to which we have granted Norwich Union the option from January 2008 through February 2011 to assume the operations of one of our facilities in Pune, India, upon the payment of an amount that will approximate the net asset value of that facility on the date of transfer. The exercise of this option would result in both a loss of revenues and the loss of all of our employees who are at that time working under that contract. We expect that any decline in revenues that we would experience if Norwich Union exercises this option would be partially offset by a decrease in expenses associated with the operation of the Pune facilities. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with Norwich Union—Option to Purchase Stock of NCOP” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related To Our Business—Our agreements with our largest client give it the option to assume the operations of one of our facilities, and the exercise of that option could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.”

EXL India and NCOP have been established as “Export-Oriented Undertaking” enterprises under the Export Import Policy, a policy formulated by the Government of India that has provided us with certain incentives on the import of capital goods. Under this policy, EXL India and NCOP must achieve certain export ratios and realize revenues attributable to exports of $244.5 million and $43.4 million, respectively, over a period of five years. As of March 31, 2006, EXL India and NCOP had achieved export revenues of $52.8 million and $25.1 million, respectively. We are required to have export revenues of $30.2 million during the period from 2006 to 2008 and $179.9 million during the period from 2006 to 2010. In the event that EXL India and NCOP are unable to meet these requirements over the specified period, we may be required to refund these incentives along with penalties and fines. However, management believes that EXL India and NCOP will achieve these export levels within the required timeframe as both EXL India and NCOP have consistently generated the required levels of export revenues. Under the policy, EXL India and NCOP were entitled to import capital goods with a value of $32.3 million and $7.9 million, respectively, free of any import duties. We have not utilized $17.7 million of the duty-free imports allowance of which $9.9 million is due to expire in 2008 and $7.8 million is due to expire in 2010.

In connection with the Inductis Acquisition, we also agreed to make certain earnout payments to the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock, payable in an amount of additional shares of our Series A common stock not exceeding an aggregate of 389,906 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion), based on whether the operations of the historic Inductis business satisfy certain agreed-upon financial performance goals in 2006 and 2007. Based on satisfaction of certain agreed upon financial performance goals for the historic Inductis business in 2007, we also agreed to make certain additional contingent payments to former Inductis equity or option holders in a mix of cash and additional shares of our common stock, the mix of which cannot be determined until the size of the contingent payments, if any, is determined. The value of any such contingent payments will range from $0.6 million to $6.5 million. We also agreed to make a $400,000 bonus payment in January 2007. See “The Inductis Acquisition.”

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2005 and March 31, 2006, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

General

Market risk is the loss of future earnings, to fair values or to future cash flows that may result from a change in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables.

Our exposure to market risk is a function of our borrowing activities and revenue generating activities in foreign currencies. The objective of market risk management is to avoid excessive exposure of our earnings and equity to loss. Most of our exposure to market arises out of our foreign currency accounts receivable.

Risk Management Procedures

We manage market risk through our treasury operations. Our senior management and our board of directors approve our treasury operation’s objectives and policies. The activities of our treasury operations include management of cash resources, implementing hedging strategies for foreign currency exposures, borrowing strategies, if any, and ensuring compliance with market risk limits and policies.

Components of Market Risk

Exchange Rate Risk. The functional currency of ExlService Holdings and Exl Inc. is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of EXL India, NCOP and ESS is Indian rupees and the functional currency of EXL U.K. is pounds sterling. In each case, the functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which that entity operates. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into functional currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the related balance sheet dates. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into functional currency at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. All transaction-related foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The assets and liabilities of subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing on the related balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Resulting translation adjustments are included in the “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” balance sheet line item.

Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange rate risk. Although substantially all of our revenues are denominated in pounds sterling (51.8% in 2005, or 40.4% on a pro forma basis) or U.S. dollars (48.2% in 2005, or 59.6% on a pro forma basis), 78.9% of our expenses, or 64.5% on a pro forma basis) were incurred and paid in the Indian rupee in 2005. The exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the U.S. dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in the future. See “—Foreign Exchange—Exchange Rates.”

Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign currency revenues, receivables and payables. Based upon our level of operations during 2005 and excluding any hedging arrangements that we had in place during that period, a 5.0% appreciation/depreciation in the pound sterling against the U.S. dollar would have increased/decreased revenues in 2005 by approximately $1.9 million. Similarly, a 5.0% depreciation in the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar would have decreased our expenses incurred and paid in rupees in 2005 by approximately $2.5 million. Conversely, a 5.0% appreciation in the Indian rupee against the U.S. dollar would have increased our expenses incurred and paid in Indian rupees during 2005 by approximately $2.8 million.

We have sought to reduce the effect of Indian rupee-U.S. dollar exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results by purchasing forward foreign exchange contracts to cover a portion of outstanding accounts receivable designated in foreign currencies. We entered into forward exchange contracts in 2003, 2004 and 2005. None of the contracts entered into in 2003 were outstanding at December 31, 2003. Forward exchange contracts with a notional amount of $44.5 million and 8.2 million pounds sterling ($14.1 million at exchange rates in effect on December 31, 2005) were outstanding at December 31, 2005 and of $11.3 million were outstanding at December 31, 2004. The fair value of such contracts at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 was $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The forward foreign exchange contracts typically mature within nine months, must be settled on the day of maturity and may be cancelled subject to the payment of any gains or losses in the difference between the contract exchange rate and the market exchange rate on the date of cancellation. We use these instruments as economic hedges and not for speculative purposes. We may not purchase contracts adequate to insulate ourselves from Indian rupee-U.S. dollar foreign exchange currency risks. In addition, any such contracts may not perform adequately as a hedging mechanism. We may, in the future, adopt more active hedging policies, and have done so in the past.

Interest Rate Risk. Our exposure to interest rate risk arises principally from interest on our debt. We have $4.9 million in aggregate principal amount of senior promissory notes outstanding as of December 31, 2005. Interest on the principal amount of the promissory notes is payable at maturity and accrues at a rate equal to the greater of 2.02% semiannually or LIBOR. We intend to use the proceeds from this offering to repay all of our outstanding promissory notes, plus accrued but unpaid interest to the date of repayment. In connection with the Inductis Acquisition, we assumed certain debt obligations of Inductis. A portion of this debt is based on prime lending rates.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), which establishes standards for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity for goods or services. Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) using the modified prospective method of transition. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), the estimated fair value of stock-based awards granted under stock incentive plans are recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. Under the modified prospective method, compensation expense is recognized beginning with the effective date of adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) for all stock-based payments (i) granted after the effective date of adoption and (ii) granted prior to the effective date of adoption and that remain unvested on the date of adoption. We currently believe that stock-based compensation expense for 2006-related stock-based payments granted prior to January 1, 2006 and unvested as of that date will be approximately $0.7 million, of which $0.2 million was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets,” which eliminated the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 153 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes & Error Corrections,” which provided guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. This statement also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2005. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140,” or SFAS No. 155. SFAS No. 155 permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of Statement No. 133, establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation, clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives, and amends SFAS No. 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. We have not completed our evaluation of the effect SFAS No. 155 may have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an Amendment to FASB Statement No. 140,” or SFAS No. 156, which clarifies the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities. SFAS No. 156 is effective in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 156 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading provider of offshore BPO services, primarily serving the needs of Global 1000 companies in the BFSI sector. We seek to provide a broad range of outsourcing services, including BPO services, research and analytics services and advisory services. The BPO services we provide involve the transfer to us of select business operations of a client, such as claims processing, finance and accounting and customer service, after which we administer and manage the operations for our client. Our research and analytics services are intended to facilitate more effective data-based strategic and operating decisions by our clients using statistical and quantitative analytical techniques. Our advisory services include risk assessment, documentation and internal controls testing, business process re-engineering and process quality monitoring. Our revenues have grown from $27.8 million in 2003 to $74.0 million in 2005 for a compound annual growth rate of 63.2% during that period. On a pro forma basis, our revenues were $94.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005.

We combine in-depth knowledge of the BFSI sector with proven expertise in transferring business operations to our centers in India and administering and managing them for our U.S. and U.K.-based clients. We have successfully transferred more than 225 processes covering a broad array of products and services from 22 clients to our operations centers. With our recent acquisition of Inductis, a provider of consulting and analytics services, we have expanded the types and sophistication of research and analytics services we offer. We believe that the Inductis Acquisition will cause an increasing proportion of our revenues to be derived from these services. We have begun to expand our service offerings to other sectors with similar needs, such as utilities, healthcare and media, by leveraging our experience in the BFSI sector and operational expertise.

Our services include:

LOGO

Our largest clients in 2005, on a pro forma basis, were Norwich Union (an Aviva company), American Express and Dell (including Dell Financial Services). Other clients include Centrica plc, Prudential Financial, Indymac Bank, one of the three largest U.S. banks, two of the five largest U.S. insurers and one of the largest global providers of business information.

Our operations platforms are supported by a state-of-the-art infrastructure that can be expanded to meet each client’s needs. We market our services directly through our sales and marketing team, which operates out of New York and London and our business development team, which operates out of Noida, India. Our senior managers

have extensive experience in the BFSI sector as well as the business practices of leading multi-national corporations. Our operations centers are located in India, which enables us to leverage India’s large talent pool of highly qualified and educated English-speaking technical professionals, who are able to handle complex processes that require functional skills and industry expertise. We also believe we can offer consistently high quality services at substantially lower costs than those available from in-house facilities or U.S. or U.K.-based outsourcing providers. In addition, we are contractually committed to investing in an operations facility outside of India by March 2007, which we believe will enhance our global delivery model and provide higher value to our clients through risk diversification and access to a pool of potential employees with language and other skills that will meet the needs of a broader range of potential clients.

We believe our reputation for operational excellence is widely recognized by our clients and is an important competitive advantage. We use Six Sigma, a data-driven methodology for eliminating defects in any process, to identify process inefficiencies and improve productivity in client and support processes. We also deliver continued process enhancements by soliciting and implementing process improvements from employees and through our proprietary software tools. As part of our commitment to quality, we have been awarded an ISO 9001:2000 certification for quality assurance and a BS7799 certification for information security, demonstrating our high standards for quality and information security. We have also been certified by the COPC in BPO, collection services and certain customer services (electronic transactions) for our Noida operations. We also received an OHSAS 18001 certification for all of our facilities in Noida and Pune recognizing our safety and health management practices.

History

We were founded in 1999 by a group of experienced professionals including Vikram Talwar, the former Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Ernst & Young Consulting India and the former Country Manager for Bank of America in India and other Asian countries, and Rohit Kapoor, a former business head for South Asian clients at Deutsche Bank Private Bank and a former head of non-resident Indian banking at Bank of America. Mr. Talwar is our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Kapoor is our President.

In August 2001, we were acquired by Conseco and operated as its wholly owned subsidiary and in-house business processing service provider for the following 14 months. Through this relationship, we gained a deep understanding of the financial services sector, especially back-office processing functions and debt collections. In November 2002, Messrs. Talwar and Kapoor, Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P., FTVentures and certain members of our senior management team purchased EXL Inc. from Conseco in the 2002 Acquisition and EXL Inc. became our wholly owned subsidiary.

On July 1, 2006, we completed the Inductis Acquisition, which significantly increased the size and scale of our existing research and analytics capabilities and enhanced our ability to deliver services to our clients, introduced our management to a well-diversified base of clients and strengthened and expanded the depth of our management pool, including senior managers with long-term client relationships in key areas of our business.

The BPO Industry

BPO service providers work with clients to develop and deliver business operational improvements with the goal of acheiving higher performance at lower costs. Outsourcing can enable organizations to enhance profitability and increase efficiency and reliability, permitting them to concentrate on their core areas of competence. BPO is a long-term strategic commitment for companies that, once implemented, is generally not subject to cyclical spending or information technology budget reductions. Organizations in the BFSI sector, in particular, outsource their key business processes to third parties to reduce costs, improve process quality, handle increased transaction volumes and ensure redundancy. Increased global demand, cost improvements in international communications and the automation of many business services have created a significant opportunity for offshore business process service providers, and many companies are moving select office processes to providers with the capacity to perform these functions from overseas locations.

Demand for offshore BPO services has grown substantially in recent years. The NASSCOM-McKinsey report estimates that the offshore BPO industry will grow at a 37.0% compound annual growth rate, from $11.4 billion in fiscal 2005 to $55.0 billion in fiscal 2010. The report identifies the banking and insurance industries as representing 50% of the potential offshore BPO market and estimates that providers have captured less than 10% of the total opportunity, even in industries that began outsourcing processes early on, such as insurance (life, health, and property and casualty) and retail banking (including deposits and lending, credit cards, mortgages, and loans). The report estimates that India-based companies accounted for 46% of offshore BPO revenue in fiscal 2005 and that India will retain its dominant position as the most favored offshore BPO destination for the foreseeable future. It forecasts that the Indian offshore BPO market will grow from $5.2 billion in revenue in fiscal 2005 to $25.0 billion in fiscal 2010, representing a compound annual growth rate of 36.9%. The main forces driving this growth are the need to control costs and increase operating efficiencies, service capabilities and competitive advantages. Companies also use outsourcing to drive revenue growth by expanding service offerings that otherwise would be too costly to administer or through enhanced receivable collections that would not be cost-efficient to pursue using internal staff. We believe the demand for BPO services will be primarily led by industries that are transaction-driven and that require significant customer interactions, such as BFSI, utilities, healthcare, telecommunications and retail. The high cost of servicing a large number of small customer accounts makes outsourcing a compelling strategic alternative for these industries.

The BFSI Sector

The BFSI sector is characterized by intense competition among traditional participants and new entrants, as well as rapid technological innovation. As a result of these challenges, we believe that the BFSI sector is adopting BPO more rapidly than other industries. Organizations in the BFSI sector continue to outsource their key business processes to third parties to reduce costs, improve process quality, handle increased transaction volumes and ensure redundancy. In selecting BPO vendors, the BFSI sector remains focused on vendor responsiveness, customer service and quality and an ability to smoothly transition complex processes and develop customized services.

Trend Towards Offshore Delivery of BPO Services

Global demand for high quality, lower-cost BPO services from external providers, combined with operational and cost improvements in international telecommunications and the automation of many business services, have created a significant opportunity for BPO service providers that are able to take advantage of an offshore talent pool. Many companies are moving selected front-, middle- and back-office processes to providers with the capacity to perform these functions from overseas locations.

Over the past decade, India has emerged as a preferred location for organizations planning to outsource services ranging from insurance claims processing, payroll processing, medical transcription, customer relationship management and supply chain management to back-office operations such as accounting and data processing, filtering and organization. This is primarily due to its large talent pool of highly qualified and educated English-speaking technical professionals. India currently accounts for the largest share of the offshore BPO services market.

EXL’s Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the competitive strengths necessary to maintain and improve our position as a leading provider of BPO services in the BFSI sector. Our key competitive strengths include:

Deep and Comprehensive Processing Experience Within the BFSI Sector

With a substantial majority of our revenues derived from the BFSI sector, we have gained a deep understanding of that sector, especially in functions such as loan underwriting support, claims processing, premium research and reconciliation, collections and accounts receivable management. Our expertise stems from our early association with Conseco and has allowed us to provide a full range of services to our clients. Because

we believe that the BFSI sector is adopting BPO more rapidly than other industries, we intend to continue to focus on strengthening our capabilities for the BFSI sector and other high-potential sectors (such as healthcare, media and utilities) by developing more complex services for our clients. We believe we are among the first global BPO service providers to have migrated from single or discrete transaction processes to a full range of functional services. We have successfully transferred more than 225 processes covering a broad array of products and services to our operations centers, including policy servicing, research, agency management and premium administration for clients in the life insurance, property and casualty insurance, health insurance and retirement services areas. In addition, we have developed substantial knowledge of the regulatory requirements applicable to the BFSI sector which operate as a significant barrier to new entrants. For example, we are one of the few offshore BPO service providers that can provide third-party administrator insurance services in 46 states of the United States, having been licensed or exempted from, or not subject to, licensing in each of those states. In addition, we are also licensed to operate debt-collection services in all but one state in the United States where such licenses are required, which makes us an attractive service provider to future clients. While the outsourcing industry is highly fragmented, we believe that we are recognized within the industry and among prospective clients as being among a small number of BPO companies that can offer depth of expertise in the BFSI sector. We believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on the growth in this sector and to leverage the expertise we have gained in this area to steadily broaden and diversify our client base.

Long-term Client Relationships that Result in a High Level of Recurring and Predictable Revenues in Our BPO Business

We have established long-term relationships with our BPO clients for whom we manage a wide variety of processes. A substantial majority of our BPO services are provided under long-term contracts with initial terms ranging from three to seven years. For BPO clients whose processes we have fully migrated, this contract structure provides us with relatively predictable and recurring revenues for a substantial portion of our business, and reduces our sales and marketing costs relative to project-based service providers. Our client relationships typically evolve from providing a single, discrete process into providing a series of complex, integrated processes across multiple business lines.

Our two main contracts with our largest BPO client, representing 38.3% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, can only be terminated for cause during their initial terms, which expire in August 2007 and July 2009, while our other clients can terminate their contracts without cause during the initial term. Our contracts with our second-largest BPO client, which represented 11.9% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, expire on November 1, 2006. These contracts can be terminated by our client at any time and without cause with 30 days prior notice. Contracts with other BPO clients representing approximately 3.6% of our pro forma revenues in 2005 will expire within 12 months, while the remainder of our BPO contracts expire in more than one year, or do not have specified initial terms and remain in effect until terminated or until there are no work orders or engagement schedules.

Strong Focus on Process Migration, Operations Management and Process Excellence

Our ability to deliver continuous process improvements and our reputation for superior service have proven to be strong competitive advantages when developing new client relationships. Our success to date reflects our strong focus on operations management and ongoing process improvement. Our process migration expertise, which combines industry knowledge, process and project management techniques and a consultative approach by which our services are tailored to meet the client’s specific needs, has enabled us to successfully transfer more than 225 processes from 22 clients. We have successfully migrated processes on an as-is basis and through re-engineering transformation. We use Six Sigma methodology to identify and eliminate inefficiencies in client and support processes and have created a dedicated team of full-time Six Sigma-trained “black belts” and “green belts,” who have substantial expertise in applying the methodology. We have also implemented Kaizen initiatives to solicit and implement process improvements from employees at all levels and to leverage the learning and experiences of each of our employees. In addition, we have developed proprietary tools, including our Process

Management and Performance Tracking, or ProMPT, system, to identify and continue to deliver process improvements for our clients, and a Staff Optimization and Forecasting Tool, or SOFT, for effective workforce management of our client processes. We have been awarded ISO 9001:2000 certification for quality assurance and BS7799 certification for information security. We have been certified by the COPC for our BPO services, collections and certain customer services (electronic transactions) for our Noida operations. We also received an OHSAS 18001 certification for all of our facilities in Noida and Pune recognizing our safety and health management practices.

Robust Human Resources and Technology Infrastructure

Our investment in employee recruitment, training and retention provide us with the ability to rapidly increase the scale of our operations to respond to the needs of our clients. We have invested significant resources in employee recruitment, training and retention, enabling us to grow from approximately 1,800 employees at December 31, 2002 to approximately 7,300 employees at July 1, 2006. Substantially all of our new employees are based in India. We currently have the ability to recruit and train an average of 390 employees per month and believe that the strength of our human resource function will enable us to continue to attract highly qualified and motivated employees, notwithstanding competitive pressures, and to expand our business rapidly as market conditions warrant. Of our employees, 97.1% have college degrees. We believe that our focus on hiring, training and retaining our employees should enable us to continue to deliver high quality services to our clients.

We have also developed an extensive technological infrastructure with a focus on redundancies, scalability and, most importantly, information security. Our locations in India and the United States are connected using a combination of leased domestic and international telecommunications links with redundant capacity. Industry standard network management systems monitor the systems on an uninterrupted 24 hours a day, seven days a week, or “24/7” basis. The robustness of our telecommunications network has allowed us to achieve an average network availability of 99.9% for day-to-day operations.

Experienced Management Team With a Significant Equity Stake

We pride ourselves on the strength and depth of our management and their continued commitment to our ongoing success. With the Inductis Acquisition, we have significantly expanded the depth of our management pool, including senior managers with long-term client relationships in key areas of our business. Our top 31 senior managers at or above the level of vice president have an average of approximately ten years of experience in the BFSI sector and extensive working experience with the business practices of multinational corporations. Vikram Talwar, our Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, co-founded our company after being Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Ernst & Young Consulting India and spending 26 years at Bank of America in a variety of senior management roles, including Country Manager in India and other Asian countries. Our other co-founder and current President, Rohit Kapoor, has over 11 years of experience working with Deutsche Bank and Bank of America in the United States and India. We have a committed management team that has a significant equity stake in our company. 21 members of our senior management team hold a significant equity stake in our company. The incentives that we provided in the Inductis Acquisition, including through earnout and similar contingent payments, are intended to accomplish the same alignment of interests and motivate Inductis management to develop the significant market opportunity in the area of research and analytics.

Business Strategy

Maintaining Our Focus on Large-scale, Long-term Relationships

We expect to maintain our focus on large-scale, long-term client relationships. We believe there are significant opportunities for additional growth with our existing clients, and we seek to expand these

relationships by increasing the depth and breadth of the services we provide. This strategy should allow us to use our in-depth client-specific knowledge to provide more fully integrated BPO services and develop closer relationships with our clients. Working with a small number of large-scale, long-term relationships also allows us to focus on quality and to devote the time and resources necessary to provide savings and process improvements and fully satisfy the needs of our clients.

Offering a Broad Range of Outsourcing Services.

In servicing our clients, we seek to differentiate ourselves by emphasizing the broad range of outsourcing services, including BPO, research and analytics and advisory services, that we provide. We believe that clients are increasingly viewing their BPO service providers as long-term partners that provide a full range of service offerings. Our evolving ability to provide services in complementary sectors (such as research and analytics and advisory sectors) will maximize opportunities for more customizing and closely integrating our range of services with our clients’ business needs and assisting our clients in transforming their outsourced processes to establish their industry leadership. We will also continue to develop additional advisory and related services in order to expand our client base further and migrate clients into our longer-term BPO service offerings.

Expanding Our Client Base

We intend to develop long-term relationships that present recurring revenue opportunities with new clients by leveraging our industry experience and expanding our marketing activities in a manner designed to strengthen, encourage and accelerate long-term relationship building. We continue to target Global 1000 companies that have the most complex and diverse processes and accordingly stand to benefit significantly from the use of BPO. We have recently started performing services for the utilities, healthcare and media sectors, which yield many processes that fit our expertise. In developing these relationships, our primary focus will be to continue to provide complex and integrated BPO services to clients in the United States and United Kingdom, which together represent a substantial majority of the total BPO market. In developing new client relationships, we continue to be highly selective and seek industry-leading clients who are committed to long-term and strategic relationships with us.

Extending Our Industry Expertise

The manner in which we have developed has given us expertise in transferring and servicing more than 210 processes in the BFSI sector. This expertise continues to distinguish us from other offshore providers of BPO services to the BFSI sector and has established our reputation as a leading provider of BPO services. We intend to continue to strengthen our processing capabilities for the BFSI sector and other high-potential sectors by focusing on the more complex and value-enhancing services that are common to these sectors. We have begun to implement this strategy, expanding into the utilities, healthcare and media sectors during 2006. In addition, examples of attractive sectors where we intend to focus our future development include mortgage processing, property lease management for real estate investment trusts and trade sales and processing for investment banks.

Continuing to Focus on Complex Processes

We intend to continue to leverage our industry expertise to provide increasingly more complex services for our clients. As a result of our established and developing industry expertise and knowledge of our clients’ businesses and processes, our employees are able to handle processes that are non-routine and that cannot be readily automated or transferred to other parties. Examples of our newest BPO processes include managing insurance receivables, processing total loss claim cases, handling third-party claims cases and processing suspected fraud and high-value claim cases. Our recent research and analytics offerings include tools for evaluating our clients’ analytic capabilities, services focused on client acquisition, retention, and attrition modeling and analytics to uncover fraudulent activity in credit and banking. Our newest risk advisory services offerings include accounting due diligence related to corporate acquisitions and operational risk and controls assessment. Our newest process advisory offerings include Six Sigma quality advisory services and BPO opportunity identification related to the merger activities of our clients.

Continuing to Invest in Operational Infrastructure

We will continue to invest in infrastructure, including human resources, process optimization and delivery platforms, to meet our growing client requirements. We will also continue to invest in developing and refining methodologies and analytical models and tools. We intend to further refine and supplement the innovative methods we use to recruit, train and retain our skilled employees. We will continue to focus on recruiting highly qualified employees and to develop our employees’ leadership skills through specialized programs, rigorous promotion standards, industry-specific training and competitive compensation packages that include incentive-based compensation. We also intend to continue our focus on process excellence by building on our extensive use of Six Sigma methodology to identify and eliminate inefficiencies, focusing on initiatives to solicit and implement process improvements from employees at all levels and continuing to develop proprietary tools to identify and deliver continued process enhancements. We believe that doing so will enable us to increase the volume of business from our clients and provide value-enhancing services. We recently expanded our facilities in Noida, India, by adding another facility with an installed capacity of 1,000 workstations. In addition, we are contractually committed to one of our clients to establish and maintain a viable offshore BPO operation outside of India by March 2007, either on our own or through a relationship (such as joint venture, partnership or alliance) with other parties where we maintain at least 26% of the controlling interest. This new facility must be capable of providing the services currently being performed for that client in India at a comparable cost to us and must be comparable in size to the existing facility from which the client services are being provided. We are actively looking at a few specific locations. We will evaluate other locations worldwide for further service delivery capabilities based on client preferences and needs, and infrastructure availability.

Pursuing Strategic Relationships and Acquisitions

We will continue to selectively consider strategic relationships with industry leaders that add new long-term client relationships, enhance the depth and breadth of our services or complement our business strategy. We will also selectively consider acquisitions or investments that would expand the scope of our existing services, add new clients or allow us to enter new geographic markets. For example, we recently completed the Inductis Acquisition, which significantly increased the size and scale of our existing research and analytics capabilities and enhanced our ability to deliver strategic services to our clients, introduced our management to a well-diversified base of research and analytics clients and strengthened and deepened our management team.

We may also broaden our global presence by continuing to expand our relationships with existing clients outside the United States and the United Kingdom and by adding new long-term relationships with leading multinational corporations.

Services

BPO Services

Our BPO services are structured around industry-focused BPO services, such as insurance, banking and financial services and utilities, and cross-industry BPO services, such as finance and accounting services, collection services and customer services.

Insurance Services. Within the life insurance, property and casualty insurance, health insurance and retirement services business lines, we provide services in the areas of claims processing, premium and benefit administration, agency management, account reconciliation, policy research, policy servicing and customer service. We have acquired significant experience in transferring and managing processes in these areas.

Banking and Financial Services. We have significant expertise in servicing and processing various banking products including residential mortgage lending, consumer finance, retail banking, credit cards, transaction services and other banking services. Our activities include customer service, transaction processing, underwriting support, documentation management and collateral monitoring.

Utilities. We provide end-to-end back-office processing for customer operations, including metering-related services and billing, customer transfers and address changes, sales support, account reconciliation and collections. A large part of these services involves complex exception processing.

Finance and Accounting Services. We provide certain finance and accounting services, including account payables, research, reconciliation of accounts and lock-box accounting. We intend to expand our services in this sector to include expense accounting, debit and credit accounting, account consolidation, departmental accounting, account balancing, accounting statements, budgeting and management information systems reporting.

Collection Services. We provide early and mid-stage collection activities, generally using automated dialing systems and our proprietary Exl Collections System (ECS). In addition, we use our proprietary skip-tracing tool to access location information instantly via multiple websites in order to trace people who have moved or absconded without notice to avoid paying debts. We are one of the few vendors in India with experience with a wide range of collection processes, including credit card receivables, large mortgage loan payments and business-to-business insurance premium collections, as well as extensive dialer management experience, both on our proprietary systems and client systems.

Customer Services. We provide a large array of customer management services, including e-mail management, customer service and web- and voice-based customer interaction functions.

We continuously seek to offer improved service delivery by means of detailed daily feedback through our ProMPT system and our contractual obligations to report to our clients.

Across the BPO services described above, we have successfully transferred and managed more than 225 processes, including the following:


Insurance Processes
Life Insurance		Property and Casualty Insurance
• Administration of Insurance Agents Licensing and contracting renewals, terminations, correspondence, commissions and brokerage amounts, debt management, administrating unclaimed monies by insurance agents • New Business Processing Prescreening and acquiring new customers, underwriting, underwriting support, delivery requirements follow-up, policy issuance, fund application, refunds, non-sufficient funds, customer inquiries • Administration of Current Policies Title and address changes, certificate reissue, endorsement, policy transfers, quotes and reinstatements, loans, exchanges, withdrawals, dividends, surrenders, maturities, direct debit instructions, customer service • Premium Administration Application of premium, loan and interest adjustment, daily premium balancing, suspended policy research, payment mode changes, customer correspondence and service • Claims Processing Examination, adjudication, settlement, tax compliance and compliance with state laws, customer correspondence and service		• New Business Processing Sales and conversion, quote acceptance, establishing new policies, policy upgrades, sales of multiple products, indexing • Administration of Current Policies Customer service, lapses and renewals, mid-term adjustments, account reconciliations • Claims Processing First notification of loss, initial reporting of claims and account initiation, customer service, technical claims, documentation, claims based on third party fault, total loss, scheduling on-site engineers’ inspection visits • Premium Payment mode changes, collection • Broker Collections • Supplier Payments


Banking and Financial Services Processes
Consumer Finance	Retail Banking and Credit Cards	Mortgage Lending
• Consumer finance processing including verification, tracking and recording • Inbound customer service • Collections • Loan payoff • Telemarketing	• Customer service • Query resolution • Address change request • E-mail response • Collections	• Loan underwriting support • Loan verification • Property tax servicing • New loan set-up • Rate modification • Mortgage customer service • Seller/broker queries • Document management

Utilities	Finance and Accounting	Collections
• Metering and billing • Accounting • Collections • Customer transfers • Customer address changes • Sales support	• Accounts payable management • Vendor invoice processing • Validation and payment	• Collections from individuals • Collections from businesses • Automated dialing systems • Tracking debtors

Customer Service Processes

• Voice, e-mail and blended processes

• Customer service, including changes in delivery date and desktop configuration, returns, billing issues, pre-sales information, concessions and discount vouchers for loyal customers, catalogue requests

• Fulfilling orders, including e-mail queries and online orders

Research and Analytics Services

In 2005, we started offering research and analytics services, including data filtering, organization and synthesis, management information system reporting, trend and variance analysis, statistical and econometric modeling and economic and financial markets research. On July 1, 2006, we acquired Inductis, a consulting and analytics company serving primarily the financial services and insurance industries. Our research and analytical services access and analyze large volumes of data from multiple sources in order to understand historical performance or behavior or to predict a particular outcome.

Our service lines include analytical consulting, management consulting and analytical services. Analytical consulting and management consulting services include marketing analytics such as customer acquisition and retention, credit risk analytics, customer data integration and fraud detection, marketing strategy, product and service strategy, business process re-engineering, global resource optimization and outsourcing. Analytic services offerings include analytics staff augmentation, lead generation/marketing campaign management, collections services, and primary/secondary research, data management and analysis. Our offerings emphasize our expertise within the financial services and insurance industries, complemented by quantitative modeling techniques and knowledge of relevant technology platforms and business intelligence toolsets.

We deliver these services through a team of industry specialists and graduates with mathematical, statistical, engineering, economics, business or accounting backgrounds. Most of our research and analytical team members have received post-graduate degrees such as a masters degree in business or another quantitative or financial discipline.

Advisory Services, including Business Process-Risk Services and Process Excellence Services

In addition to our BPO services, we provide the following advisory services, which have enabled us to expand our client base and to migrate clients into our longer-term BPO service offerings.

Business Process Risk Services and Internal Controls Services. Our Business Process Risk Services, or EXLBPRS, division provides services and technologies to identify, prioritize and manage our clients’ business process risks. Through a core team comprised of more than 75 certified accountants, internal auditors and process and technology experts, our EXLBPRS division provides compliance, technology and risk-management services and makes recommendations to improve existing business processes and controls. The EXLBPRS division also evaluates internal controls and provides internal controls testing services. We believe that clients of our EXLBPRS division may also look to outsource or co-source some of their internal audit functions and seek IT risk management and IT advisory services.

BPO Opportunity and Service Identification. We have developed MOST, a unique methodology for identifying process optimization and BPO opportunities, migrating those processes and developing appropriate BPO services that we can customize to meet our clients’ requirements.

Process Re-engineering. We use our Six Sigma improvement methodology and process management expertise to help clients improve their processes. We improve effectiveness and decrease costs for our clients by consolidating, streamlining and re-engineering their processes and platforms, which we believe encourages them to migrate and outsource processes to us.

Process Mapping and Documentation. We provide consulting services to our clients in order to manage, control and improve process-oriented activities. As part of these services, we document their processes using our methodology and define and measure the performance evaluation standards of the processes. We have extensive process mapping experience spanning over 500 end-to-end processes.

Representative Projects

The following examples illustrate the types of business needs that we address.

U.S. Mortgage Bank

Client: A top-ten U.S. mortgage originator in the business of operating as a hybrid thrift/mortgage banker, provides cost-efficient financing for the acquisition, development and improvement of single-family homes. Our client also offers home equity loans and invests in single-family mortgage-related assets. This client was seeking a cost-competitive outsourcing partner with substantial financial services industry knowledge and the ability to meet high quality standards.

Our Approach: We first evaluated the various business processes conducted by the client and the challenges associated with those processes. We then applied our Six Sigma-based process transfer methodology, performed pilot migrations, trained employees in India and implemented quality control processes and process management procedures prior to initiating operations from our facilities.

Services Overview: Since December 2001, we have provided a wide range of services to this client and the services we provide to this client have increased both in volume and complexity. We started with a new customer service process for this client designed to reduce first payment defaults and later also started processing early- and late-stage collections for the client’s mortgage loan portfolio. We then began to perform complex processes designed to pre-empt the refinancing of mortgages in a declining interest rate environment by proactively offering rate modifications to existing prime borrowers. The services we now provide to this client include:

• Customer information verification

• Loan processing

• Underwriting conditions

• Collections

• New loan setup audit

• Wire approval diligence

• Seller due diligence

• Document management

• Tax servicing

• Rate modification

• Broker due diligence

• Customer service and loan verification

• Post close audit functions (back-office)

• Post close audit (voice)

• Appraisal processing

• Broker license validation

Selected services that we have helped provide include:

•

re-engineering key processes before migrating them to our sites in India, and

•

formulating and standardizing desktop procedures for various banking functions.

Growth in Relationship: Our relationship with this client has grown from one process to include more than 15 different processes being serviced by over 280 employees. The processes we manage for this client include mortgage origination, mortgage loan collections and mortgage servicing, each of which has been outsourced to us under contracts with initial terms of three years. We are currently in the process of negotiating a renewal of this contract for an additional three-year term. Over 70% of our employees who work for this client are deployed on complex transaction processing activities.

U.K. Insurance Company

Client: One of the largest insurance companies in the world and a leading insurer in the U.K. market. This client sought an alternative to its captive U.K. customer service centers. Our mandate included re-engineering their processes in their automotive, household, commercial and life insurance operations to improve efficiency and productivity.

Our Approach: We formulated a composite project team consisting of EXL and client senior staff and designed and implemented a common project plan with the client. We initially invested in training designed to familiarize our new staff with U.K. culture, basics of general insurance, accent neutralization and financial service market operations in the United Kingdom and obtaining the proper certifications in order to meet industry regulatory requirements. We customized our recruitment strategy to screen candidates for aptitude, cultural adaptability and strong analytical and decision-making skills. We then implemented our Six Sigma-based migration methodology for transferring processes from the client site while complying with U.K. insurance regulatory practices. To ensure a successful transfer, we had client subject matter experts present onsite in India during training and the pilot phases of process migration. To improve performance quality, we solicited feedback from process managers, quality control executives, select-end customers and the client’s employees. We continue to implement Six Sigma-based initiatives in this client’s processes to improve quality.

Services Overview: We provide a range of insurance BPO services to this client:


New Business Processing		Administration of Current Policies
• Motor Sales, conversion, quote acceptance, cross-selling, establishing new policies, policy upgrades • Household Establishing new policies • Commercial Insurance Establishing new policies		• Motor Customer service, address changes, servicing policy requests, mid-term adjustments, policy lapses and renewals, conversion • Household Mid-term adjustments, policy lapses and renewals, conversion • Commercial Insurance Mid-term adjustments, policy lapses and renewals • Life Insurance Maturities, direct debit instructions, indexing, change of address, customer service

Claims Processing		Accounting
• Motor Customer service, claims progress and finalization (including total loss and third party cases), scheduling on-site engineers’ inspection visits, claim payments, routing claims to appropriate department • Household Initial reporting of claims and account initiation, status checks, customer service, routing claims to appropriate department		• Customer Accounts Direct debit instructions, set up changes and new account processing, cancellations, reconciliation of accounts, correspondence with brokers, underwriters and customers • Collections

Selected services that we helped improve include the following:

•

deploying a dialer-based service that improved the answer rate during peak hours while maintaining a constant number of full-time employee equivalents;

•

adding services on weekends and developed processes to reduce turnaround and handle times and improve sales conversion percentages, resulting in improved productivity;

•

fixing the backlog of outstanding actions required for claim settlement;

•

evaluating customer experience metrics that enabled us to understand process performance and customer issues on an ongoing basis;

•

improving customer experience and sales conversion rates using Six Sigma methodologies; and

•

reducing the pricing cycle time in the client’s commercial business line.

Growth in Relationship: We have developed what we consider to be strong and deep customer relationships with this client. We entered into our first outsourcing contract with this client for automotive and household insurance services in March 2003. We have currently deployed over 2,500 employees at two locations

in India who are engaged in 36 processes pertaining to this contract (up from about 270 employees engaged in one process deployed in March 2003). In January 2004, we entered into a second outsourcing contract from this client for life insurance services. These contracts had initial terms of three and five years, respectively.

U.K. Utility Service Provider

Client: One of the largest utility services providers in the United Kingdom was trying to reduce the high costs of service delivery. As part of its cost-reduction efforts, it was planning to migrate customer accounts from various existing older systems to a new billing system and to outsource exception processing.

Our Approach: Over 12 months, we have successfully managed the transition of 11 processes to our Noida and Pune facilities. We utilized our proprietary MOST methodology to manage the transition, and we have recruited and trained over 1,200 professionals to manage this client’s processes. We were able to mitigate the challenges that arose from the simultaneous transition of the client to a new billing platform and the transfer of work offshore through the use of a migration methodology. Our process advisory consultants implemented workflow mechanisms in the new environment and enabled remote servicing of this client’s processes. By utilizing our professionals across multiple client processes, the risk of volume variation across processes was mitigated and we were able to incorporate service flexibility while meeting key milestones established by the client.

Services Overview: We provide a range of back-office BPO services to this client:

In addition to the BPO services discussed above, the client has also utilized some of our other services, including our Six Sigma process advisory services, research and analytics services and business process mapping services. Several of our Six Sigma process improvement services assisted in the deployment of statistical process control mechanisms for this client. Our process improvement services were used to control account imbalances due to unbilled accounts, portfolio mismatch and disputed meter readings. Improvement services were also undertaken to validate and increase the productivity of the client’s customer acquisition methods. We also created models for debt transformation and to forecast the volume of activities to be performed through back office processes.

Growth in Relationship: Our relationship with this client has grown from the period of initial contract in July 2005. We have increased the number of full-time employees servicing this client’s processes and are servicing additional processes for this client. We are also providing our research and analytics services to this client.

Sales and Marketing

We market our services directly through our sales and marketing team, which operates out of New York and London, and our business development team, which operates out of Noida, India.

Our sales, marketing and business development group is responsible for new client acquisition, client relationship management, public relations and participation in industry forums and conferences in the United States, the United Kingdom and India. Our sales, marketing and business development group identifies prospective clients based on selective criteria that apply our industry expertise to the prospective client’s business lines, goals and operating constraints, and qualify the long-term relationship potential with the client. Our client

relationships typically evolve from a single, discrete process into a series of additional complex, integrated processes across multiple business lines.

Our sales and marketing professionals operate collaboratively with our business development professionals based in India. Our sales and marketing professionals focus on identifying, qualifying and initiating discussions with prospective clients, while our business development team frames services, prepares responses to requests for proposals, hosts client visits to our facilities and coordinates due diligence investigations into client processes. As of July 1, 2006, we had eight sales and marketing professionals in the United States and four in the United Kingdom. Each member of our sales and marketing team has significant experience in offshore outsourcing and has expertise in identifying outsourcing opportunities and process migration in the BFSI sector. We intend to expand our sales and marketing team to 11 persons in the United States and to five persons in the United Kingdom. Our business development team consists of 11 professionals.

Our sales, marketing and business development group works actively with our service delivery team as the sales process moves closer to the prospective client’s selection of a BPO service provider. The account manager or sales executive works with the service delivery team to define the scope, services, assumptions and execution strategies for a proposed project and to develop project estimates and pricing and sales proposals. Senior management reviews and approves each proposal. The selling cycle varies depending on the type of service required and generally ranges from six months to over a year.

Members of our sales, marketing and business development group remain actively involved in a project through the execution phase as relationship management representatives. Supporting each relationship manager is a corporate sponsor, executive steering committee, operations leadership team and, in some cases, a dedicated human resources and infrastructure team. Relationship managers are also responsible for business expansion and revenue growth from their accounts.

Clients

We currently have over 50 clients. Our largest clients in 2005, on a pro forma basis, were Norwich Union, American Express and Dell (including Dell Financial Services), which together accounted for approximately 62.8% of our total pro forma revenues in 2005. Other BPO clients include Centrica plc, Indymac Bank, Prudential Financial and a top three U.S. bank. Our advisory clients include Sunterra Resorts, Stanley Tool, United Technologies, Charter Mac, Suntrust Bank and Affirmative Insurance. While we are developing relationships with new clients and expect to continue to diversify our client base, we believe that the loss of any of our largest clients could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We have a limited number of clients and provide services to few industries.”

Our long-term relationships with our clients typically evolve from providing a single, discrete process into providing a series of complex, integrated processes across multiple business lines. We enter into long-term agreements with our clients with terms of between typically three and seven years. Each agreement is individually negotiated with the client. We have two main contracts with our largest client, Norwich Union, which together represented $36.4 million, or 38.3%, of our pro forma revenues, in 2005. These contracts cannot be terminated without cause or penalty for their initial terms of three and five years, respectively. After the initial term expires, these contracts can be terminated without cause or penalty by Norwich Union with six months prior notice. Our agreement with American Express, which represented 12.6% of our pro forma revenues in 2005, provides that American Express may terminate the agreement at any time and without cause with five days prior notice. Our contracts with Dell (including Dell Financial Services), represented 11.9% of our pro forma revenues in 2005. These contracts were automatically renewed for one year and expire on November 1, 2006. These contracts can be terminated by Dell at any time and without cause with 30 days prior notice. BPO contracts with other clients representing approximately 3.6% of our pro forma revenues in 2005 will expire within 12 months. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our client contracts contain certain termination and other provisions that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.”

In addition, our agreements generally limit our liability to our clients to a maximum amount, subject in many cases to certain exceptions such as indemnification for third-party claims and breaches of confidentiality. In order to tailor to the specific needs of our clients, we enter into contracts with varying terms. For example, under one of our contracts with Norwich Union, Norwich Union has the option beginning in January 2008 and continuing through February 2011 to pay us an amount that will approximate the net asset value of our Pune facilities on the date of transfer and assume the operations of these facilities, together with all of our employees who at that time are working under that contract. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with Norwich Union—Option to Purchase Stock of NCOP.”

Competition

Competition in the BPO services industry is intense and growing. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We face significant competition from a variety of sources.”

Many companies, including certain of our clients, choose to perform some or all of their customer service, collections and back-office processes internally. Their employees provide these services as part of their regular business operations. Some companies have moved portions of their in-house customer management functions offshore, including to offshore affiliates. We believe our key advantage over in-house business processes is that we give companies the opportunity to focus on their core products and services while we focus on service delivery and operational excellence. We believe that clients who operate a hybrid business model—partnering with external BPO providers while handling other BPO functions in-house—have the opportunity to benchmark the performance of their internal BPO operations against ours.

We compete primarily against:

•

BPO service companies based in offshore locations, particularly India, such as Genpact and WNS Global Services;

•

the BPO divisions of large IT service companies and global BPO services companies located in the United States, such as Accenture, Electronic Data Systems Corp. and International Business Machines; and

•

the BPO divisions of IT service companies located in India such as Progeon (owned by Infosys Technologies Limited), Tata Consultancy Services Limited and Wipro BPO (owned by Wipro Technologies Limited).

We compete against these entities by establishing ourselves as a service provider with deep industry expertise in the BFSI sector, which enables us to respond rapidly to market trends and the evolving needs of our clients in this sector, and at a lower cost base than global BPO services companies. See “—Business Strategy—Extending Our Industry Expertise.”

We expect that competition will increase and potentially include companies from other countries that have lower personnel costs than those currently in India. A significant part of our competitive advantage has historically been a wage cost advantage relative to companies in the United States and Europe and the ability to attract and retain highly experienced and skilled employees. We believe, however, that as a result of rising wage costs in India, our ability to compete effectively will increasingly depend on our ability to provide high quality, on-time, complex services that require expertise in certain technical areas and to expand geographically.

Intellectual Property

We generally use our clients’ software systems and third-party software platforms to provide our services. We customarily enter into licensing and nondisclosure agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their software systems and platforms. Our contracts usually provide that all intellectual property created for use of our clients will automatically be assigned to our clients.

Our principal intellectual property consists of proprietary software and the know-how of our management. We have filed several trademark applications, including applications for our logo and mark and for MICROANALYTIX, with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have filed a trademark application for the INDUCTIS mark in India, which we have also registered as a trademark in the United States. We have four unregistered trademarks: MOST, ECS, ProMPT and SOFT. MOST is a proprietary opportunity identification and migration methodology for processes that we have used in connection with a substantial majority of our process migrations. Our proprietary software includes collections software called ECS, our web-enabled ProMPT system and our SOFT system. ProMPT assists our managers in process management and performance evaluation, including tracking individual performance of agents, team leaders and other employees, and we use SOFT to implement process-oriented workforce management for client operations. We have recently launched a new version of ProMPT, which includes advanced analytics capacity and process control capabilities, and other enhanced features. We consider our business processes and implementation methodologies to be confidential, proprietary information and to include trade secrets that are important to our business. Clients and business partners sign a nondisclosure agreement requiring confidential treatment of our information. Our employees are also required to sign confidentiality agreements as a condition to their employment.

In October 2005, EXL India filed a lawsuit against Jaipur Golden Transport Company Private Limited in the High Court of Delhi at New Delhi, India, for unlawful use of our trademarks and style. This lawsuit is currently pending.

Technology

We have a well-developed international telecommunications capacity to support our BPO, research and analytics and advisory services. We use an international wide area network from India to connect to our points of presence in the United States and the United Kingdom. Our networking and telecommunications hubs are situated in Sunnyvale, California, and New York, New York, providing technology interface locations on the east and west coasts of the United States. Our business continuity management plan includes plans to eliminate certain risks inherent in critical applications by building redundancies and resilience into the connectivity and telecom infrastructure, network, systems, power availability, transportation, physical security, and trained manpower availability, as well as utilizing distributed computing.

To increase stable data and telecommunications capacity, we lease bandwidth from a number of different providers, including AT&T, VSNL, Telstra, Cable & Wireless and British Telecom internationally; Qwest Communications, Broadwing, AT&T and PacBell, in the United States; and VSNL, Bharti, Reliance and Tata Indicom in India. Currently, we have a bandwidth of 26 megabits-per-second, or Mbps, in the United States and over 50 Mbps in the United Kingdom, which we believe is adequate for our business. We have implemented closed user group connectivity across all processing centers and technology hubs which should allow seamless transition from one center to the other in case of an outage.

Our infrastructure is built on industry standards and we work closely with several leading original equipment manufacturers and principal technology partners. The robustness of our telecommunications network has allowed us to achieve an average network availability of 99.9% for day-to-day operations.

We customize our technology solutions in line with our clients’ business outsourcing requirements. Our technology teams are comprised of expert professionals from technology project management, infrastructure management, information security and technology operational service delivery, thereby permitting us to adapt our infrastructure services to our clients through various phases of our client engagements. We seek to understand our client’s business and outsourcing requirements and its process platforms, develop and implement customized services to our clients and deliver reliable services that facilitate the offshore conduct and management of their business processes.

Our business continuity management plan includes strategies to mitigate certain inherent risks and failures in critical platforms and applications by using a combination of redundancies and resilience in our technology

infrastructure, telecom networks and distributed computing, relying on a combination of state-provided and privately-owned power sources, a distribution of work between our multiple service delivery centers and multi-vendor transportation and logistics management. We also employ a dedicated team of trained professionals to help maintain continuity whenever possible.

Our methodology on business continuity management and information security involves implementation of an organization-wide framework, including our business operations, human resources, technology, facilities and marketing and communications divisions. The framework involves strategic planning, rigorous operational implementation, scheduled testing and simulations, reviews and strategy formulation. Leveraging from our operational, technological and facilities risk mitigation capabilities, we customize business continuity plans for our key client relationships, including splitting mission-critical processes among center, regional and client locations and working with our client to implement such process operations.

We have the following systems in place to protect the privacy of our clients and their customers and to ensure compliance with the laws and regulations governing our activities:

•

our information security policies comply with International Standards, including British Standards 7799 and ISO 17799, for optimal management of various aspects of information security, including personnel, physical, systems and facility security;

•

our information security framework addresses compliance requirements and protection of our clients’ and their customers’ information;

•

specific provisions for complying with the FDIC Safe Harbor Provisions, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, the EU Privacy Directive and other client-specific needs;

•

information systems teams formed for each client for the development, implementation and coordination of policies and procedures specific to that client’s processes; and

•

periodic internal and external audits of both our information systems policy and implemented controls.

Currently, four of our service delivery centers are British Standards 7799 certified, and we expect to seek similar certifications in our other service delivery centers.

Process Compliance and Management

We have an independent quality compliance team to monitor, analyze, provide feedback on and report process performance and compliance. In addition, we have a customer experience team to assess and improve end customer experience for all processes. Currently, we have over 200 quality compliance analysts and customer experience analysts.

We report process performance on ProMPT, our proprietary process management and performance tracking service. ProMPT is a web-based service accessible by both our clients and us that provides digital dashboards for evaluating process management and performance at any level within an organization, including tracking the individual performance of agents, team leaders and other employees. ProMPT provides Six Sigma-based process analysis, including trend analysis, distribution analysis and cause-and-effect analysis and tracking. We have recently launched a new version of ProMPT, which includes advanced analytics capacity and process control capabilities, and other enhanced features.

Employees

As of July 1, 2006, we had approximately 7,300 full-time employees, substantially all of whom are based in India. We have 88 employees in the United States and United Kingdom. Our employees are not unionized. We have never experienced any work stoppages and believe that our employee relations are good.

Hiring and Recruiting

Our employees are critical to the success of our business. Accordingly, we focus heavily on recruiting, training and retaining our professionals.

We have developed effective strategies and a strong track record in recruiting. We have more than 40 employees devoted to recruiting located throughout India in areas where we expect that our recruitment efforts will be effective. Some of the strategies we have adopted to increase efficiency in our hiring practices include online voice assessment, dedicated recruitment offices across the country and subsidized housing for new employees who travel from neighboring cities to work at our operations centers. Our hiring policies focus on identifying high quality employees who demonstrate a high propensity for learning, contribution to client services and growth. Candidates must undergo numerous tests and interviews before we extend offers for employment. We also conduct extensive background checks on candidates, including criminal background checks. In 2005, we received approximately 36,880 applications for employment and hired approximately 3,681 new professionals. We also have an employee referral program that provides us with a cost effective way of accessing qualified potential employees.

We offer our professionals competitive compensation packages that include significant incentive-based compensation and offer a variety of benefits, including free transport to and from home, subsidized meals, free access to recreational facilities and subsidized housing within close proximity to our operations centers. In the quarter ended June 30, 2006, our turnover rate for billable employees—employees who execute business processes for our clients following the completion of our six month probationary period—was approximately 38%. Our turnover has been declining sequentially for the past four quarters. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently trained employees to support our operations, as competition for highly skilled personnel is intense and we experience significant employee turnover rates.”

Training and Development

We dedicate significant resources to the training and development of our professionals. We have approximately 200 full-time certified trainers responsible for training our employees. Training works in tandem with recruitment, operations and quality control to create an end-to-end process for value addition, skill evaluation, enhancement and certification. We also use training to provide continuity by linking skill assessment at the point of recruitment to subsequent assessment and on-the-job training.

We customize our training design to country, client and service, closely collaborating with the client throughout the training process. Training for new employees includes culture, voice and accent training. We also have ongoing training that includes refresher training programs and personality development programs. In addition, we develop our employees’ leadership skills through leadership development programs, other talent identification mechanisms and significant monetary and non-monetary incentives.

Workforce Management

SOFT is our proprietary platform for implementing process-oriented workforce management for client operations. We customize SOFT to cater to each process’ unique requirements, and use SOFT to forecast work volume, schedule resources and management and analyze workforce management.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in New York, New York. We operate six operations centers in India with a current installed capacity of approximately 4,645 agent workstations that operate on an uninterrupted 24/7 basis and are available to be staffed on a three-shift basis. Our networking and telecom hubs are located in Sunnyvale, California and in New York, New York. We lease all of our properties, and each of our leases is renewable at our option. The following table describes each of our material properties and lease expiration dates as of July 1, 2006.


Facility	Location	Space	No. of Agent Workstations	Lease Expiration	Buy Option on Leased Premises
Corporate Headquarters	New York, New York	8,940 sq. ft.	N/A	March 30, 2009	No
Operations Center I	Noida, India	50,000 sq. ft.	681	March 14, 2010 (option to extend until 2015)	No
Operations Center II	Noida, India	39,700 sq. ft.	489	May 17, 2008 (renewable until 2016)	No
Operations Center III (including corporate offices)	Noida, India	68,800 sq. ft.	669	May 7, 2006 (renewable until 2016)	Yes
Operations Center IV-A	Pune, India	42,559 sq. ft. 43,802 sq. ft.	435-Grd. 590-First	July 31, 2013 February 16, 2014	Yes
Operations Center IV-B(1)	Pune, India	61,802 sq. ft. 43,802 sq. ft.	440-5&7 491-6	December 2, 2013 December 31, 2013	Yes
Operations Center V	Noida, India	104,000 sq. ft.	913	August 29, 2010 (option to extend until 2023)	Yes
Gurgaon Facility	Gurgaon, India	142,000 sq. ft.	197	July 2008 (option to extend until 2014)	No

(1)

Approximately 105,604 square feet of space (including approximately 1,093 agent workstations) in our Operations Center IV-B are subject to a purchase option held by our client Norwich Union. This option is exercisable at any time commencing in January 2008 until February 2011. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Agreements with Norwich Union—Option to Purchase Stock of NCOP.”

All of our operations centers are equipped with fiber connectivity and have access to other power sources.

We are contractually committed to one of our clients to establish and maintain a viable offshore BPO operation outside of India by March 2007, either on our own or through a relationship (such as a joint venture, partnership or alliance) with other parties where we maintain at least 26% of the controlling interest. This new facility must be capable of providing the services currently being performed for that client in India at a comparable cost to us and must be comparable in size to the existing facility in which the client services are being provided. We are actively looking at a few specific locations.

Regulation

Because of the diversity and highly complex nature of our service offerings, our operations are subject to a variety of rules and regulations and several U.S. and foreign federal and state agencies regulate aspects of our business. In addition, our clients may contractually require that we comply with certain rules and regulations, even if those rules and regulations do not actually apply to us. Failure to comply with any applicable laws and

regulations could result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products and services, as well as the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We are one of the few offshore BPO service providers that can provide TPA insurance services in 46 states of the United States, having been licensed or exempted from, or not subject to, licensing in each of those states, which may help make us an attractive service provider to future clients.

Our debt collection services are subject to the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, which regulates debt collection practices and includes licensing requirements. In addition, many states require a debt collector to apply for, be granted and maintain a license to engage in debt collection activities within a state. We are currently licensed (or exempt from licensing requirements) to provide debt collection services in all but one state in the United States that have non-exempt requirements and have separate conditional exemptions with respect to our ongoing collection obligations.

Our operations are also subject to compliance with a variety of other laws and regulations that apply to certain portions of our business such as the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Truth in Lending Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act and FDIC rules and regulations. Our client contracts specify what particular regulatory requirements we must meet in connection with the BPO services we provide. We train our employees regarding the applicable laws and regulations.

Regulation of our business by the Indian government affects our business in several ways. We benefit from certain tax incentives promulgated by the Indian government, including a ten-year tax holiday from Indian corporate income taxes for the operation of most of our Indian facilities, which will expire by location in 2009. As a result of these incentives, our operations have been subject to lower Indian tax liabilities. Our subsidiaries in India are also subject to certain currency transfer restrictions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Income Tax” and “—Foreign Currency.”

Legal Proceedings

In the course of our normal business activities, various lawsuits, claims and proceedings may be instituted or asserted against us. We believe that the disposition of matters instituted or asserted will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

THE INDUCTIS ACQUISITION

Overview

On July 1, 2006, we acquired Inductis through a merger, as a result of which Inductis became a wholly owned subsidiary of ExlService Holdings pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 30, 2006, or the Inductis Acquisition agreement. As consideration, we paid $2.4 million in cash, issued 535,918 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) and granted 85,461 restricted shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion), subject to certain vesting requirements, to the holders of Inductis common stock, restricted stock and unvested options as further described below. We also agreed to make a $400,000 bonus payment in January 2007 and to make certain additional working capital adjustments, earnout and contingent payments to such holders as further described below.

In the merger:

•

each outstanding share of Inductis common stock was converted into the right to receive cash and shares of our Series A common stock and the right to receive certain earnout and contingent payments if certain performance conditions are achieved, as further described below;

•

holders of Inductis restricted stock received a combination of cash, shares of our Series A common stock, grants of restricted shares of our Series B common stock under our Management Incentive Plan, a cash bonus payable on January 1, 2007 and the right to receive certain earnout and contingent payments if certain performance conditions are achieved, as further described below; and

•

holders of unvested options to purchase shares of Inductis common stock received cash, grants of restricted shares of our Series B common stock under our Management Incentive Plan and a cash bonus payable on January 1, 2007.

Of the 85,461 restricted shares of Series B common stock granted in the Inductis Acquisition, 54,319 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are subject to vesting over two or three years. The remaining 31,142 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) will vest or be forfeited based upon our attainment of the earnout and contingent payment targets for the historic Inductis business in 2006 and 2007 described below. If we do not attain the minimum thresholds for such earnout or contingent payments, certain of these restricted shares of Series B common stock will be forfeited by the recipients thereof. See “Management—Management Incentive Plan” for a more complete discussion regarding the terms of the restricted shares of our Series B common stock issued in connection with Inductis Acquisition.

Working Capital Adjustment

The purchase price in the Inductis Acquisition is subject to a working capital adjustment based on the net working capital (as defined in the Inductis Acquisition agreement) of Inductis and its subsidiaries as of June 30, 2006. Based on such determination, we could be required to pay additional consideration to the former holders of Inductis common stock in the form of cash.

Earnout Payments

Former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock may also be entitled to receive additional shares of our Series A common stock (and the 31,142 restricted shares of Series B common stock will vest or be forfeited) based on Inductis’ revenues and profit margins (determined in accordance with the provisions of the Inductis Acquisition agreement) in 2006 and 2007 as follows:

If Inductis’ profit adjusted earnout revenue (which amount is defined in the Inductis Acquisition agreement to equal either its revenue or a lower amount if certain profit margin targets are not achieved as set forth in the

Inductis Acquisition agreement) is equal to or exceeds $28.0 million during fiscal year 2006, the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 194,953 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion). If its profit adjusted earnout revenue is between $25.2 million and $28.0 million during fiscal year 2006, the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock will be entitled to receive a number of shares of our Series A common stock ranging from 64,334 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) to, but not including, 194,953 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion), with the actual number determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the Inductis Acquisition agreement. If Inductis’ profit adjusted earnout revenue is less than $25.2 million during fiscal year 2006, the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock will receive no shares of common stock with respect to fiscal year 2006, subject to a possible “catch-up” opportunity based on the results for fiscal year 2007, as described below.

If Inductis’ profit adjusted earnout revenue is equal to or exceeds $35.0 million during fiscal year 2007, the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock will be entitled to receive an aggregate of 194,953 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion). If its profit adjusted earnout revenue is between $31.5 million and $35.0 million during fiscal year 2007, the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock will be entitled to receive a number of shares of our common stock ranging from 64,334 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) to, but not including, 194,953 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion), with the actual number determined pursuant to a formula set forth in the Inductis Acquisition agreement. If Inductis’ profit adjusted earnout revenue is less than $31.5 million during fiscal year 2007, the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock will receive no shares of common stock with respect to fiscal year 2007.

In addition, if Inductis’ profit adjusted earnout revenue does not equal or exceed $28.0 million in fiscal year 2006 and its profit adjusted earnout revenue for fiscal year 2007 exceeds $35.0 million, then the amount by which its profit adjusted earnout revenue in fiscal year 2007 exceeds $35.0 million will be added to its profit adjusted earnout revenue for fiscal year 2006, the earnout calculation for such year will be recalculated and any additional shares issuable to the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock pursuant to such recalculation will be issued.

Under no circumstances will more than an aggregate of 389,906 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our issued common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) be issued to the former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock under these earnout provisions.

Contingent Payments

If Inductis’ profit adjusted upside revenue (which amount is defined in the Inductis Acquisition agreement to equal either its profit margin in fiscal year 2007 or a lower amount if certain profit margin targets are not achieved as set forth in the Inductis Acquisition agreement) in fiscal year 2007 is equal to or greater than $42.0 million but less than $49.0 million, former holders of Inductis common stock and restricted stock will also be entitled to an aggregate payment ranging from approximately $0.6 million to approximately $6.5 million depending on Inductis’ profit adjusted upside revenue. An aggregate payment of $6.5 million will be due if its profit adjusted upside revenue equals or exceeds $49.0 million. The payment, if any, will be made in cash, in shares of our common stock valued at the average price of our common stock during the ten trading days following our announcement of financial results for fiscal year 2007 or a combination of cash and shares, the mix of which cannot be determined until the size of the contingent payment, if any, is determined. However, no upside payment will be due if 77% or fewer of the employees of Inductis and its subsidiaries are employed outside the United States or if 62% or more of Inductis’ consolidated revenues, other than revenues from analytics services, in fiscal year 2007 are from two specified clients.

Indemnification

Subject to certain limited exceptions identified below, the representations, warranties and covenants of Inductis, the former holders of Inductis common stock and the Company will survive the closing for one year. Representations and warranties of Inductis, the former holders of Inductis common stock and the Company relating to capitalization and stock ownership, authority, liabilities, iTouchpoint Technologies LLC, or iTouchpoint, brokers, certain statutes of Delaware law, and capitalization will survive without limitation. Representations and warranties relating to tax and ERISA matters will survive until 60 days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. Representations and warranties of the Company in any case will terminate upon this offering, except with regard to matters for which a claims notice was received by us prior to such consummation date. In addition the former holders of Inductis have agreed to indemnify us for any losses we incur relating to: (i) iTouchpoint or Inductis terminated asset purchase agreement to acquire iTouchpoint; (ii) arising from the breach or nonperformance of representations, warranties, covenants or obligations of Inductis in connection with the Inductis Acquisition; or (iii) any claims made against us by a former holder of Inductis common stock that are not related to any non-performance by us of our obligations under the Inductis Acquisition agreement. We have agreed to indemnify the former holders of Inductis common stock for any losses they incur relating to a breach by us of any of our representations, warranties or covenants under the Inductis Acquisition agreement.

The indemnification obligations of the former holders of Inductis common stock are generally subject to an aggregate deductible amount ($200,000), a maximum aggregate amount of $5.0 million plus 50% of any earnout payment and certain other limitations. The maximum aggregate amount shall not apply to certain representations, warranties and covenants such as those relating to ownership, authority, tax, ERISA matters and iTouchpoint.

Company Holder Agreement

As part of the Inductis Acquisition, each former holder of Inductis common stock who received shares of our Series A common stock entered into a Company Holder Agreement with us. The Company Holder Agreements prohibit these former holders of Inductis common stock from transferring the shares of Series A common stock they received as part of the Inductis Acquisition for a three-year period commencing July 1, 2006, with such transfer restrictions expiring each year with regard to one-third of such shares held by each such former holder of Inductis common stock. However, former holders of Inductis common stock are released from these transfer restrictions upon a change of control of the ExlService Holdings, if the holder becomes disabled or if the holder’s employment with us is terminated by us without “cause” or by the holder for “good reason.” Furthermore, if either Mr. Talwar or Mr. Kapoor sells in excess of 33% of their shares of our Series A common stock prior to June 30, 2008 or in excess of 66% of their shares of our Series A common stock prior to June 30, 2009, then the former holders of Inductis common stock may sell an additional percentage of their shares equal to the percentage that either Mr. Talwar or Mr. Kapoor sold above 33% or 66%, as applicable.

In addition, the Company Holder Agreements prohibit the former holders of Inductis common stock from transferring any shares of Series A common stock received pursuant to the earnout provisions of the Inductis Acquisition agreement for a period of 12 months from the date of issuance of such shares. However, former holders of Inductis common stock are released from these transfer restrictions upon a change of control (as defined in the Company Holder Agreements) of the ExlService Holdings, if the holder becomes disabled or if the holder’s employment with us is terminated by us without “cause” or by the holder for “good reason.”

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers:


Name	Age	Position
Vikram Talwar	57	Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of the Company
Rohit Kapoor	41	President and Director of the Company
Pavan Bagai	44	Vice President, Head of Operations of EXL India
Vikas Bhalla	34	Vice President, Operations of EXL India
Deepak Dhawan	53	Vice President, Human Resources of EXL India
Sanjay Gupta	46	Vice President, Operations of EXL India
Narasimha Kini	37	Vice President, Advisory Services of EXL India
Sandeep Tyagi	37	Vice President, Head of Knowledge Services of the Company
Katy Murray	37	Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of the Company
Amit Shashank	36	Vice President, General Counsel of EXL Inc. and Corporate Secretary of the Company
Steven B. Gruber	48	Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company
Bradford E. Bernstein	39	Director of the Company
Edward V. Dardani	43	Director of the Company
James C. Hale, III	54	Director of the Company
David B. Kelso	53	Director of the Company
Dr. Mohanbir Sawhney	42	Director of the Company
Garen K. Staglin	61	Director of the Company

Vikram Talwar co-founded EXL Inc. in April 1999 and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman of our board of directors since November 2002 and as Chief Executive Officer of EXL Inc. since April 1999. Prior to founding EXL Inc., Mr. Talwar served in various capacities at Bank of America including Country Manager in India and other Asian countries from 1970 to 1996 and served as Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Ernst & Young Consulting India from 1998 to 1999.

Rohit Kapoor co-founded EXL Inc. in April 1999 and has served as our President and director since November 2002, as our Chief Financial Officer from November 2002 until June 2005 and as President and Chief Financial Officer of EXL Inc. since August 2000. Prior to founding EXL Inc., Mr. Kapoor served as a business head of Deutsche Bank from July 1999 to July 2000. From 1991 to 2000, Mr. Kapoor served in various capacities at Bank of America in the United States and Asia, including India.

Pavan Bagai has served as Vice President, Head of Operations of EXL India since June 2006. He previously served as Vice President, Strategic Business of EXL India from December 2004 to May 2006, as Vice President and Head of Operations of EXL India from November 2003 to November 2004 and as Vice President, Operations of EXL India from July 2002 to November 2003. From 1985 until joining EXL India, Mr. Bagai served in various capacities in several key business areas at the Bank of America, including corporate banking, finance, capital markets and trading in various markets across Asia and Europe, including India.

Vikas Bhalla has served as Vice President, Operations of EXL India since June 2006. He previously served as Vice President, Migrations, Quality and Process Excellence of EXL India from April 2002 to June 2006 and as Director Quality Initiatives of EXL India from May 2001 to March 2002. From May 1998 to May 2001, Mr. Bhalla served in various capacities at General Electric, including as the Quality Leader and E-Business Leader for GE Plastics India.

Deepak Dhawan has served as Vice President, Human Resources of EXL India since June 2002. Mr. Dhawan served in various capacities at Eicher Goodearth Ltd., an automobile and engineering company, from June 1994 to June 2002, including as Executive Vice President Human Resource & Strategic Planning and has over 25 years of management experience in industrial relations, personnel and training.

Sanjay Gupta has served as Vice President, Operations of EXL India since October 2001. He has also served as Director of Operations at EXL India from November 2000 to September 2001. Mr Gupta served in various capacities at American Express India from May 1995 to October 2001. Mr. Gupta is a chartered accountant and spent over eight years in various companies in India.

Narasimha Kini has served as Vice President, Advisory Services for EXL India since July 2004. He was Head Internal Controls of EXL India from April 2001 to December 2003. Before joining us, Mr. Kini served as Finance Manager at Al-Futtaim Wills Faber (Pvt) Ltd, an insurance broker and consulting company, from July 1999 to January 2001.

Sandeep Tyagi has served as Vice President, Head of Knowledge Services of the Company since June 2006. Mr. Tyagi founded Inductis in 2000 and served as its Managing Principal prior to June 2006. Prior to that, Mr. Tyagi worked at Mitchell Madison Group, or MMG, a strategy consulting firm that spun out from another consulting firm, A.T. Kearney. Mr. Tyagi served in various positions at MMG from 1994 until December 1998, when he became a partner at MMG.

Katy Murray has served as our Chief Financial Officer since June 2005. Prior to joining ExlService Holdings, Ms. Murray was at i2 Technologies, a multinational supply chain optimization software company, where she served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2004 to May 2005 and held other positions from February 1998 to December 2003. Prior to joining i2 Technologies, Ms. Murray worked for over four years with Paymentech, the largest U.S.-based processor of internet transactions as a Director of Accounting. Ms. Murray is a certified public accountant.

Amit Shashank has served as General Counsel and Vice President of EXL Inc. since June 2004. Mr. Shashank also serves as Corporate Secretary of the Company. Prior to joining EXL Inc., Mr. Shashank was an attorney with the law firm of Shearman & Sterling LLP from January 1997 until June 2004.

Steven B. Gruber has served as Chairman of our board of directors since November 2002. Since February 1999, Mr. Gruber has been a Managing Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, Inc., the investment advisor to Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our 5% stockholders. Since April 1990, Mr. Gruber has been a Managing Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (including its predecessor entities) and the Manager of Acadia Partners, L.P. Additionally, since February 1994, he has been a Managing Partner of Insurance Partners Advisors L.P. Mr. Gruber serves on the boards of directors of American Skiing Company, Blackboard Inc., Williams Scotsman International, Inc. and several private companies.

Bradford E. Bernstein has served as a director since November 2002. Since May 2003, Mr. Bernstein has been a Partner at FTVentures. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Bernstein was a Partner at Oak Hill Capital Management, Inc., the investment advisor to Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our 5% stockholders. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Bernstein served in various capacities, including as a Managing Director, at Oak Hill Partners, Inc. He serves on the board of directors of several private companies.

Edward V. Dardani has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2005. Mr. Dardani is a Principal of Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our 5% stockholders, which he joined in 2002. Mr. Dardani is responsible for investments in business and financial services sectors. Prior to joining Oak Hill, he was a partner at DB Capital Partners and a management consultant at McKinsey & Co. from 1992 to 1996. Mr. Dardani began his career at Merrill Lynch in their investment banking group. Mr. Dardani serves on the boards of directors of American Skiing Company and MeriStar Investment Partners.

James C. Hale, III has served as a director since November 2002. Since July 1998, Mr. Hale has served as a General Partner and Managing Member of FTVentures, a venture capital firm and one of our 5% stockholders. Prior to joining FTVentures, Mr. Hale served in various capacities at Montgomery Securities from 1982 to 1998, and most recently as Senior Managing Director and Director of Financial Technology of Montgomery Securities. Mr. Hale serves as a director of Xign, Verus Financial Management, San Francisco Venture Capital Forum and the St. Ignatius College Prep investment committee.

David B. Kelso has served as a director since July 2006. Mr. Kelso most recently served as a senior advisor to Inductis from June 2004 through June 2006. He served in the Office of the Chairman as Executive Vice President for Strategy and Finance for Aetna, Inc. from September 2001 through September 2003 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Chubb Corporation from June 1996 through August 2001. Mr. Kelso served on the board of director of Aetna Life Insurance Company from 2001 to 2003. In 2003, Mr. Kelso founded Kelso Advisory Services and serves as its Managing Director. Mr. Kelso serves on the board of directors of Aspen Holdings, Ltd.

Dr. Mohanbir Sawhney has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2005. Dr. Sawhney is a recognized author, scholar and consultant on marketing and e-business and has been the McCormick Tribune Professor of Technology and the Director of the Center for Research in Technology & Innovation at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, since September 1993. Dr. Sawhney is also a Fellow of the World Economic Forum.

Garen K. Staglin has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2005. Mr. Staglin has over 35 years of experience in the financial services and technology industries. Mr. Staglin was a Director of First Data Corporation, a credit card and financial services processing company, from 1992 to 2002 and was Chief Executive Officer of eONE Global LP, an emerging payments company, from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Staglin was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Safelite Glass Corporation, a manufacturer and retailer of replacement autoglass and related insurance services from 1993 to 1999. Prior to joining Safelite, Mr. Staglin was President of ADP Automotive Claims Services, a provider of auto claims estimating software and services, from 1979 to 1990. Mr. Staglin serves as a director of Global Document Solutions, Inc., a digital printing, imaging and customer relationship management outsourcing company, and Solera, Inc., a consulting, outsourced services and technology provider focused on auto claims solutions. Mr. Staglin is a senior advisor for FT Ventures, one of our 5% stockholders. Mr. Staglin recently joined the Advisory Board of the Cambridge University Business School in United Kingdom.

Board Structure and Compensation

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors. This offering is conditioned upon us amending and restating our charter and by-laws prior to its consummation. Our amended and restated by-laws will provide that our board of directors will consist of no less than or more than persons. The exact number of members on our board of directors will be determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of our full board of directors. Upon consummation of this offering, our board will be divided into three classes as described below, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. will serve initially as Class I directors (with a term expiring in 2007). Messrs. will serve initially as Class II directors (with a term expiring in 2008). Messrs. will serve initially as Class III directors (with a term expiring in 2009).

Committees of the Board

Upon consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We will be required to have one independent director on each of these committees during the 90-day period beginning on the

date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the Commission in connection with this offering and of which this prospectus is a part. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we are required to have a majority of independent directors on each of these committees. Thereafter, each of these committees is required to be comprised entirely of independent directors. The following is a brief description of our committees.

Audit Committee. Our Audit Committee assists the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, our independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, the performance of our audit function and independent auditors, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Audit Committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention (including termination) and oversight of our independent auditors, and our independent auditors report directly to the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee will also review and approve all related-party transactions in accordance with the rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market.

Messrs. , , and are expected to be the members of our Audit Committee upon consummation of this offering. Mr. qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under the rules of the Commission implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Each of the members of our Audit Committee meets the independence and the experience requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the federal securities laws.

Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee reviews and recommends policies relating to compensation and benefits of our directors and employees and is responsible for approving the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers. Our Compensation Committee also administers the issuance of stock options under our equity incentive plans. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for producing the annual report on executive compensation required to be included in our annual proxy materials under federal securities laws. Messrs. , and are expected to be the members of our Compensation Committee upon consummation of this offering and meet the independence requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the federal securities laws.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee nominates candidates for election to our board of directors and develops and recommends to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines that are applicable to us. Messrs. , and are expected to be the members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee upon consummation of this offering and meet the independence requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and the federal securities laws.

Compensation Committee lnterlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Directors’ Compensation

The compensation arrangements described below will apply following the consummation of this offering. Directors who are not executive officers will receive an annual fee of $20,000. The Chairman of our board of directors will receive an annual fee of $25,000. In addition, directors will receive a fee of $2,000 for each board meeting they attend ($1,000 if they attend telephonically) and a fee of $1,000 for each committee meeting they attend ($500 if they attend telephonically). Directors will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and its committees. In addition, non-employee directors will receive one-time grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock which vest ratably over four years.

Advisory Board

We have established an advisory board whose function is to provide senior management with advice on strategic direction and business development initiatives. Our advisory board does not constitute a part of our corporate governance structure and is currently composed of Messrs. John Ainley, Allen J. Gula and Dennis R. Sheehan. Members of our advisory board are appointed from time to time by our senior management.

John Ainley is the Human Resources Director of Aviva Group and the Chairman of Aviva Offshore Services. Before joining Aviva in 1999, Mr. Ainley held senior international human resources positions in several international organizations across diverse industries such as retailing, internet technologies and healthcare. Over the past six years, Mr. Ainley has held various positions at Aviva, including Human Resources Director for Norwich Union Insurance and Human Resources Director for Norwich Union Life. Norwich Union is a subsidiary of Aviva Group.

Allen J. Gula, Jr. serves as an Advisor to the co-Chief Executive Officers of Franklin Resources, a global asset management company. From August 1999 to July 2002, Mr. Gula served as the Co-President and Chief Information Officer of Franklin Resources. Prior to August 1999, he was an Executive Vice President at KeyCorp and Chairman/Chief Executive Officer for Key Services Corporation. In addition, Mr. Gula is a director and advisory board member of several privately held companies.

Dennis R. Sheehan is a senior advisor to Financial Technology Ventures and an adjunct professor at the graduate school of Adelphi University. Until January 2004, Mr. Sheehan served as the President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of the Board of Directors of The BISYS Group, Inc. Since joining BISYS in 1995, Mr. Sheehan has also held other leadership positions, including Senior Vice President of Finance, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer. While Chief Executive Officer of BISYS, he also served on the Listed Company Advisory Committee to the New York Stock Exchange. Prior to joining BISYS Mr. Sheehan was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Concord Holding Corporation. During his tenure at Concord Holding, the company completed its initial public offering and was acquired by BISYS. Mr. Sheehan has also held several senior management positions with The Equitable Life Assurance Corporation, including President and Chief Executive Officer of Equico Securities, and Chief Financial Officer of the Asset Management Group for PaineWebber. Prior to this, he worked with SCM Corporation and KPMG Peat Marwick.

Each member of the advisory board has received options to purchase 5,000 shares in the aggregate of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) under our equity incentive plans.

Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth the cash and non-cash compensation paid by or incurred on our behalf to our Chief Executive Officer and four other most highly compensated executive officers, or the named executive officers, during our last three fiscal years.


	Annual Compensation				Long-Term Compensation Awards
Name and Principal Position	Year	Salary($)	Bonus($)	Other Annual($)(1)	Restricted Stock($)	Number of Securities Underlying Options/ SARs(#)	All Other Compensation($)
Vikram Talwar(2) Chief Executive Officer	2005 2004 2003	400,000 393,750 312,499	— 300,000 175,000	127,626 122,122 99,811	— — —	— — —	8,092 6,274 1,653	(3) (3) (3)
Rohit Kapoor(2) President	2005 2004 2003	400,000 393,750 312,499	— 300,000 175,000	53,722 44,977 44,735	— — —	— — —	7,158 6,093 1,653	(3) (3) (3)
Shiv Kumar(4) Chief Sales and Marketing Officer	2005 2004	161,410 166,667	45,000 75,000	— —	— —	— 30,000	6,300 5,000	(5) (5)
Katy Murray(6) Chief Financial Officer	2005	151,667	30,000	—	—	120,000	—
Amit Shashank(7) General Counsel	2005 2004	233,154 125,256	26,500 50,000	— —	— —	20,000 30,000	7,000 3,250	(5) (5)

(1)

Includes $30,433 in 2003, $38,857 in 2004 and $36,236 in 2005 relating to personal travel for Mr. Talwar and his family, together with automobile allowance, automobile insurance, personal security protection in India, social club fees, home office equipment and furnishings and reimbursement of fees relating to personal tax advice. Includes $19,754 in 2003, $22,783 in 2004 and $25,633 in 2005 relating to personal travel for Mr. Kapoor and his family.

(2)

While the employment agreements of Messrs. Talwar and Kapoor provide for a contractual bonus of $100,000, our board of directors agreed to grant Messrs. Talwar and Kapoor additional bonuses in 2003 and 2004 as a result of our performance in 2003 and 2004.

(3)

Includes an employer contribution of $1,500 in 2003, $6,121 in 2004 and $6,300 in 2005 for Mr. Talwar to our 401(k) plan and insurance premiums for term life insurance. Includes an employer contribution of $1,500 in 2003, $5,940 in 2004 and $6,300 in 2005 for Mr. Kapoor to our 401(k) plan and insurance premiums for term life insurance.

(4)

Mr. Kumar joined the Company in March 2004 and resigned from the Company on June 30, 2006.

(5)

Reflects an employer contribution of $5,000 in 2004 and $6,300 in 2005 for Mr. Kumar and of $3,250 in 2004 and $7,000 in 2005 for Mr. Shashank to our 401(k) plan.

(6)

Ms. Murray joined the Company in June 2005.

(7)

Mr. Shashank joined the Company in June 2004.

Options/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

The following table provides information on option grants in 2005 to our named executive officers under our equity incentive plans.


		Individual Grants
Name	Number of Securities Underlying Options/SARs Granted(#)(2)	% of Total Options/SARs Granted to Employees in 2005		Exercise or Base Price Per Share($)		Expiration Date	Grant Date Present Value ($)(1)
Vikram Talwar	—	—			—	—	—
Rohit Kapoor	—	—			—	—	—
Shiv Kumar	—	—			—	—	—
Katy Murray	120,000	43.2	%	$	23.75	06/01/2015	649,200
Amit Shashank	20,000	7.2	%	$	23.75	06/01/2015	108,200

(1)

Based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model as of the grant date of the option, assuming an expected life of 60 months, a risk-free interest rate of 4.25%, a 50.0% volatility and a 0.0% dividend yield.

(2)

The options vest and become exercisable ratably over a four-year period. The first 25% of the options vest on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and an additional 25% of the options vest on each subsequent anniversary. On a change in control (as defined in our 2006 Omnibus Award Plan), the executives will each receive an additional year of vesting credit for purposes of determining the portion of the executives’ options which are vested and exercisable. In addition, each executive’s options become fully vested and exercisable if, following or in specific contemplation of a change in control, the executive is terminated without cause or voluntarily departs for good reason (each as defined in the executive’s employment letter or option agreement, as applicable).

Aggregated Options/SAR Exercises and Value in Last Fiscal Year

The following sets forth, for each named executive officer, aggregate exercises of options to purchase our common stock in 2005:


Name	Number of Shares Underlying Options Exercised(#)	Dollar Value Realized($)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options at Fiscal Year-End(#)		Dollar Value of Unexercised In-the-Money Options at Fiscal Year-End($)(1)
Name		Dollar Value Realized($)	Exercisable	Nonexercisable	Exercisable	Nonexercisable
Vikram Talwar	—	—	—	—	—	—
Rohit Kapoor	—	—	—	—	—	—
Shiv Kumar	—	—	7,500	22,500	74,250	222,750
Katy Murray	—	—	—	120,000	—	—
Amit Shashank	—	—	7,500	42,500	—	—

(1)

Calculated using the fair market value of $17.40 per share of our common stock on December 31, 2005 minus the option exercise price.

Employment Agreements

Vikram Talwar. We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Talwar in November 2002 which was extended to August 11, 2006 and provides that Mr. Talwar serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman. We are negotiating a new employment agreement with Mr. Talwar. We expect that under the terms of his new employment agreement, Mr. Talwar will have such powers, duties and responsibilities as are generally associated with the position of Chief Executive Officer, as may be modified or assigned by our board of directors and subject to the supervision of our board of directors. Mr. Talwar will also serve as Vice Chairman of our board of directors during the term of his employment except under specific circumstances.

Under Mr. Talwar’s current employment agreement, Mr. Talwar receives a base salary of $400,000. He is eligible for an annual bonus of $100,000 based upon our attainment of certain financial targets. We also provide Mr. Talwar with certain benefits, including once-a-year airfare between the United States and India for Mr. Talwar and his family, a term life insurance policy with a face value of $500,000, an automobile in the United States and India, personal security, certain club memberships up to $3,500 per year and certain furniture and equipment for home offices in India and in the United States. In addition, we reimburse Mr. Talwar on account of the taxes he pays in excess of his U.S. tax liability as a result of his relocation to India at our request and consequent incurrence of tax liability.

If Mr. Talwar’s employment is terminated either by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement) or by Mr. Talwar for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement, which definition includes a change of control of us), he will be entitled to receive severance consisting of his earned but unpaid base salary, bonuses and benefits through the date of termination, including a pro rata portion of his bonus for the year of termination; continued payment of his base salary for a period of two years following the date of termination in accordance with our payroll practices; and continuation of his benefits for a period of no greater than two years following the date of termination. Benefit participation will cease if and when Mr. Talwar commences new employment before the expiration of two years.

If Mr. Talwar becomes disabled, he will be entitled to receive his earned but unpaid base salary, bonuses and benefits through the date of termination, including a pro rata portion of his bonus for the year of termination; his base salary for a period of three months following the termination date (as reduced by any disability insurance benefits paid to him during that period); and continued benefits for a period of three months following the termination date (if permitted by our benefit plans and applicable law).

Rohit Kapoor. We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Kapoor in November 2002 which was extended to August 11, 2006 and provides that Mr. Kapoor serves as our President. We are negotiating a new employment agreement with Mr. Kapoor. We expect that under the terms of his new employment agreement, Mr. Kapoor will have such powers, duties and responsibilities as are generally associated with the position of President as may be modified or assigned by our board of directors and subject to the supervision of our board of directors. Mr. Kapoor will also serve as a member of our board of directors during the term of his employment agreement except under specific circumstances.

Under Mr. Kapoor’s employment agreement, Mr. Kapoor receives a base salary of $400,000. He is eligible for an annual bonus of $100,000 based upon our attainment of certain financial targets. We also provide Mr. Kapoor with certain benefits, including once-a-year airfare between the United States and India for Mr. Kapoor and his family, a term life insurance policy with a face value of $500,000, an automobile in the United States and India, personal security and certain furniture and equipment for home offices in India and in the United States.

If Mr. Kapoor’s employment is terminated either by us without cause (as defined in his employment agreement) or by Mr. Kapoor for good reason (as defined in his employment agreement, which definition includes a change of control of us), he will be entitled to receive severance consisting of his earned but unpaid base salary, bonuses and benefits through the date of termination, including a pro rata portion of his bonus for the year of termination; continued payment of his base salary for a period of two years following the date of termination in accordance with our payroll practices; and continuation of his benefits for a period of no greater than two years following the date of termination. Benefit participation will cease if and when Mr. Kapoor commences new employment before the expiration of two years.

If Mr. Kapoor becomes disabled, he will be entitled to receive his earned but unpaid base salary, bonuses and benefits through the date of termination, including a pro rata portion of his bonus for the year of termination; his base salary for a period of three months following the termination date (as reduced by any disability insurance benefits paid to him during that period); and continued benefits for a period of three months following the termination date (if permitted by our benefit plans and applicable law).

Katy Murray, Amit Shashank and Shiv Kumar. We entered into employment agreements with Ms. Katy Murray and Mr. Amit Shashank, whose current agreements became effective on June 1, 2005, and Mr. Shiv Kumar in March 2004.

Katy Murray. We entered into an employment agreement with Katy Murray that became effective on June 1, 2005. Ms. Murray receives an annual base salary of $280,000, which can be increased based on annual performance reviews. Ms. Murray is eligible to receive a target bonus of $90,000 based on the achievement of performance goals.

In connection with her initial hire, Ms. Murray received a stock option grant of 120,000 shares of our Series B common stock as provided by her employment agreement.

Either Ms. Murray or we may terminate Ms. Murray’s employment at any time. If we terminate Ms. Murray’s employment without cause (as defined in the agreement) we will pay her a single lump sum equal to three times her monthly base salary in effect at the time of her termination. Beginning three months after her termination, we will also pay Ms. Murray her base salary for up to three months following her termination through our regular payroll practices. We will reduce these additional salary payments by any base salary Ms. Murray earns from another employer during the severance period.

We will also maintain Ms. Murray’s health and dental coverage until the earlier of the end of the severance period or the date on which Ms. Murray becomes covered under another employer’s coverage.

On a change in control (as defined in our 2006 Omnibus Award Plan), the vesting of all of Ms. Murray’s outstanding equity awards will be advanced by one year. For example, if one of Ms. Murray’s awards were vesting ratably over a four-year period and she had been 25% vested in the award immediately prior to the change in control, Ms. Murray will be 50% vested in the award immediately after the change in control. In addition, all of Ms. Murray’s outstanding equity awards will become fully vested if, following or in specific contemplation of a change in control, she is terminated without cause or voluntarily terminates her employment for good reason (as defined in her award agreements).

Amit Shashank. Our employment agreement with Amit Shashank became effective on June 1, 2005. Mr. Shashank receives an annual base salary of $252,000, which can be increased based on annual performance reviews. Mr. Shashank is eligible to receive a target bonus of 30% of his base salary, based on the achievement of performance goals.

On a change in control (as defined in our 2006 Omnibus Award Plan), the vesting of all of Mr. Shashank’s outstanding equity awards will be advanced by one year. For example, if one of Mr. Shashank’s awards were vesting ratably over a four-year period and he had been 25% vested in the award immediately prior to the change in control, Mr. Shashank will be 50% vested in the award immediately after the change in control. In addition, all of Mr. Shashank’s outstanding equity awards will become fully vested if, following or in specific contemplation of a change in control, he is terminated without cause or voluntarily terminates his employment for good reason (as defined in his award agreements).

In connection with his initial hire, Mr. Shashank received a stock option grant of 30,000 shares of our Series B common stock as provided by his employment agreement. On July 27, 2006, our compensation committee approved the grant to Mr. Shashank of a restricted stock award in respect of 7,106 shares of our Series B common stock, which will vest 50% on June 7, 2007 and another 50% on June 7, 2008, generally subject to Mr. Shashank’s continued employment by us on each vesting date, and a cash bonus of $168,750, payable to Mr. Shashank on January 2, 2007, irrespective of whether or not Mr. Shashank is employed by us at that time.

Shiv Kumar. We entered into an employment agreement with Shiv Kumar on January 22, 2004. Mr. Kumar began to work for us on March 1, 2004. Prior to his resignation on June 30, 2006, Mr. Kumar received an annual base salary of $225,000, and if performance goals were met, Mr. Kumar was eligible to receive an annual target bonus of $115,000. In 2004, Mr. Kumar was also granted options to purchase 30,000 shares of our Series B common stock as provided by his employment agreement.

Confidentiality and Non-Compete Arrangements. As part of their employment agreements, each of our named executive officers is subject to a standard confidentiality agreement during his employment and thereafter. In addition, Messrs. Talwar and Kapoor have agreed not to directly or indirectly participate in any business that competes with us during their employment with us and for up to two years after the termination of their employment with us.

Stock Option Plans

2003 India Option Plan

We adopted the ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 India Stock Employee Option Plan, which we refer to as the 2003 India Plan, effective on April 30, 2003. The 2003 India Plan complies with the guidelines issued by the Indian Ministry of Finance under the proviso to section 17(2)(iii)(c) of the India Income Tax Act of 1961. The following is a discussion of the features of the 2003 India Plan.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2003 India Plan is to provide eligible employees of EXL India with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in ExlService Holdings.

Administration. The 2003 India Plan is administered by our board of directors or our compensation committee (the “Administrator”). The Administrator has, subject to the terms of the 2003 India Option Plan, complete authority to:

•

interpret the 2003 India Plan;

•

determine the rights and obligations of participants under the 2003 India Plan; and

•

make all other determinations necessary or advisable in the administration of the 2003 India Plan.

Our board of directors determines, in its discretion:

•

the persons who may participate in the 2003 India Plan;

•

the terms and conditions of the options granted under the 2003 India Plan; and

•

all questions of interpretation of the 2003 India Plan or any option granted thereunder.

The determinations by our board of directors are final and binding upon all participants in the 2003 India Plan and the options granted under the 2003 India Plan.

Stock Options. Under the 2003 India Plan, the Administrator may grant awards of options to purchase shares of our common stock. These options are subject to the terms and conditions of the 2003 India Plan and a stock option agreement evidencing the award, as well as applicable Indian law.

Eligibility. Any employee of EXL India who is a resident of India and who the Board designates as eligible may participate in the 2003 India Plan, unless the employee is a Promoter (as defined in the 2003 India Plan) or one of our directors who owns, individually or beneficially, more than 10% of our stock.

Number of Shares Authorized. Options to purchase an aggregate maximum of 800,000 shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are available for grant under the 2003 India Plan and the 2003 Plan, discussed below, on a combined basis. As of June 30, 2006, options to purchase an aggregate of 492,658 shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) were issued and outstanding under the 2003 India Plan and the 2003 Plan on a combined basis.

Change in Capitalization. If the Administrator determines that certain corporate transactions or events (as described in the 2003 India Plan), such as a stock split, affect the shares such that an adjustment is determined by

our board of directors, in its discretion, to be consistent with such event and necessary or equitable to carry out the purposes of the 2003 India Plan, the 2003 India Plan provides the Administrator with the discretion to appropriately adjust the number, price or kind of shares of stock that may be granted under the 2003 India Plan. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain corporate events or transactions (as described in the 2003 India Plan), such as a merger, consolidation, or reorganization, all options granted under the 2003 India Plan will automatically vest and the Administrator may, in its discretion and with at least ten days prior notice to the participants, cancel all outstanding options and pay to the holders thereof, the value of such options in a form and an amount equal to what they would have received or been entitled to receive had they exercised all such options immediately prior to the consummation of such corporate event or transaction.

Term and Vesting. An option granted under the 2003 India Plan provides a participant with the right to purchase, within a specified period of time, a stated number of shares (but no more than 25,000 shares ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion)) at the price specified in the stock option agreement. Options granted under the 2003 India Plan will be subject to terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, not inconsistent with the 2003 India Plan, as may be and specified in the applicable stock option agreement or thereafter.

Unless otherwise provided in a stock option agreement, each option granted to a participant will represent an option to purchase one share of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) at an exercise price of up to $23.75 per share ($ per share after giving effect to the Share Conversion), and the option will vest with respect to 25% per year over four years. Under the terms of the 2003 India Plan, the exercise price of the option will be nominally less than the fair market value of the option on the date of grant. The options will expire no more than ten years following the date of grant. The exercise price of an option must be paid in full in order to exercise the option.

Transferability of Stock Options. Subject to the following paragraph, each option may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. No option may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. The designation of a beneficiary will not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance for purposes of the 2003 India Plan.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, our board of directors may, in its discretion, provide in a stock option agreement that options granted under the 2003 India Plan may be transferred by a participant without consideration to certain persons (as described in the 2003 India Plan), pursuant to the terms of the 2003 India Plan and subject to such rules as the Administrator may adopt to preserve the purposes of the 2003 India Plan.

We will cease to make new grants under the 2003 India Plan following the consummation of this offering. Grants previously made under the 2003 India Plan may continue to be exercised in accordance with the terms of the 2003 India Plan.

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register the resale of shares of common stock previously issued upon exercise of options granted under the 2003 India Plan.

2003 Stock Option Plan

General. We adopted the ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, which we refer to as the 2003 Plan, effective as of April 30, 2003. Options to purchase an aggregate maximum 800,000 shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants, or the employees, directors and consultants of any of our affiliates under the 2003 Plan and the 2003 India Plan, discussed above, on a combined basis.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2003 Plan is to provide a means through which we and our affiliates may attract capable persons to enter and remain in our employ and to provide a means whereby our employees, directors and consultants can acquire and maintain ownership of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and our affiliates and promoting a common interest between stockholders and these employees.

Options. Both non-qualified stock options and incentive stock options may be granted under the 2003 Plan. The specific terms of options, including applicable vesting conditions, are set forth in individual option grants. Our board has the authority to determine the participants to whom options are granted, the types of options to be granted to each participant, the number of shares covered by each option, the option exercise price, the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of the option and to establish performance standards for determining the periods during which each option will be exercisable.

Our board is authorized to make adjustments to the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, options (including the number of shares under option and the exercise price of options), in the case of certain unusual or nonrecurring events, whenever our board determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of benefits or potential benefits under the 2003 Plan, or because a change to applicable laws warrants such an adjustment. The individual option agreements govern the manner of exercise and disposition of options following termination of employment.

Amendment. Our board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the 2003 Plan or any portion thereof at any time, provided that any such action may not be taken without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the 2003 Plan and provided that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would adversely affect the rights of any participant will not be effective without the participant’s consent.

As of June 30, 2006, options to purchase an aggregate of 492,658 shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) were outstanding and unexercised under the 2003 Plan and the 2003 India Plan on a combined basis.

We will cease to make new grants under the 2003 Plan following the consummation of this offering. Grants previously made under the 2003 Plan may continue to be exercised in accordance with the terms of the 2003 Plan.

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register the resale of shares of common stock previously issued upon exercise of options granted under the 2003 Plan.

2006 Omnibus Award Plan

General. We adopted the ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Plan, which we refer to as the 2006 Plan, effective on April 20, 2006.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2006 Plan is to provide a means through which we and our affiliates may attract capable persons to enter and remain in our employ and to provide a means whereby our employees, directors and consultants can acquire and maintain ownership of our common stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to our welfare and our affiliates and promoting a common interest between stockholders and these employees.

Administration. The 2006 Plan is administered by a committee (which may be our board of directors or compensation committee). It is intended, but not required, that the directors appointed to serve on our compensation committee be “Non-Employee Directors” (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act) and “Outside Directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of

the Code, to the extent Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m) are applicable. However, the fact that a committee member shall fail to qualify under these requirements will not invalidate any award that is otherwise validly granted under the 2006 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2006 Plan, the committee has the authority to grant awards, to determine the number of shares of our common stock for which each award may be granted and to determine any terms and conditions pertaining to the exercise or to the vesting of each award. The committee has the power, in its sole discretion, to accelerate the exercisability of any option and to remove any restriction on any restricted stock or restricted stock unit granted under the 2006 Plan. The committee also has full power to construe and interpret the 2006 Plan and any award agreement executed pursuant to the 2006 Plan and to establish, amend, suspend or waive any rules for the proper administration of the 2006 Plan. The determination of the committee on all matters relating to the 2006 Plan or any award agreement will be conclusive.

Eligibility. Our officers, employees, directors and consultants and those of our subsidiaries or affiliates are eligible to be designated a participant under the 2006 Plan. The committee has the sole and complete authority to determine the participants to whom awards will be granted under the 2006 Plan, subject to certain limitations described below.

Number of Shares Authorized. 394,692 shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are available for grant under the 2006 Plan. As of June 30, 2006, options to purchase 37,600 shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) were issued and outstanding and additional options to purchase shares of our common stock are expected to be granted under our 2006 Plan upon consummation of this offering. On April 20, 2006, we granted 5,000 restricted shares of Series B common stock and on July 27, 2006, our compensation committee approved a grant of 7,106 restricted shares of our Series B common stock under our 2006 Plan. In addition, on July 1, 2006, 85,461 restricted shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) were granted under the 2006 Plan in connection with the Inductis Acquisition. See “The Inductis Acquisition” and “—Management Incentive Plan” for a description of the vesting and forfeiture of these shares. No person may be granted awards or options and stock appreciation rights, or SARs, with respect to more than 300,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion). No more than 300,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) may be granted under our 2006 Plan with respect to performance compensation awards in any one year. The maximum amount payable pursuant to a cash bonus under our 2006 Plan is $1,000,000. As described more fully in the 2006 Plan, if an award expires or terminates or is forfeited or if any option terminates, expires or lapses without being exercised, the number of shares previously subject to such award will again be available for future grant.

If the committee determines that certain corporate transactions or events (as described in the 2006 Plan), such as a stock split, affect the shares of common stock such that an adjustment is to be consistent with such event and necessary or equitable to carry out the purposes of the 2006 Plan, the committee may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the maximum number of shares and the classes or series of our common stock which may be delivered pursuant to the 2006 Plan, the number of shares and the classes or series of our common stock subject to outstanding awards, the price per share of all of our common stock subject to outstanding awards and any other provisions of the 2006 Plan. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain corporate events or transactions (as described in the 2006 Plan), such as a merger, consolidation, or reorganization, the committee may, in its discretion and with at least ten days prior notice to the participants, cancel all outstanding awards and pay the holders thereof the value of such awards in a form and an amount equal to what they would have received or been entitled to receive had they exercised all such awards immediately prior to the consummation of such corporate event or transaction.

The 2006 Plan will have a term of ten years and no further awards may be granted after that date.

Terms and Conditions of Awards. Under the 2006 Plan, the committee may grant awards of nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, incentive stock options, or ISOs, SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock bonus awards, performance compensation awards (including cash bonus awards) or any combination of the

foregoing. The committee may, but is not required to, provide in an award agreement that there will be a vesting acceleration or payout of the award upon a change in control, as defined in the 2006 Plan.

Options. The committee will be authorized to grant options to purchase shares of common stock that are either “qualified,” meaning they are intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of Code for incentive stock options, or “nonqualified,” meaning they are not intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. An option provides a participant with the right to purchase, within a specified period of time, a stated number of shares of our common stock at the price specified in the award agreement. Options granted under the 2006 Plan will be subject to the terms, including the exercise price and the conditions and timing of exercise, not inconsistent with the 2006 Plan, determined by the committee and specified in the applicable award agreement or thereafter. The maximum term of an option granted under the 2006 Plan will be ten years from the date of grant (or five years in the case of an ISO granted to a 10.0% stockholder).

The exercise price per share paid by a participant will be determined by the committee at the time of grant but will not be less than 100.0% of the fair market value of one share on the date the option is granted (or no less than 110.0% of such fair market value in the case of an ISO granted to an employee who is a 10.0% stockholder). Payment in respect of the exercise of an option may be made in cash or by check, except that the committee may, in its discretion, allow such payment to be made by surrender of unrestricted shares of our common stock (at their fair market value on the date of exercise) which have been held by the participant for at least six months, or by such other method as the committee may determine and that is permitted by law. The committee may, in its discretion and to the extent permitted by law, allow such payment to be made through a broker-assisted cashless exercise mechanism. The committee may also establish rules permitting the deferral of shares of our common stock upon the exercise of options for tax planning purposes.

SARs. Our committee will be authorized to award SARs under the 2006 Plan. SARs will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the committee. A SAR is a contractual right that allows a participant to receive, either in the form of cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of the foregoing, the appreciation, if any, in the value of one share of our common stock over a certain period of time. An option granted under the 2006 Plan may include SARs, either on the date of grant or, except in the case of an ISO, by subsequent amendment. The committee may also award SARs to a participant independent of the grant of an option. SARs granted in connection with an option will become exercisable, be transferable and will expire according to the same vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as the corresponding option. If SARs are granted independent of an option, the SARs will become exercisable, be transferable and will expire in accordance with the vesting schedule, transferability rules and the expiration provisions established by the committee and reflected in the award agreement.

No Repricing. The 2006 Plan prohibits the repricing of stock options or SARs awarded under the 2006 Plan.

Restricted Stock. Our committee will be authorized to award restricted stock under the 2006 Plan. An award of restricted stock is a grant of shares subject to conditions and restrictions set by the committee. The grant or the vesting of an award of restricted stock may be conditioned upon service to us or our affiliates or upon the attainment of performance goals or other factors, as determined in the discretion of the compensation committee. The committee may also, in its discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions imposed upon an award of restricted stock. Holders of an award of restricted stock will have, with respect to the restricted stock granted, all of the rights of a stockholder, including the right to vote and to receive dividends.

Restricted Stock Units. The committee is authorized to award restricted stock units to participants. The committee establishes the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each award of restricted stock units, including the time or times at which restricted stock units will be granted or vested and the number of units to be covered by each award. The terms and conditions of each restricted stock award will be reflected in a restricted stock unit agreement. Each restricted stock unit (representing one share of our common stock) awarded to a

participant will be credited with an amount equal to the cash or stock dividends paid by us in respect of one share of our common stock (“dividend equivalents”). At the discretion of the committee, dividend equivalents may either be paid currently to the participant or withheld by us for the participant’s account and interest will be credited on such dividend equivalents withheld at rate to be determined by the committee. Upon expiration of the vesting period with respect to any restricted stock units covered by a restricted stock award, we will deliver to the participant or his beneficiary (i) one share of our common stock or, at the election of the committee, an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of that number of shares at the expiration of the period over which the units are to be earned for each restricted stock unit with respect to which the vesting period has expired and (ii) cash or shares of common stock equal to the dividend equivalents credited to the restricted stock unit and any interest accrued thereon.

With respect to an award of restricted stock or restricted share units that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the timing, establishment and adjustment of performance goals will be implemented by the committee in a manner designed to preserve the treatment of such award as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

Stock Bonus Awards. The committee may, in its discretion, grant an award of unrestricted shares of our common stock, either alone or in tandem with other awards, under such terms and conditions as the committee in its sole discretion may decide. A stock bonus award shall be granted as, or in payment of, a bonus, or to provide special incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions.

Performance Criteria. The committee may, in its discretion, condition the vesting of any award granted under the 2006 Plan upon the satisfaction of certain performance goals. To the extent an award is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the performance goals will be established by the compensation committee with reference to one or more performance criteria set forth in the 2006 Plan, either on a company-wide basis or, as relevant, in respect of one or more of our affiliates, divisions or operations.

Performance Compensation Awards. The committee may grant any award under the 2006 Plan in the form of a performance compensation award by conditioning the vesting of the award on the satisfaction of certain performance goals. The committee may establish these performance goals with reference to one or more of the following:

•

net earnings or net income (before or after taxes);

•

basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes);

•

net revenue or net revenue growth;

•

gross revenue;

•

gross profit or gross profit growth;

•

net operating profit (before or after taxes);

•

return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity or sales);

•

cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow and cash flow return on capital);

•

earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation, and amortization;

•

gross or operating margins;

•

productivity ratios;

•

share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return);

•

expense targets;

•

margins;

•

operating efficiency;

•

objective measures of customer satisfaction;

•

working capital targets;

•

measures of economic value added;

•

inventory control; and

•

enterprise value.

Transferability. Generally, each award may be exercised during the participant’s lifetime only by the participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the participant’s guardian or legal representative, and such award may not be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

The committee may, in its discretion, however, provide that awards granted under the 2006 Plan that are not ISOs may be transferred by a participant without consideration to certain “permitted transferees” (as defined in the 2006 Plan), pursuant to the terms of the 2006 Plan and rules adopted by the committee.

Amendment. Our board of directors may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the 2006 Plan or any portion thereof at any time. No such action may be taken, however, without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any regulatory requirement and no such action that would impair any rights under any previous award will be effective without the consent of the person to whom such award was made. In addition, the committee is authorized to amend the terms of any award granted under the 2006 Plan if the amendment would not impair the rights of any participant without his or her consent. No amendment may, however, reduce the exercise price of an option, cancel an existing option and replace it with a new option having a lower exercise price, or take any other action, that would result in such option being considered “repriced” for purposes of our proxy statement, or that would result in the option being accounted for under the variable method of accounting, without stockholder approval of such amendment.

U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences. The following is a general summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the grant and exercise of awards under the 2006 Plan and the disposition of shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of such awards and is intended to reflect the current provisions of the Code and the regulations thereunder. This summary is not intended to be a complete statement of applicable law, nor does it address foreign, state and local tax considerations. Moreover, the U.S. federal income tax consequences to any particular participant may differ from those described herein by reason of, among other things, the particular circumstances of such participant.

Options. The Code requires that, for treatment of an option as a qualified option, shares of our common stock acquired through the exercise of a qualified option cannot be disposed of before the later of (i) two years from the date of grant of the option, or (ii) one year from the date of exercise. Holders of qualified options will generally incur no federal income tax liability at the time of grant or upon exercise of those options. However, the spread at exercise will be an “item of tax preference,” which may give rise to “alternative minimum tax” liability for the taxable year in which the exercise occurs. If the holder does not dispose of the shares before two years following the date of grant and one year following the date of exercise, the difference between the exercise price and the amount realized upon disposition of the shares will constitute long-term capital gain or loss, as the case may be. Assuming both holding periods are satisfied, no deduction will be allowed to us for federal income tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of the qualified option. If, within two years following the date of grant or within one year following the date of exercise, the holder of shares acquired through the exercise of a qualified option disposes of those shares, the participant will generally realize taxable compensation at the time of such disposition equal to the difference between the exercise price and the lesser of the fair market value

of the share on the date of exercise or the amount realized on the subsequent disposition of the shares, and that amount will generally be deductible by us for federal income tax purposes, subject to the possible limitations on deductibility under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to executives designated in those Sections. Finally, if an otherwise qualified option becomes first exercisable in any one year for shares having an aggregate value in excess of $100,000 (based on the grant date value), the portion of the qualified option in respect of those excess shares will be treated as a non-qualified stock option for federal income tax purposes. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a non-qualified stock option. Upon the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the underlying exercised shares over the option exercise price paid at the time of exercise. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock. A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of an award of restricted stock unless the participant otherwise elects to be taxed at the time of grant pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code. On the date an award of restricted stock becomes transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on that date over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any, unless the participant made an election under Section 83(b) of the Code to be taxed at the time of grant. If the participant made an election under Section 83(b), the participant will have taxable compensation at the time of grant equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. Special rules apply to the receipt and disposition of restricted shares received by officers and directors who are subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Restricted Stock Units. A participant will not be subject to tax upon the grant of a restricted stock unit award. Rather, upon the delivery of shares or cash pursuant to a restricted stock unit award, the participant will have taxable compensation equal to the fair market value of the number of shares (or cash) he actually receives with respect to the award. We will be able to deduct the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but the deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

SARs. No income will be realized by a participant upon grant of a SAR. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the participant will recognize ordinary compensation income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the payment received in respect of the SAR. We will be able to deduct this same amount for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Stock Bonus Awards. A participant will have taxable compensation equal to the difference between the fair market value of the shares on the date the award is made over the amount the participant paid for such shares, if any. We will be able to deduct, at the same time as it is recognized by the participant, the amount of taxable compensation to the participant for U.S. federal income tax purposes, but such deduction may be limited under Sections 280G and 162(m) of the Code for compensation paid to certain executives designated in those Sections.

Section 162(m). In general, Section 162(m) of the Code denies a publicly held corporation a deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes for compensation in excess of $1,000,000 per year per person to its chief executive officer and the four other officers whose compensation is disclosed in its proxy statement, subject to certain exceptions. The 2006 Plan is intended to satisfy either an exception or applicable transitional rule requirements with respect to grants of options to covered employees. The 2006 Plan is designed to permit certain awards of restricted share units and other awards to be awarded in a manner intended to qualify under either the “performance-based compensation” exception to Section 162(m) of the Code or applicable transitional rule requirements.

2006 India Subplan

On April 20, 2006, our board approved the creation of a subplan under the 2006 Plan which is called the “ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1” (the “2006 India Subplan”). The purpose of the 2006 India Subplan is to make available to employees of our subsidiaries who reside in India the same types of awards generally available under our 2006 Plan. In addition, the 2006 India Subplan provides for grants intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The terms and conditions governing options granted under the 2006 India Subplan are substantially similar to the terms and conditions governing options granted under the 2006 Plan. Under the 2006 India Subplan, the compensation committee may also grant awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, SARs, restricted stock, restricted share units, stock bonus awards, or any combination of the foregoing in accordance with the same terms and conditions governing such awards under the 2006 Plan. 250,000 shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) reserved under the 2006 Plan are available for grants under the 2006 India Subplan.

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under the 2006 Plan (including the 2006 India Subplan) and the resale of shares of common stock previously issued upon exercise of options granted under the 2006 Plan (including the 2006 India Subplan).

Management Incentive Plan

In connection with our acquisition of Inductis, our board adopted the ExlService Holdings, Inc. Management Incentive Plan, or the “MIP,” on July 1, 2006. The MIP is a sub plan under our 2006 Plan. The purpose of the MIP is to provide for the grant of restricted stock awards and cash awards to certain individuals who were key employees of Inductis. In connection with our acquisition of Inductis, we granted 54,319 restricted shares of Series B common stock to holders of Inductis common stock under the MIP that vest over two or three years. Furthermore, we granted restricted stock awards that comprise a total of 31,142 shares and vest over three years based on achievement of specific earnout targets for the historic Inductis business in 2006 and 2007, as set forth in the terms of the MIP and the awards granted under the MIP. Participants in the MIP are also eligible to receive awards totaling $517,871 in a mix of cash and shares of common stock if additional revenue targets for 2007 are achieved. See “The Inductis Acquisition.”

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The table below sets forth, as of July 6, 2006, information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

•

each of our directors (including nominees) and each of the named executive officers;

•

each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class or series of our capital stock; and

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The amounts and percentages of common stock beneficially owned are reported on the basis of the regulations of the Commission governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under these rules, a person is deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities.


	Shares of Series A Common Stock Beneficially Owned Before This Offering				Shares of Series B Common Stock Beneficially Owned Before This Offering			Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned After This Offering (1)
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner (2)	Number of Shares		Percentage of Class		Number of Shares	Percentage of Class		Number of Shares	Percentage of Class
Oak Hill Partnerships(3)	5,271,252	(4)	49.6	%	—	—	%		%
FTVentures(5)	1,757,084	(6)	16.5		—	—
NUI Investments Limited(7)	526,316		5.0		—	—
Vikram Talwar	1,053,036	(8)	9.9		—	—
Rohit Kapoor	1,053,036		9.9		—	—
Deepak Dhawan(9)	—		—		69,831	11.2
Pavan Bagai(10)	—		—		193,680	30.8
Sandeep Tyagi(11)	328,068		3.1		2,535	*
Katy Murray(12)	—		—		130,000	17.4
Amit Shashank(13)	—		—		55,000	8.2
Steven B. Gruber	—		—		—	—
Bradford E. Bernstein	—		—		—	—
Edward V. Dardani	—		—		—	—
James C. Hale, III	—		—		—	—
Dr. Mohanbir Sawhney(14)	—		—		15,000	2.4
Garen K. Staglin(15)	—		—		15,000	2.4
David B. Kelso(16)	—		—		15,000	2.4
All current directors and executive officers as a group (17 persons)(17)	2,434,140		22.9	%	629,281	69.2	%		%

An asterisk (*) indicates less than one percent of a class of stock.

(1)

Gives effect to the Share Conversion and assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In the event the option is exercised, the underwriters have an option to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock.

(2)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each beneficial owner is c/o ExlService Holdings, Inc., 350 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

(3)

The business address of Oak Hill Partnerships is 201 Main Street, Suite 2415, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

(4)

Includes an aggregate of 5,139,471 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) held by Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. and 131,781 shares of

Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) held by Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P. OHCP MGP, LLC is the sole general partner of OHCP GenPar, L.P., which is the sole general partner of Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. OHCP MGP, LLC exercises voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P. and Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P.

(5)

The business address of FTVentures is 601 California Street, Suite 2200, San Francisco, CA 94109.

(6)

Includes 847,139 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) held by Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P., 31,403 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) held by Financial Technology Ventures, L.P., 873,354 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) held by Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P. and 5,188 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) held by Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P. Financial Technology Management, LLC is the sole general partner of Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P. and Financial Technology Ventures, L.P. Financial Technology Management II, LLC is the sole general partner of Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P. and Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P. Financial Technology Management, LLC exercises voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P. and Financial Technology Ventures, L.P., and Financial Technology Management II, LLC exercises voting and dispositive control over the shares held by Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P. and Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P.

(7)

The business address of NUI Investments Limited is 8 Surrey Street, Norwich NR1 3NG, United Kingdom.

(8)

This amount includes 42,000 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) transferred by Mr. Talwar to a spousal lifetime access trust. Mr. Talwar’s spouse and Mr. Kapoor are the trustees of this trust and share dispositive and voting control over the shares in the trust. This amount also includes 42,000 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) transferred by Mr. Talwar’s spouse to a spousal lifetime access trust. Mr. Talwar and Mr. Kapoor are the trustees of this trust and share dispositive and voting control over the shares in the trust. Mr. Kapoor disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares and this prospectus shall not be deemed an admission that Mr. Kapoor is a beneficial owner of such shares of purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This amount also includes 169,409 shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) transferred by Mr. Talwar to a three year grantor retained annuity trust. Mr. Talwar is the sole trustee of this trust.

(9)

This amount includes options to purchase 5,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Mr. Dhawan, none of which are exercisable within 60 days.

(10)

This amount includes options to purchase 12,500 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Mr. Bagai, of which options to purchase 6,250 share of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are exercisable within 60 days.

(11)

This amount consists of 2,535 restricted shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Mr. Tyagi, none of which will vest within 60 days.

(12)

This amount includes options to purchase 130,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Ms. Murray, of which options to purchase 30,000 share of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are exercisable within 60 days.

(13)

This amount includes options to purchase 55,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Mr. Shashank, of which options to purchase 15,000 share of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are exercisable within 60 days.

(14)

This amount includes options to purchase 15,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Dr. Sawhney, none of which are exercisable within 60 days.

(15)

This amount includes options to purchase 15,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Mr. Staglin, none of which are exercisable within 60 days.

(16)

This amount includes options to purchase 15,000 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned by Mr. Kelso, none of which are exercisable within 60 days.

(17)

This amount includes options to purchase 290,218 shares of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) and 2,535 restricted shares of our Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) owned in the aggregate by our current directors and executive officers, of which options to purchase 113,500 share of Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) are exercisable within 60 days.

Stock Sale

On December 3, 2004, Vikram Talwar and Rohit Kapoor entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with TCV V, L.P. and TCV V Member Fund, L.P., which we refer to together as TCV, pursuant to which TCV purchased an aggregate of 421,054 shares of our Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10.0 million. In connection with the sale, Messrs. Talwar and Kapoor agreed to pay TCV the difference between TCV’s purchase price and its resale price if TCV were required to resell those shares in connection with a sale of ExlService Holdings at a price lower than that paid to Messrs. Talwar and Kapoor. By its terms, certain provisions of the agreement, including the obligation to make TCV whole on a resale of its interests in the Company, will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. In addition, we granted TCV certain piggyback registration rights with respect to its shares of our Series A common stock, subject to customary restrictions and pro rata reductions in the event of an initial public offering. We also granted TCV approval rights relating generally to affiliate transactions, the right to purchase a pro rata share of specified issuances of our common stock or preferred stock and the right to attend meetings of our board of directors in a nonvoting observer capacity. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Transactions Entered into in Connection with this Offering—Registration Rights Agreements.” The provisions of our agreement with TCV relating to approval rights of affiliate transactions, the right to participate in additional equity sales and the right to attend board meetings will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

100

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Transactions Entered into in Connection with this Offering

Share Conversion

Prior to this offering, we had two classes of common stock, our Series A common stock and Series B common stock. In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and our existing stock option plan arrangements, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each share of our Series B common stock will be converted automatically and without any action on the part of the holders or our part into one share of our Series A common stock, and each option to purchase shares of our Series B common stock will be adjusted to convert without any action on the part of the holders into an option to purchase the same number of shares of our Series A common stock. In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will increase our total authorized number of shares of capital stock, make certain changes to our charter documents and effect the Stock Split. As a result, after this offering, we will only have one class of common stock outstanding, which will be referred to as common stock.

Termination of Stockholders’ Agreement

We are parties to an Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement with Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P., Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P., TCV V, L.P., TCV Member Fund, L.P., NUI Investments Limited, Vikram Talwar, Rohit Kapoor, Sandeep Tyagi and certain other stockholders who received shares of our common stock in connection with the Inductis Acquisition. This agreement contains certain rights and restrictions on the sale, assignment, transfer, encumbrance or other disposition of the approximately shares of our Series A and Series B common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving affect to the Share Conversion) that are subject to the agreement. This agreement will automatically terminate by its terms upon the consummation of this offering.

Our director, Mr. Steven Gruber, is a Managing Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, Inc., the investment advisor to Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our 5% stockholders. Our director, Mr. Edward Dardani, is a principal of Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our 5% stockholders. Our director, Mr. Bradford E. Bernstein, is a Partner at FTVentures, one of our 5% stockholders, and a former Partner of Oak Hill Capital Management, Inc., the investment advisor to Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. Our director, Mr. James C. Hale III is a General Partner and Managing Member of FTVentures, one of our 5% stockholders. Our director, Mr. Staglin, is a senior advisor for FT Ventures.

Company Holder Agreements

In connection with the Inductis Acquisition, we entered into the Company Holder Agreements with the former holders of Inductis common stock and options to purchase Inductis common stock, including Mr. Tyagi. The agreements generally prohibit the transfer of the shares of our Series A common stock received in connection with the Inductis Acquisition, subject to certain exceptions. See “The Inductis Acquisition—Company Holder Agreement” for a more complete discussion of the terms of the Company Holder Agreements.

Registration Rights Agreements

Prior to the consummation of this offering, Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P., Financial Technology Ventures, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P., Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P., Vikram Talwar, Rohit Kapoor, Sandeep Tyagi and certain other stockholders and members of our management, which we refer to as the Initial Stockholders, will enter into a registration rights agreement with us relating to the shares of common stock they

101

hold. Subject to several exceptions, including our right to defer a demand registration under certain circumstances, the Initial Stockholders may require that we register for public resale under the Securities Act all shares of common stock that they request be registered at any time after the expiration of the relevant lock-up period following this offering. The Initial Stockholders may demand a number of registrations so long as the securities being registered in each registration statement are reasonably expected to produce specified aggregate proceeds. If we become eligible to register the sale of our securities on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, the Initial Stockholders have the right to require us to register the sale of the common stock held by them on Form S-3, subject to offering size and other restrictions. The non-requesting Initial Stockholders are entitled to piggyback registration rights with respect to any registration request made by the requesting Initial Stockholders. If the registration requested by the Initial Stockholders is in the form of a firm underwritten offering, and if the managing underwriter of the offering determines that the number of securities to be offered would jeopardize the success of the offering, the number of shares included in the offering will be determined as follows:

•

first, shares offered by the Initial Stockholders (pro rata, based on their respective ownership of our common equity);

•

second, shares offered by any other stockholders (pro rata, based on their respective ownership of our common equity); and

•

third, shares offered by us for our own account.

In addition, the Initial Stockholders have been granted piggyback rights on any registration for our account or the account of another stockholder. If the managing underwriter in an underwritten offering determines that the number of securities offered in a piggyback registration would jeopardize the success of the offering, the number of shares included in the offering will be determined as follows:

•

first, shares offered by us for own account if we have initiated such registration or by any stockholders exercising demand rights with respect to such registration (pro rata, based on their respective ownership of our common equity);

•

second, shares offered by any of our other stockholders (including the Initial Stockholders) (pro rata, based on their respective ownership of our common equity); and

•

third, shares offered by us for our own account if any stockholder initiated such registration by exercising demand rights.

In connection with this offering or the other registrations described above, we will indemnify any selling stockholders, and we will bear all fees, costs and expenses (except underwriting discounts and selling commissions).

On December 3, 2004, we granted TCV certain piggyback registration rights with respect to its shares of our common stock, subject to customary restrictions and pro rata reductions in the number of shares to be sold in an offering. We will indemnify TCV and bear all fees, costs and expenses, except underwriting commissions or discounts, brokerage fees, transfer taxes, expenses of counsel, accountants or other representatives retained by TCV in connection with any registration of TCV’s shares.

Stock and Note Purchase Agreement

On December 13, 2002, we entered into a Stock and Note Purchase Agreement with Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P., Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P., Vikram Talwar and Rohit Kapoor. Under this agreement, we issued and sold shares of our Series A common stock and Series A preferred stock and issued senior promissory notes to these persons. We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering to repurchase or redeem $6.3 million in aggregate principal amount of Series A preferred stock, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date, and to repay all of

102

those senior promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $5.7 million, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the repayment date. The following table lists the aggregate purchase price paid by each party, the securities acquired and the amount to be paid to redeem the Series A preferred stock and repay the senior promissory notes.


	Aggregate Purchase Price		Shares of Series A Common Stock (#)	Shares of Series A Preferred Stock (#)	Principal Amount of Senior Promissory Notes		Amount to be Paid to Repurchase or Redeem Series A Preferred Stock and Senior Promissory Notes
Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P.	$	7,312,500.00	5,139,471	29,182.00	$	3,175,549.94	$
Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P.		187,500.00	131,781	748.26		81,424.07
Financial Technology Ventures, L.P.		44,680.00	31,403	178.30		19,403.24
Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P.		1,205,320.00	847,139	4,810.07		523,426.43
Financial Technology Ventures II, L.P.		7,381.25	5,188	29.46		3,204.99
Financial Technology Ventures II (Q), L.P.		1,242,618.75	873,354	4,958.92		539,623.68
Vikram Talwar		612,135.32	1,053,036	1,496.51		162,848.91
Rohit Kapoor		612,135.32	1,053,036	1,496.51		162,848.91

Agreements with Norwich Union

Stock Purchase Agreement

On July 22, 2004, we entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with NUI Investments Limited, an affiliate of our client Norwich Union, pursuant to which NUI Investments Limited purchased 526,316 shares of our Series A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $12,500,000. Following the consummation of this offering and the Share Conversion, these shares will be converted into shares of our common stock, representing approximately % of our total outstanding common stock. Provisions of the Stock Purchase Agreement relating to certain approval rights, subsequent client-related transactions and additional equity financings will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. We granted Norwich Union piggyback registration rights subject to customary restrictions and pro rata reductions in the number of shares to be sold in an offering. We will indemnify NUI Investments Limited and bear all fees, costs and expenses, except underwriting commissions or discounts, brokerage fees, transfer taxes, expenses of counsel, accountants or other representatives retained by NUI Investments Limited in connection with any registration of shares purchased by NUI Investments Limited.

Insurance Services Framework Agreements

On May 28, 2003, we entered into an initial Insurance Services Framework Agreement with Norwich Union to supply them with insurance services. In connection with this agreement, we entered into a guarantee agreement, confidentiality agreement and data protection agreement. Each of these agreements was subsequently terminated in 2004 and replaced by two new Insurance Services Framework Agreements with Norwich Union.

Our Insurance Services Framework Agreements with Norwich Union provide a broad range of business process services to Norwich Union and its affiliates from our facilities in Pune, which we refer to as the Pune Agreement, and Noida, which we refer to as the Noida Agreement. These agreements provide that we will supply insurance services to Norwich Union to be set forth in work orders between us and Norwich Union. Under those agreements, we will generally be responsible for facility planning and management, IT and telecommunications services.

103

Under the Pune Agreement, neither we nor Norwich Union is under any obligation to comply with its obligations under that agreement, or to receive or provide insurance services, prior to the signing of a work order. However, under the Noida Agreement, Norwich Union has agreed to make a minimum commitment to use our insurance services requiring an average of not less than 550 full-time employees in the Noida facility in any continuous period of 12 months following August 1, 2004, with such commitment increasing to 650 full-time employees during the six-month period beginning July 1, 2006, 700 full-time employees during the six-month period beginning January 1, 2007, and 750 full-time employees in any continuous period of six months following July 1, 2007.

Under the Pune Agreement, we and Norwich Union have agreed to the following restrictive covenants for so long as the average number of full-time equivalents used to provide the services under both the Pune Agreement and the Noida Agreement during any period of 12 months ending on any anniversary of this agreement is less than 600 in aggregate. We have agreed not to provide in India any services similar to the services we provide to Norwich Union to competitors of Norwich Union that have been identified by Norwich Union. Further, during the term of this agreement and until the second anniversary of the date of termination, Norwich Union has agreed not to engage in certain competing activities.

The Pune Agreement has a minimum term of three years and the Noida Agreement has a minimum term of five years.

Either we or Norwich Union may terminate the agreements immediately under certain circumstances, including our failure to meet certain performance standards, without cost or liability. In addition, either party may terminate the agreements for any reason after their original term of three to five years with six months prior notice, without cost or liability. Norwich Union may also terminate the Noida Agreement for any reason with six months prior notice upon payment of a termination fee. Norwich Union may also terminate a work order immediately upon certain circumstances or for any reason with three months prior written notice and payment of a termination fee.

Norwich Union pays us for our services on a cost-plus basis. In addition to the costs, Norwich Union has agreed to pay us a management fee which is based on three levels of performance. The agreement which relates to the Noida facility provides that if in any continuous period of 12 months following July 29, 2004, the amount of the management fee paid to us in that period is less than the amount of the management fee that would have been so paid had the minimum commitment described therein been complied with, Norwich Union will then pay us any difference. We will also share any cost efficiency savings with Norwich Union, based on previously agreed upon percentages of those savings.

In separate Guarantee and Indemnity Agreements, two affiliates of Norwich Union have each guaranteed under certain circumstances the payment of all obligations under the Insurance Services Framework Agreements for each of the Pune and Noida facilities, up to a maximum payment of an aggregate of £26.0 million (U.S.$45.2 million at the exchange rate as of March 31, 2006). These two affiliates have also agreed to indemnify us for any losses we may incur while acting in good faith under the applicable service agreement or related work order, as a result of any default by Norwich Union or each of those affiliates, as the case may be.

In addition, we and our operating subsidiaries that are the subject of those service agreements have entered into data protection agreements, which establish the obligations of each party to protect the export and use of personal data disclosed by, and on behalf of, Norwich Union, relating to its U.K. customers.

Purchase by Norwich Union of Assets of EXL India

Under the Noida Agreement, Norwich Union has the option to purchase certain of the assets of our operating subsidiary, EXL India, for the book value (as defined in that agreement) of these assets on the terms and conditions set forth in the agreement, under any of the following circumstances:

•

if we are in material default of that agreement, as defined in the agreement, and such default affects the insurance services provided by more than 300 full-time employees or their equivalent;

104

•

upon our change of control that was not approved by Norwich Union in advance, which change of control results or would result in us becoming a company controlled by a competitor of Norwich Union or a U.K. client of Norwich Union, as defined in that agreement; or

•

if there has been a material default, as defined in the agreement, by us, that has prejudiced or is likely to prejudice the reputation of Norwich Union or a U.K. client of Norwich Union.

Option to Purchase Stock of NCOP

We entered into a Virtual Shareholders’ Agreement with Norwich Union, EXL India and NCOP, the operating subsidiary for the Pune services, on August 26, 2004. Under that agreement Norwich Union has the option to purchase all of the outstanding shares of NCOP under the following circumstances:

•

with six months prior notice, at any time during the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and terminating on February 26, 2011; or

•

upon termination of the Insurance Services Framework Agreement relating to the Pune facility pursuant to its terms.

We may cause Norwich Union to purchase all of the outstanding shares of NCOP under the following circumstances:

•

if the volumes (as defined in the agreement) of NCOP on the date we give notice of this “put” to Norwich Union are less than 90% of NCOP on August 26, 2007, at any time during the period commencing on August 26, 2007 and terminating on February 26, 2011; or

•

upon termination by us of the Insurance Services Framework Agreement relating to the Pune facility pursuant to its terms.

In either case, the purchase price of the stock will be the net asset value (as defined in the agreement) of NCOP for the NCOP shares. This agreement will terminate one month after the termination of the Pune Agreement. Norwich Union also has the right under that agreement to designate for election one member of the board of directors of NCOP.

Management Arrangement

We have a management arrangement with Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. and FTVentures, pursuant to which we make payments to Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P. and FTVentures of not more than $200,000 per year in return for advice related to insurance matters, including directors and officers insurance, various business introductions, assistance in hiring of key employees and other services related to marketing our services to potential clients. In years during which we do not meet certain financial thresholds, the amount is reduced to $100,000 per year. We accrued $50,000 in management fees for the first three months of 2006 and paid an annual management fee of $100,000, $200,000 and $200,000 with respect to services rendered in each of 2005, 2004 and 2003. This management arrangement will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.

Other Related-party Transactions

We have retained Eplacement to provide us with language training services. Eplacement is a company controlled by Vikram Talwar, our Chief Executive Officer and Vice Chairman, and his immediate family, and is operated by Siddarth Talwar, Mr. Talwar’s son. We recorded expenses related to these services of $18,448 for the first quarter of 2006 and $86,417, $223,458 and $192,944 for fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Our board of directors approved all of our transactions with Eplacement.

105

We provide advisory services related primarily to compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to Williams Scotsman, Inc., a provider of mobile and modular building solutions in North America. Williams Scotsman, Inc. is controlled by entities related to Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our 5% stockholders. Steven Gruber, our Chairman of the board of directors, is also a director of Williams Scotsman, Inc. and its parent corporation, Williams Scotsman International, Inc. We received approximately $25,650 in the first three months of 2006 and approximately $320,000 and $26,000 in 2005 and 2004, respectively, in advisory fees and expense reimbursements from Williams Scotsman, Inc.

We provide BPO services to MedSynergies, Inc., a provider of outsourced billing, claims administration and payment processing services to healthcare providers. MedSynergies, Inc. is controlled by entities related to FTVentures, one of our 5% stockholders. We received a cash advance of approximately $58,820 in 2006 and nil in 2005 from MedSynergies, Inc.

We provide advisory services to Duane Reade Holdings, Inc., a New York City drugstore chain. Duane Reade Holdings, Inc. is controlled by entities related to Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., one of our 5% stockholders. We received approximately $75,000 in the first three months of 2006 and $213,840 in 2005 and nil in 2004 and 2003 in advisory fees and expense reimbursements from Duane Reade Holdings, Inc.

Russell Bedford Stefanou Mirchandani, LLP, or RBSM, Inductis’ independent registered public accounting firm, provided certain services to Sandeep Tyagi, who was at the time the managing principal of Inductis LLC and is currently one of our executive officers, in connection with his personal income tax returns in 2006. In addition, RBSM prepared the personal tax return of Rohit Kapoor, our President, and Arrowhead Advisors LLC, an entity affiliated with Mr. Kapoor, in 2006. RBSM has ceased providing any further services to Messrs. Tyagi and Kapoor and Arrowhead Advisors LLC.

106

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Prior to the Share Conversion, our authorized capital stock consists of 11,122,702 shares of Series A common stock, 1,572,530 shares of Series B common stock and 55,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 45,833.36 are designated as Series A preferred stock. 10,617,696 shares of Series A common stock, 616,536 shares of Series B common stock and 45,304 shares of Series A preferred stock were issued and outstanding (excluding shares to be issued upon exercise of options granted under our equity incentive plans and otherwise) as of July 1, 2006.

Stock Split and Share Conversion

Prior to this offering, we had two classes of common stock, our Series A common stock and Series B common stock. In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and our existing stock option plan arrangements, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each share of our Series B common stock will be converted automatically and without any action on the part of the holders or our part into one share of our Series A common stock, and each option to purchase shares of our Series B common stock will be adjusted to convert without any action on the part of the holders into an option to purchase the same number of shares of our Series A common stock. In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will increase our total authorized number of shares of capital stock, make certain changes to our charter documents and effect the Stock Split. As a result, after this offering, we will only have one class of common stock outstanding, which will be referred to as common stock.

After giving effect to the Share Conversion and the application of the net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock and of preferred stock, of which shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock are expected to be outstanding (excluding shares to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options and assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares). If the underwriters exercise their option in full, we expect shares of common stock to be outstanding.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors. Holders of the common stock do not have any preemptive rights or cumulative voting rights, which means that the holders of a majority of the outstanding common stock voting for the election of directors can elect all directors then being elected. The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends when, as, and if declared by our board out of legally available funds. Upon our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in those of our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering when issued and paid for will be, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future.

Preferred Stock

After the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue up to shares of preferred stock. Our board of directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation, to determine the terms and conditions of the preferred stock, including whether the shares of preferred stock will be issued in one or more series, the number of shares to be included in each series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights of the shares. Our board of directors also is authorized to designate any qualifications, limitations or restrictions on the shares without any further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock, which could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock following the consummation of this offering.

107

Certain Certificate of Incorporation, By-Law and Statutory Provisions

The provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and of the Delaware General Corporation Law summarized below may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares.

Directors’ Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except:

•

for any breach of the duty of loyalty;

•

for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law;

•

for liability under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to unlawful dividends, stock repurchases, or stock redemptions); or

•

for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

This provision does not limit or eliminate our rights or those of any stockholder to seek non-monetary relief such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach of a director’s duty of care. The provisions will not alter the liability of directors under federal securities laws. In addition, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that we indemnify each director and the officers, employees, and agents determined by our board of directors to the fullest extent provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the chairman or by a majority of the members of our board. Stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting of stockholders, to require that the chairman call such a special meeting, or to require that our board request the calling of a special meeting of stockholders.

Stockholder Action; Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at duly called annual or special meetings, unless the action to be effected by written consent and the taking of such action by written consent have expressly been approved in advance by the board. In addition, our by-laws will establish advance notice procedures for:

•

stockholders to nominate candidates for election as a director; and

•

stockholders to propose topics for consideration at stockholders’ meetings.

Stockholders must notify our corporate secretary in writing prior to the meeting at which the matters are to be acted upon or directors are to be elected. The notice must contain the information specified in our by-laws. To be timely, the notice must be received at our corporate headquarters not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting of stockholders. If the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, or if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year or for the first annual meeting following this offering, notice by the stockholder, to be timely, must be received not earlier than the 120th day prior to the annual meeting and not later than the later of the 90th day prior to the annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which we notify stockholders of the date of the annual meeting, either by mail or other public disclosure. In the case of a special meeting of stockholders called to elect directors, the stockholder notice must be received not earlier than 120 days prior to the special meeting and not later than the later of the 90th day prior

108

to the special meeting or 10th day following the day on which we notify stockholders of the date of the special meeting, either by mail or other public disclosure. Notwithstanding the above, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the board at an annual meeting is increased and we do not make any public announcement naming the nominees for the additional directorships at least 100 days before the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder notice of nomination shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for the additional directorships, if it is delivered not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made. These provisions may preclude some stockholders from bringing matters before the stockholders at an annual or special meeting or from nominating candidates for director at an annual or special meeting.

Election and Removal of Directors

Our board will be divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. Our stockholders may only remove directors for cause and with the vote of at least 66²/3% of the total voting power of our issued and outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors. Our board of directors may elect a director to fill a vacancy, including vacancies created by the expansion of the board of directors. This system of electing and removing directors may discourage a third party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of our directors.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors.

Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

Our certificate of incorporation will provide that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66²/3% of the voting power of our issued and outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, is required to amend the following provisions of our certificate of incorporation:

•

the provisions relating to our classified board of directors;

•

the provisions relating to the number and election of directors, the appointment of directors upon an increase in the number of directors or vacancy, and the provisions relating to the removal of directors;

•

the provisions requiring a 66²/3% stockholder vote for the amendment of certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and for the adoption, amendment or repeal of our by-laws;

•

the provisions relating to the restrictions on stockholder actions by written consent; and

•

the provisions relating to the calling of meetings of stockholders.

In addition, the board of directors will be permitted to alter our by-laws without obtaining stockholder approval and the affirmative vote of holders of at least 66²/3% of the voting power of our issued and outstanding capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors will be required for any amendment to our by-laws by the stockholders.

Anti-Takeover Provisions of Delaware Law

We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prevents an interested stockholder (defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock) of a Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined) for three years following the date that person became an interested stockholder unless various conditions are satisfied.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock will be Registrar and Transfer Company. Its telephone number is 1-800-456-0596.

Nasdaq Global Market Quotation

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “EXLS.”

109

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot make any prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales of common stock or the availability of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. The market price of our common stock could decline because of the sale of a large number of shares of our common stock or the perception that such sales could occur. These factors could also make it more difficult to raise funds through future offerings of common stock. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering—Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.”

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have shares outstanding, excluding shares underlying outstanding options, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further restriction under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may generally only be sold in compliance with the limitations of Rule 144 described below. As defined in Rule 144, an affiliate of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the issuer. After this offering, approximately of our outstanding shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities,” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or any other applicable exemption under the Securities Act. Immediately following the consummation of this offering, the holders of approximately shares of common stock will be entitled to dispose of their shares pursuant to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and the holders of approximately shares of common stock, representing approximately % of our outstanding common stock, will be entitled to dispose of their shares following the expiration of an initial 180-day “lock-up” period pursuant to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144.

In addition, we could issue up to 389,906 additional shares of Series A common stock ( shares of our common stock after giving effect to the Share Conversion) under the earnout payment provisions relating to the Inductis Acquisition. Based on satisfaction of agreed upon financial performance goals in 2007, we also agreed to make certain additional contingent payments to former Inductis equity or option holders in a mix of cash and additional shares of our common stock, the mix of which cannot be determined until the size of the contingent payments, if any, is determined. The value of any such contingent payments will range from $0.6 million to $6.5 million.

In connection with the Inductis Acquisition, we entered into the Company Holder Agreements with the former holders of Inductis common stock, including Mr. Tyagi. The agreements generally prohibit the transfer of the shares of our Series A common stock received in connection with the Inductis Acquisition, subject to certain exceptions. See “The Inductis Acquisition—Company Holder Agreement” for a more complete discussion of the terms of the Company Holder Agreements.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year, and including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the then outstanding shares of our common stock or the average weekly trading volume of our common stock reported through the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about our company.

110

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, any person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares for at least two years (including any period of ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders), would be entitled to sell these shares without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public information requirements or notice requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act are also restricted and may be sold by stockholders other than affiliates of ours subject only to the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year holding period requirement.

Options/Equity Awards

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register approximately shares of common stock reserved for issuance or sale under our equity incentive plans and shares held for resale by our existing stockholders that were previously issued under our employee stock option plans. After giving pro forma effect to the Share Conversion, there were options outstanding under our equity incentive plans to purchase a total of shares of our common stock, of which options to purchase shares were exercisable immediately. In addition, an entity also holds options exercisable immediately to purchase shares of our common stock after giving pro forma effect to the Share Conversion. Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options after the effective date of the registration statement will be eligible for resale in the public market without restriction, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described below.

Lock-up Agreements

EXL Holdings, our executive officers and directors and certain of our other stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain extensions, they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co., dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, subject to certain exceptions. Citigroup and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Immediately following the consummation of this offering, stockholders subject to lock-up agreements will hold shares of our common stock, representing approximately % of our then outstanding shares of common stock, or approximately % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

We have agreed not to issue, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus (subject to certain extensions). We may, however, grant options to purchase shares of common stock and issue shares of common stock upon the exercise of outstanding options under our existing equity incentive plans, and we may issue or sell common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination (subject to a specified maximum amount) as long as the acquiror of such common stock agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations and restrictions of our lock-up agreement, and we may issue common stock to satisfy our earnout and contingent payment obligations in connection with the Inductis Acquisition.

Former holders of Inductis common stock who received shares of our Series A common stock have agreed to certain restrictions on the transfer of such shares. See “The Inductis Acquisition—Company Holder Agreement.”

Registration Rights

We have granted registration rights to some of our stockholders who, following the consummation of this offering, will hold approximately shares of our common stock in the aggregate (including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options). Under certain circumstances, some of these stockholders can require us to file registration statements that permit them to re-sell their shares. For more information, see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreements” and “—Agreements with Norwich Union—Stock Purchase Agreement.”

111

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion summarizes certain material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock purchased pursuant to this offering by a holder that is a non-U.S. holder as we define that term below. This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, existing and proposed Treasury Regulations, and interpretations of the foregoing, all as of the date of this prospectus. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) and any such change may result in U.S. federal income tax consequences to a holder that are materially different from those described below. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (IRS) or opinion of counsel with respect to the tax consequences discussed in this prospectus. Consequently, the IRS may disagree with or challenge any of the tax consequences discussed in this prospectus.

The following discussion does not purport to be a full description of all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances and only addresses non-U.S. holders who hold common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Furthermore, this discussion does not address the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to holders subject to special rules, such as certain financial institutions, tax-exempt entities, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons who have ceased to be U.S. citizens or to be taxed as resident aliens, dealers in securities or currencies, persons holding common stock in connection with a hedging transaction, “straddle,” conversion transaction or a synthetic security or other integrated transaction, holders subject to special U.S. federal income tax rules (such as “passive foreign investment companies” and “controlled foreign corporations”) or holders whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar. In addition, this discussion does not include any description of any alternative minimum tax consequences, gift tax consequences, or the tax laws of any state, local or foreign government that may be applicable to non-U.S. holders of our common stock. We urge you to consult your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal, state or local income tax and federal, state or local estate tax consequences of your ownership and disposition of our common stock in light of your particular situation as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

As used in this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of common stock who is not, for U.S. tax purposes:

•

a citizen or individual resident of the U.S.;

•

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the U.S. or of any state thereof (including the District of Columbia);

•

an estate, income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;

•

a trust the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or

•

a trust that has validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes under applicable Treasury Regulations.

If a partnership or other pass-through entity holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in or owner of the partnership or pass-through entity will generally depend upon the status of the partner or owner and the activities of the entity. If you are a partner in or owner of a partnership or other pass-through entity that is considering holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.

Payment of Dividends

We do not presently anticipate paying cash dividends on shares of our common stock. For more information, please see “Dividend Policy.” If dividends are paid on shares of our common stock, however, these

112

dividends will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, or any lower rate that may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty if we have received proper certification of the application of that income tax treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the manner of claiming the benefits of such treaty. A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. or, if provided in an applicable income tax treaty, dividends that are attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) in the U.S., are not subject to U.S. withholding tax, but are instead taxed in the manner applicable to U.S. persons. In that case, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal withholding tax, provided that the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. In addition, dividends received by a foreign corporation that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. maybe subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or any lower rate as may be specified in an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale or Exchange

A non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of common stock unless any one of the following is true:

•

the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and, if an applicable tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S., in which case, the branch profits tax discussed above may also apply if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation; or

•

the non-U.S. holder, who is an individual, is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of sale, exchange or other disposition and some additional conditions are met.

Individual non-U.S. holders who are subject to U.S. tax because the holder was present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the year of disposition are taxed on their gains, including gains from the sale of shares of our common stock and net of applicable U.S. losses from sale or exchanges of other capital assets incurred during the year, at a flat rate of 30%. Other non-U.S. holders who may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the disposition of our common stock will be taxed on such disposition in the manner applicable to U.S. persons.

Federal Estate Tax

Shares of common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual non-U.S. holder will be included in that non-U.S. holder’s estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Under U.S. Treasury Regulations, we must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to that holder and the tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required because the dividends were effectively connected dividends or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Under an applicable tax treaty, that information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. U.S. information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax will not apply to dividends paid on our common stock to a non-U.S. holder, however, if such holder provides a Form W-8BEN (or satisfies certain documentary evidence requirements for establishing that it is not a United States person) or otherwise establishes an exemption.

113

The gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that fails to certify its non-U.S. holder status in accordance with applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations generally will be reduced by backup withholding tax at a current rate of 28%.

The payment of the proceeds of the disposition of common stock by a non-U.S. holder to or through the U.S. office of a broker generally will be reported to the IRS and reduced by backup withholding unless the non-U.S. holder either certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder in accordance with applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations or otherwise establishes an exemption and the broker has no actual knowledge, or reason to know, to the contrary. The payment of the proceeds on the disposition of common stock by a non-U.S. holder to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be reduced by backup withholding or reported to the IRS. If, however, the broker is a U.S. person or has specified connections with the United States, unless some conditions are met, the proceeds from that disposition generally will be reported to the IRS, but not reduced by backup withholding.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that certain required information is furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them and the availability and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding under current U.S. Treasury Regulations.

The above discussion is included for general information only. Each prospective purchaser is urged to consult its tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal income tax and federal estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the application and effect of the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction.

114

UNDERWRITING

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering, and as representatives of the underwriters named below. We and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in that underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.


Underwriter		Number of shares
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

Total

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares (other than those covered by the option described below) if they purchase any of them.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

The underwriters propose to offer some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $ per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $ per share on sales to other dealers. If all of the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives of the underwriters may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of our common stock offered by them.

Our executive officers and directors and certain of our other stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain extensions, they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup and Goldman, Sachs & Co., dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock, subject to certain exceptions. Citigroup and Goldman, Sachs & Co., in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

115

options under our existing equity incentive plans, we may issue common stock in connection with an acquisition or business combination (subject to a specified maximum amount) as long as the acquiror of such common stock agrees in writing to be bound by the obligations and restrictions of our lock-up agreement and we may issue common stock to satisfy our earnout and contingent payment obligations in connection with the Inductis Acquisition.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of common stock offered in this offering for sale at the initial public offering price to certain persons who are our directors, officers and employees, and certain friends and family members of these persons, and certain clients and prospective clients, through a directed share program. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced by the number of directed shares purchased by participants in the program. Any directed shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as all other shares of common stock offered. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed shares.

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that relevant member state or, where appropriate, approved in another relevant member state and notified to the competent authority in that relevant member state, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities may be offered to the public in that relevant member state at any time:

•

to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or

•

to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts or

•

in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each purchaser of shares described in this prospectus located within a relevant member state will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

For purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, which we refer to as Qualified Investors, that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (ii) high net worth entities,

116

and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that:

•

(1) It has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell our common stock in Hong Kong SAR by means of this prospectus or any other document, other than to persons whose ordinary business involves buying or selling shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong SAR), and (2) unless it is a person who is permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong SAR it has not issued or held for the purpose of issue in Hong Kong and will not issue or hold for the purpose of issue in Hong Kong SAR this prospectus, any other offering material or any advertisement, invitation or document relating to the common stock, otherwise than with respect to common stock intended to be disposed of to persons outside Hong Kong SAR or only to persons whose business involves the acquisition, disposal, or holding of securities, whether as principal or as agent;

•

the shares offered in this prospectus have not been registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan, and it has not offered or sold and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, the common stock in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan, except (1) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law and (2) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law; and

•

the prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription of purchase, of the common stock, may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the common stock be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (2) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares offered in this offering will be negotiated between us and the representatives of the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our record of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. The prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering may be lower than the initial public offering price and an active trading market in our common stock may not develop and continue after this offering.

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “EXLS.”

In connection with the offering, one or more of the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed. In

117

determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option. The underwriters may also make “naked” short sales of shares in excess of their option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares made by the underwriters in the open market while the offering is in progress.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when Citigroup or Goldman, Sachs & Co. repurchases shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock and, together with the imposition of penalty bids, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our shares. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding discounts and commissions, will be $ .

The underwriters may, from time to time, perform various financial advisory and investment banking services for us in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and expenses.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available either on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or in another manner. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of our common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares of our common stock to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares of our common stock may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

118

LEGAL MATTERS

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, New York, New York, will pass on the validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus for us. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP will pass upon the validity of the common stock for the underwriters. Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP has represented the Oak Hill Partnerships and their related parties from time to time and certain members of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP own an indirect interest in Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P. Luthra & Luthra acted as our Indian counsel.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of ExlService Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements for Inductis, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Russell Bedford Stefanou Mirchandani LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

ENFORCEABILITY OF JUDGMENTS

Our primary operating subsidiary is organized in India and the majority of our executive officers reside outside the United States. Most of our assets are located in India. As a result, you may be unable to effect service of process upon such persons outside their jurisdiction of residence. In addition, you may be unable to enforce against these persons outside the jurisdiction of their residence judgments obtained in courts of the United States, including judgments predicted solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

We have been advised by our Indian counsel that the United States and India do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States, would not be enforceable in India. However, the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered may bring a new suit in a competent court in India based on a final judgment that has been obtained in the United States. The suit must be brought in India within three years from the date of the judgment in the same manner as any other suit filed to enforce a civil liability in India. It is unlikely that a court in India would award damages on the same basis as a foreign court if an action is brought in India. Furthermore, it is unlikely that an Indian court would enforce foreign judgments if it viewed the amount of damages awarded as excessive or inconsistent with Indian practice. In addition, a party seeking to enforce a foreign judgment in India is required to obtain approval from the Reserve Bank of India under the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, to execute such a judgment or to repatriate any amount recovered.

119

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus constitutes a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further information with respect to us and our common stock being sold in this offering, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement, contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete; reference is made in each instance to the copy of the contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each statement is qualified by reference to the exhibit. You may inspect a copy of the registration statement without charge at the Commission’s principal office in Washington, D.C. Copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained after payment of fees prescribed by the Commission from the Commission’s Public Reference Room at the Commission’s principal office, 100 F Street, Room 1580, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

You may obtain information regarding the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The Commission maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The Commission’s website address is www.sec.gov.

120

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Contents


EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC.

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004:
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-3
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:
Consolidated Statements of Operations		F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-8

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

As of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-28
For the Three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005:
Consolidated Statements of Income		F-29
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-30

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-31

INDUCTIS, INC.

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-43

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004:
Consolidated Balance Sheet		F-44
For the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
Consolidated Statement of Income		F-45
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity		F-46
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows		F-47

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements		F-48

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

As of March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet		F-66
For the Three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005:
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations		F-67
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-68

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-69

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of ExlService Holdings, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ExlService Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ExlService Holdings, Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

LOGO

February 24, 2006

A Member Practice of Ernst & Young Global

F-2

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets


	December 31
	2005			2004
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	24,240,632		$	18,760,120
Restricted cash		474,504			195,299
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $50,000 in 2004		14,762,331			10,520,227
Employee receivables		381,604			229,022
Prepaid expenses		1,037,839			885,437
Deferred income taxes		1,165,000			—
Other current assets		959,088			1,975,208

Total current assets		43,020,998			32,565,313
Fixed assets, net		16,206,665			14,888,102
Restricted cash		210,521			36,384
Deferred income taxes		871,327			101,063
Other assets		2,266,800			2,622,217

Total assets	$	62,576,311		$	50,213,079


Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	1,391,775		$	1,815,751
Deferred revenue		7,608,889			3,486,917
Accrued employee cost		3,408,714			3,541,344
Other accrued expenses and current liabilities		6,319,374			4,415,191
Income taxes payable		777,643			757,558
Current portion of capital lease obligation		215,150			178,880

Total current liabilities		19,721,545			14,195,641

Senior long-term debt		5,583,499			5,364,581
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		256,300			395,675

Total liabilities		25,561,344			19,955,897

Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 55,000 shares authorized:
45,833.36 shares designated as Series A redeemable shares; 45,304 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference $6,183,584 at December 31, 2005)		6,071,084			5,424,859

Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 12,000,000 shares authorized:
10,196,878 shares designated as Series A; 10,081,778 shares issued and outstanding		10,082			10,082
1,264,538 shares designated as Series B; 583,479 shares and 529,369 shares issued at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively		583			529
Additional paid-in capital		17,102,069			17,198,127
Deferred stock based compensation		(200,188	)		(441,889	)
Retained earnings		15,235,424			8,425,314
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(1,189,628	)		(345,381	)

		30,958,342			24,846,782
Less 61,414 shares of Series B common stock held in treasury, at cost		(14,459	)		(14,459	)

Total stockholders’ equity		30,943,883			24,832,323

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	62,576,311		$	50,213,079

See accompanying notes.

F-3

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations


	Year ended December 31
	2005			2004			2003
Revenues	$	73,419,952		$	60,440,646		$	27,771,359
Revenues (from related parties)		533,840			26,000			—

Total revenues		73,953,792			60,466,646			27,771,359
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)		47,597,523			38,716,017			18,443,205

Gross profit		26,356,269			21,750,629			9,328,154

Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses		13,200,239			11,085,273			7,891,083
Selling and marketing expenses		1,685,020			1,456,153			1,104,482
Depreciation and amortization		5,888,975			3,909,098			420,719

Total operating expenses		20,774,234			16,450,524			9,416,284

Income (loss) from operations		5,582,035			5,300,105			(88,130	)

Other income (expense):
Foreign exchange gain		942,486			774,195			444,733
Interest and other income		693,538			258,583			214,942
Interest expense		(408,732	)		(332,594	)		(277,331	)
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		(396,787	)		(598,409	)		(281,970	)

Income before income taxes		6,412,540			5,401,880			12,244
Income tax (benefit) provision		(647,008	)		21,584			769,554

Net income (loss)		7,059,548			5,380,296			(757,310	)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock		(249,438	)		—			(258,131	)

Net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	6,810,110		$	5,380,296		$	(1,015,441	)

Basic earnings (loss) per share to common stockholders	$	0.64		$	0.52		$	(0.10	)
Diluted earnings (loss) per share to common stockholders	$	0.63		$	0.51		$	(0.10	)

Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings per share:
Basic⁽¹⁾		10,587,274			10,259,166			9,784,420
Diluted⁽¹⁾		10,795,514			10,508,626			9,784,420

(1)

The weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 includes Series A and Series B common stock.

See accompanying notes.

F-4


	ExlService Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
	Series A Common Stock			Series B Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Deferred Stock Based Compensation			Retained Earnings (Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Treasury Stock			Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Deferred Stock Based Compensation			Retained Earnings (Deficit)						Treasury Stock			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2002	9,555,462	$	9,555	—	$	—	$	2,091,517		$	—		$	4,060,459		$	16,414		$	—		$	6,177,945
Series B common stock and options issued to management	—		—	444,538		445		114,168			—			—			—			—			114,613
Deferred stock based compensation	—		—	—		—		170,299			(170,299	)		—			—			—			—
Amortization of deferred compensation	—		—	—		—		—			15,295			—			—			—			15,295
Acquisition of treasury stock (Series B common stock)	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			—			(2,108	)		(2,108	)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock	—		—	—		—		—			—			(258,131	)		—			—			(258,131	)
Comprehensive loss:
Translation adjustments	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			(369,455	)		—			(369,455	)
Net loss	—		—	—		—		—			—			(757,310	)		—			—			(757,310	)

Total comprehensive loss																							(1,126,765	)

Balance as of December 31, 2003	9,555,462		9,555	444,538		445		2,375,984			(155,004	)		3,045,018			(353,041	)		(2,108	)		4,920,849

Series A common stock issued (net of issuance cost of $37,374)	526,316		527	—		—		12,462,100			—			—			—			—			12,462,627
Series B common stock and options issued to management	—		—	84,831		84		114,892			—			—			—			—			114,976
Non-employee options	—		—	—		—		1,853,601			—			—			—			—			1,853,601
Deferred employee stock based compensation	—		—	—		—		423,775			(423,775	)		—			—			—			—
Employee stock options forfeited	—		—	—		—		(32,225	)		32,225			—			—			—			—
Amortization of deferred compensation	—		—	—		—		—			104,665			—			—			—			104,665
Acquisition of treasury stock (Series B common stock)	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			—			(12,351	)		(12,351	)
Comprehensive income:
Translation adjustments	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			21,698			—			21,698
Minimum pension liability	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			(14,038	)		—			(14,038	)
Net income	—		—	—		—		—			—			5,380,296			—			—			5,380,296

Total comprehensive income																							5,387,956

Balance as of December 31, 2004	10,081,778		10,082	529,369		529		17,198,127			(441,889	)		8,425,314			(345,381	)		(14,459	)		24,832,323

F-5


	ExlService Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (continued)
	Series A Common Stock			Series B Common Stock			Additional Paid-in Capital			Deferred Stock Based Compensation			Retained Earnings (Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Treasury Stock			Total
	Shares	Amount		Shares	Amount		Additional Paid-in Capital			Deferred Stock Based Compensation			Retained Earnings (Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Treasury Stock			Total
Balance as of December 31, 2004	10,081,778	$	10,082	529,369	$	529	$	17,198,127		$	(441,889	)	$	8,425,314		$	(345,381	)	$	(14,459	)	$	24,832,323
Series B common stock and options issued to management	—		—	54,110		54		12,296			—			—			—			—			12,350
Non-employee options	—		—	—		—		67,390			—			—			—			—			67,390
Employee stock options forfeited	—		—	—		—		(175,744	)		175,744			—			—			—			—
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock	—		—	—		—		—			—			(249,438	)		—			—			(249,438	)
Amortization of deferred compensation	—		—	—		—		—			65,957			—			—			—			65,957
Comprehensive income:
Translation adjustments	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			(186,011	)		—			(186,011	)
Minimum pension liability	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			14,038			—			14,038
Cash flow hedges	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			(697,642	)		—			(697,642	)
Net Income	—		—	—		—		—			—			7,059,548			—			—			7,059,548
Reclassification adjustment:
Cash flow hedges	—		—	—		—		—			—			—			25,368			—			25,368

Total comprehensive income																							6,215,301

Balance as of December 31, 2005	10,081,778	$	10,082	583,479	$	583	$	17,102,069		$	(200,188	)	$	15,235,424		$	(1,189,628	)	$	(14,459	)	$	30,943,883

See accompanying notes.

F-6

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


	Year ended December 31
	2005			2004			2003
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	7,059,548		$	5,380,296		$	(757,310	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		5,888,975			3,909,098			420,719
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		396,787			598,409			281,970
Amortization of deferred financing costs		60,000			60,000			67,500
Amortization of deferred stock compensation and other non-cash compensation		253,136			675,173			237,977
Interest on senior long term debt		218,918			210,110			197,021
Non-employee stock options		425,806			360,494			1,750
Foreign exchange gain (unrealized)		(217,537	)		—			—
Deferred income taxes		(1,935,264	)		(101,063	)		—
Gain on sale of fixed assets		16,972			(6,705	)		—
Bad debt expense (recovery)		—			—			(250,000	)
Change in operating assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
Restricted cash		(453,342	)		42,874			1,308,422
Accounts receivable		(4,242,104	)		(5,258,055	)		(4,714,544	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		711,136			(2,417,740	)		581,473
Accounts payable		(349,323	)		648,920			(1,373,678	)
Deferred revenue		4,121,972			1,569,918			416,999
Other accrued expenses and other current liabilities		1,462,415			3,820,920			1,586,054
Income taxes payable		(24,974	)		4,779			686,159
Other assets		(250,178	)		385,015			(572,787	)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		13,142,943			9,882,443			(1,882,275	)

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets (net of sale proceeds)		(7,126,518	)		(12,336,918	)		(5,405,780	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(7,126,518	)		(12,336,918	)		(5,405,780	)

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance (payment on redemption) of senior long-term debt		—			(13,239	)		272,403
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		(103,105	)		(104,437	)		(16,360	)
Proceeds from issuance (payment on redemption) of preferred stock		—			(13,709	)		252,400
Net proceeds from common stock transactions		12,350			—			99,905
Proceeds from sale of Series A common stock, net of issuance costs		—			12,462,627			—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		—			114,976			—
Purchase of Series B common stock at cost		—			(12,351	)		—

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(90,755	)		12,433,867			608,348

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		(445,158	)		131,452			(364,531	)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		5,480,512			10,110,844			(7,044,238	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year		18,760,120			8,649,276			15,693,514

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	$	24,240,632		$	18,760,120		$	8,649,276

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	$	68,666		$	44,798		$	18,800
Cash paid for taxes		1,052,429			103,724			87,100

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash information
Assets acquired under capital lease		163,310			704,811			4,242

See accompanying notes.

F-7

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2005

1. Organization

Organization

ExlService Holdings, Inc. (“Exl Holdings”) is organized as a corporation under the laws of the state of Delaware. Exl Holdings, together with its subsidiaries ExlService.com, Inc. (“Exl Inc”), ExlService.com (India) Private Limited (“Exl India”), Noida Customer Operations Private Limited (“NCOP”), Exl Support Services Pvt. Ltd. (“ESSPL”) and ExlService (U.K.) Limited (“Exl UK”) (collectively, the “Company”), are principally engaged in the business of developing and deploying business process outsourcing solutions, including transaction-processing services and Internet and voice-based customer care services for its clients primarily in India. The Company’s clients are located principally in the United States and the United Kingdom.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Exl Holdings and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the results of operations during the reporting period. Estimates are based upon management’s best assessment of the current business environment. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The significant estimates and assumptions that affect the consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful accounts, future obligations under employee benefit plans, income tax valuation allowances, depreciation and amortization periods, and recoverability of long-term assets.

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of Exl Holdings and Exl Inc is the United States Dollar (“U.S. Dollar”), being the currency of the primary economic environment in which they operate. The functional currency of Exl India, NCOP and ESSPL is Indian Rupees and for Exl U.K., it is the Pound Sterling, being the currency of primary economic environment in which they operate. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are remeasured into functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Transactions in foreign currencies are remeasured into functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. All transaction foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In respect of the subsidiaries for which the functional currency is other than U.S. Dollar, the assets and liabilities of such subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars, the reporting currency, at the rate of exchange prevailing on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated into U.S. Dollars at average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Resulting translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

F-8

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist solely of funds held in general checking accounts and money market accounts.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets are stated at cost. Equipment held under capital leases is stated at the present value of minimum lease payments at the inception of the leases. Advances paid towards acquisition of fixed assets and the cost of fixed assets not ready for use before the end of the period, are classified as construction in progress.

Fixed assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable through an assessment of the estimated future undiscounted cash flows related to such assets. In the event that assets are found to be carried at amounts, which are in excess of estimated undiscounted future cash flows, the carrying value of the related asset or group of assets is reduced to a level commensurate with fair value based on a discounted cash flow analysis.

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of assets. Depreciation and amortization on equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the shorter of the assets’ estimated lives or the lease term.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues from business process outsourcing services include revenue from processing of transactions and services provided through voice and Internet communication channels. Revenue from the advisory services includes revenue from various consulting services such as Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, internal audit and financial reporting.

The Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, there are no remaining obligations with respect to the services rendered and collection is considered probable. The Company invoices clients in accordance with the agreed upon rates and billing arrangements, which consist of time and materials, cost plus and unit priced arrangements. The Company recognizes revenue from the last billing date to the balance sheet date as unbilled revenues and recognizes billings in excess of revenues earned or advances received from clients as deferred revenue.

In accordance with EITF 01-14, “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for Out-of-Pocket Expenses Incurred,” the Company has accounted for reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred as revenues in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company typically incurs telecommunications and travel related costs that are billed to and reimbursed by clients.

Revenues for the following periods include reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses:


Year ended December 31, 2005	$	3,398,750
Year ended December 31, 2004		4,182,638
Year ended December 31, 2003		555,372

F-9

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Pursuant to a transition/wind-down services agreement executed with a customer on November 14, 2002, the Company contracted to provide wind-down and transition services over the four-month period from December 1, 2002 to March 31, 2003. Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2003 includes approximately $1,500,000 for the services rendered to this customer pursuant to the transition/wind-down services agreement. Revenue from services provided to this customer represented 18% of total revenues on the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31,2003.

For the year ended December 31, 2005, two clients accounted for 49% and 15% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. These same two clients accounted for 52% and 24% of the Company’s total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively, and accounted for 43% and 31% of the Company’s total revenues for the year ended December 31,2003, respectively.

Segment Information

The Company is generally organized around its business process outsourcing service and its advisory service lines. These service lines do not have operating managers who report to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker generally reviews financial information at a consolidated results of operations level but does review revenues and cost of revenues results of the individual service lines.

Revenues and the cost of revenues from business process outsourcing services and advisory services was as follows:


	Year ended December 31
	2005		2004		2003
Revenues
Business process outsourcing	$	66,200,736	$	55,764,990	$	27,649,509
Advisory services		7,753,056		4,701,656		121,850

Total	$	73,953,792	$	60,466,646	$	27,771,359


	Year ended December 31
	2005		2004		2003
Cost of revenues
Business process outsourcing	$	43,540,498	$	36,040,722	$	18,351,060
Advisory services		4,057,025		2,675,295		92,145

Total	$	47,597,523	$	38,716,017	$	18,443,205

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues includes salaries, employee benefits and stock compensation expense, project related travel costs, communication expenses, technology operating expenses and facilities costs.

F-10

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes pursuant to the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 “Accounting for Income Taxes.” Under SFAS No. 109, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Any deferred tax assets recognized for net operating loss carryforwards and other items are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that the benefits may not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that the tax change occurs. Deferred taxes are not provided on the undistributed earnings of subsidiaries outside the United States where it is expected that the earnings of the foreign subsidiary will be permanently reinvested.

Employee Benefits

In accordance with Indian law, all employees of the Company in India are entitled to receive benefits under the Government Provident Fund, a defined contribution plan in which both the employee and the Company contribute monthly at a determined rate (currently 12% of the employee’s base salary). These contributions are made to the Government Provident Fund.

In accordance with Indian law, the Company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the “Gratuity Plan”) covering all of its employees in India. The Gratuity Plan provides for a lump sum payment to vested employees on retirement or on termination of employment in an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and the years of employment with the Company. Gratuity benefit cost for the year is calculated on an actuarial basis.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” establishes rules for the reporting of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income is defined as all changes in equity from non-owner sources. For the Company, comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings and changes in the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments and minimum pension liability adjustments. In addition, the Company enters into foreign currency exchange contracts, which are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS No 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Changes in the fair values of contracts that are deemed effective are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the settlement of that contract. The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial Instruments: For certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities, recorded amounts approximate fair value due to the relatively short maturity periods.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and time deposits. By their nature, all such financial instruments involve risks, including the credit risks of non-performance by counterparties.

F-11

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Derivatives and Hedge Accounting: In the normal course of business, the Company actively looks to mitigate the exposure of foreign currency market risk by entering into various hedging instruments, authorized under Company polices with counterparties that are highly rated financial institutions. The Company’s primary exchange rate exposure is with the British pound and Indian rupee. The Company uses derivative instruments for the purpose of mitigating the underlying exposure from foreign currency fluctuation risks associated with forecasted transactions denominated in certain foreign currencies and to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with the changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and not for speculative trading purposes. The Company also hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange exposure with foreign exchange contracts that are designated effective and qualify as cash flow hedges, under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges which are deemed effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the contract is settled and at that time are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company evaluates hedge effectiveness at the time a contract is entered into as well as on an ongoing basis. If during this time, a contract is deemed ineffective, the change in the fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company entered into forward exchange contracts during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. At December 31, 2005, forward exchange contracts of $44.5 million and GBP 8.2 million were outstanding. At December 31, 2004, forward exchange contracts of $11.3 million were outstanding and there were no contracts outstanding at December 31, 2003. The fair value of such contracts outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The Company has evaluated the effectiveness of all forward exchange contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2005, net gains from ineffective cash flow hedges included in the consolidated statement of operations totaled $1,352,883. For hedge relationships discontinued because the forecasted transaction is not expected to occur by the end of the originally specified period, any related derivative amounts recorded in equity are reclassified to earnings.

Stock Based Compensation

Stock Based Compensation: In 2003 and as amended, the Company instituted the Exl Holdings 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan covers all the employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) administers the Plan and grants stock options to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries.

The Committee determines which employees are eligible to receive the options, the number of options to be granted, the exercise price, the vesting period and the exercise period. The vesting period is determined for the options issued on the date of the grant and is non-transferable during the life of the option. The options generally vest incrementally over a period of four years from the date of grant with 25% of the options vesting each year. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has reserved 800,000 shares of Series B common stock for the granting of options.

The Company uses Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations to account for stock options granted to its employees. Accordingly, compensation cost is recognized only for stock option awards granted where the exercise price is less than the market value on the date of grant.

F-12

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Had the compensation cost been recognized based on the fair value at the date of grant in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation” as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure”, the pro-forma amounts of net income (loss) would have been as follows:


	Year ended December 31
	2005			2004			2003
Net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	6,810,110		$	5,380,296		$	(1,015,441	)

Add stock based employee compensation expense included in reported net income		65,957			104,665			10,405
Less stock based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method		(464,715	)		(268,240	)		(10,818	)

Pro forma net income (loss) to common stockholders	$	6,411,352		$	5,216,721		$	(1,015,854	)


	Year ended December 31
	2005			2004			2003
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share to common stockholders:
Basic, as reported	$	0.64		$	0.52		$	(0.10	)
Diluted, as reported	$	0.63		$	0.51		$	(0.10	)
Basic, pro forma	$	0.61		$	0.51		$	(0.10	)
Diluted, pro forma	$	0.59		$	0.50		$	(0.10	)

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model with the following assumptions:


	Year ended December 31
	2005	2004	2003
Dividend yield	0%	0%	0%
Expected life	60 months	60 months	60 months
Risk free interest rate	4.25%	4%	4%
Volatility	50%	50%	50%

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. In determining the income to common stockholders, net income has been reduced by dividends and accretion on preferred stock. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common shares plus the potentially dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. Stock options that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the computation of weighted average shares outstanding. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the weighted average number of shares used in calculating diluted earnings per share includes stock options of 143,283 and 249,460, respectively. The calculation of earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 exclude stock options of 329,875, 142,000 and 376,275, respectively, because to include them in the calculation would be antidilutive.

F-13

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payments”, which establishes standards for transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity for goods or services. This statement requires a public entity to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award. This eliminates the exception to account for such awards using the intrinsic value method previously allowable under APB Opinion No. 25. SFAS No. 123(R) will be effective for the Company for reporting periods beginning on January 1, 2006.

The Company plans to adopt SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective method. Under the modified prospective method, compensation cost is recognized beginning with the effective date (a) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123(R) for all share based payments granted after the effective date and (b) based on the requirements of SFAS No. 123 for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date of SFAS No. 123(R) that remain unvested on the effective date.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, the Company currently accounts for share-based payments to employees using APB Opinion 25’s intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes compensation cost for employee stock options where the exercise price is less than the fair value on the date of grant. Accordingly, the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)’s fair value method will have a significant impact on its consolidated results of operations, although it will have no impact on its overall consolidated financial position. The impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) will depend on levels of share-based payments granted in the future and the rate of forfeiture of unvested grants. However, had the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) in prior periods, the impact of that statement would have approximated the impact of SFAS No. 123 as described in the disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share.

The Company currently believes that stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2006 related to share-based payments granted prior to January 1, 2006 and unvested as of that date will be approximately $700,000.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets”, which eliminated the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 will be effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 153 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes & Error Corrections”, which provided guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. This statement also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. SFAS No. 154 will be effective for accounting changes and correction of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS No. 154 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-14

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

3. Restriction on Cash Balances and Time Deposits

Current restricted time deposits of Exl India represent amounts on deposit with banks against letters of credit and bank guarantees issued by the Company for equipment imports amounting to $474,504 that will mature on various dates in 2006.

Non-current restricted time deposits represent guarantees against custom and excise bonding issued through banks amounting to $210,521 that will mature between 2007 and 2008.

4. Fixed Assets

Fixed assets consist of the following:


	Estimated Useful Life (Years)	December 31
	Estimated Useful Life (Years)	2005		2004
Network equipment, cabling and computers	3	$	13,310,963	$	10,449,806
Leasehold improvements	3-5		4,966,353		3,634,048
Office furniture and equipment	3-5		2,313,948		1,887,046
Motor vehicles	3		778,273		789,761
Construction in progress			4,889,348		2,595,106

			26,258,885		19,355,767
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization			10,052,220		(4,467,665	)

		$	16,206,665	$	14,888,102

Construction in progress represents advances paid towards acquisition of fixed assets and the cost of fixed assets not yet placed in service. The cost and accumulated amortization of assets under capital leases at December 31, 2005 is $778,273 and $361,829, respectively, and at December 31, 2004, $789,761 and $166,661, respectively.

During 2005, the Company conducted an evaluation of the useful life of its leasehold improvements. At the time the Company entered into those leases, it was not able to estimate how long these premises would be occupied and based on that, made the assumption that a useful life of 36 months was appropriate. As a result of this review and the success of the Company’s business model, the Company believes that it will remain in these facilities through at least 60 months. Based on that evaluation, which included a review of the respective lease contracts and the remaining useful life of those assets, the Company determined that the useful life of the assets that had been capitalized under the leasehold improvements category was 60 months versus 36 months. As a result, at April 1, 2005 the Company changed the useful life to 60 months. This change impacted (1) all new leasehold assets purchased from April 1, 2005 forward and (2) the amortization expense to be recognized for periods starting April 1, 2005 of leasehold assets put into place prior to April 1, 2005 that were not fully amortized.

The change in estimated useful life of leasehold improvements resulted in amortization expense being approximately $554,000 less in 2005 than what it would have been had the estimated useful life not changed.

5. Senior Long-Term Debt

F-15

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

5. Senior Long-Term Debt (continued)

amount of $272,403. Interest on the principal amount is payable on maturity and accrues at a rate equal to the greater of (i) 2.02% semiannually or (ii) LIBOR.

The effective interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was 4.08%. Accrued interest at December 31, 2005 and 2004 included in senior long-term debt on the consolidated balance sheets is $650,335 and $431,417, respectively. The Company redeemed debt, including accrued interest, amounting to $13,239 during 2004.

Deferred financing costs, totaling $300,000, are included in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense through the maturity date of the senior long-term debt. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, amortization of deferred financing costs amounted to $60,000, $60,000 and $67,500, respectively.

6. Redeemable Preferred Stock

Holders of redeemable preferred stock are not permitted or entitled to vote on any matter required or permitted to be voted on by the stockholders of the Company. Holders of redeemable preferred stock have superior liquidation rights compared to the common stockholders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the operations of the Company, the redeemable preferred stockholders are entitled to receive a liquidation preference in the distribution of assets. Liquidation preference is equal to $100 per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.

Holders of redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive annual dividends, as and when declared by the Company out of funds legally available equal to 10% of the liquidation preference per share. Such dividends are payable, at the election of the Company, in cash or in the form of an additional liquidation preference and accrue annually, but are to be paid only upon redemption, liquidation or as otherwise declared by the Company. Such dividends are cumulative and accrue on a day-to-day basis, whether or not earned. Cumulative dividends in arrears at December 31, 2005 amounted to $1,653,184.

The Company may, at its option at any time, redeem all of the redeemable preferred stock by giving adequate notice to the holders of redeemable preferred stock. Upon the occurrence of a mandatory redemption event, holders of the redeemable preferred stock can cause redemption of all the redeemable preferred stock outstanding. On August 16, 2005, the Company amended certain provisions of the preferred stock agreement relating to mandatory redemption events. Thereafter, mandatory redemption events include (i) breach in any material respect of warranties and representations made by Conseco, Inc. (the former parent) under the stock purchase agreement dated November 14, 2002 and (ii) any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, business, properties, assets, results of operations or prospects of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. In all instances, the redemption events are conditional and the redemption amount will be the liquidation preference.

In May 15, 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equities. This statement requires, among other things, that any of various financial instruments that are issued in the form of shares that are mandatorily redeemable on a fixed or determinable date be classified as liabilities, any dividends paid on the underlying shares be treated as interest expense, and issuance costs should be deferred and amortized using the interest method. SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments created or modified after May 31, 2003, and is effective July 1, 2003 for the Company. As required by SFAS No. 150, accrued and unpaid dividends in periods prior to adoption of

F-16

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

6. Redeemable Preferred Stock (continued)

SFAS No. 150 have not been reclassified to interest expense. Such amount, totaling $223,131 for the six months ended June 30, 2003, is included in dividends and accretion on preferred stock in the consolidated statements of operations. Effective July 1, 2003, dividends on the redeemable preferred stock have been classified as interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company has recorded $359,308, $538,409 and $249,470, respectively, of redeemable preferred stock dividends as interest expense. As a result of the amended provisions, effective August 16, 2005 accrued dividends of $226,917 are no longer included in interest expense but are included in dividends and accretion on preferred stock in the consolidated statements of operations.

The preferred stock is recorded net of issuance costs of $300,000, which are accreted over a period of five years. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, amortization of issuance costs included in interest expense—redeemable preferred stock amounted to $37,479, $60,000 and $32,500, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2003, amortization of issuance costs included in dividends and accretion on preferred stock amounted to $22,521 and $35,000, respectively.

The redeemable preferred stock is carried at the amount of cash that would be paid under the respective agreement if the shares were repurchased or redeemed at the reporting date less unamortized issuance costs of $112,500 and $172,500 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The Company redeemed and retired preferred stock amounting to $13,709 in 2004.

7. Capital Structure

Common Stock

Holders of Series A common stock have one vote for each share held with respect to all matters voted on by the stockholders of the Company. Holders of Series B common stock do not have any voting rights.

Prior to the occurrence of a conversion event, as defined, the Series B common stock will be converted into Series A common stock initially at a ratio of 1:1. Among other things, a conversion event includes the consummation of a sale of common stock in a public offering, as defined.

In July 2004, NUI Investment Limited, a significant client, purchased 526,316 shares of Series A common stock for $12,500,000. Net proceeds to the Company were $12,462,627.

8. Employee Benefit Plans

The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees on retirement or on termination of employment in an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and years of employment with the Company. Liabilities with regard to the Gratuity Plan are determined by actuarial valuation. Current service costs for the Gratuity Plan are accrued in the year to which they relate.

F-17

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

8. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

The following table sets forth the activity and the funded status of the Gratuity Plan and the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at the end of the relevant periods:


	December 31
	2005			2004
Change in projected benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at the beginning of the year	$	395,454		$	188,595
Service cost		208,056			140,394
Interest cost		20,166			9,517
Benefits paid		(76,078	)		(48,914	)
Actuarial loss		6,319			91,589
Effect of exchange rate changes		(7,659	)		14,273

Projected benefit obligation at the end of the year	$	546,258		$	395,454

Unfunded amount	$	546,258		$	395,454

Accrued liability	$	524,152		$	336,763

Accumulated benefit obligation	$	435,576		$	336,763

Unrecognized net actuarial loss	$	23,883		$	72,729

On September 15, 2005, the Company modified the eligibility criteria of the Company’s Gratuity Plan changing the minimum period of continuous service for eligibility under the Company’s Gratuity Plan to five years from two years. The change in the service period was effective immediately for all new employees starting on or after September 15, 2005.

Net gratuity cost includes the following components:


	Year ended December 31
	2005		2004		2003
Service cost	$	208,056	$	140,394	$	94,226
Interest cost		20,166		9,517		10,938
Actuarial loss (gain)		54,085		18,860		(40,749	)

Net gratuity cost	$	282,307	$	168,771	$	64,415

During 2005, 2004 and 2003 for the above calculations, a discount rate of 8% has been assumed and salaries are assumed to increase at the rate of 8%, 7% and 8% per annum, respectively.

In 2003, the Company established the ExlService Inc 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering all eligible employees, as defined. The Company may make discretionary contributions of up to a maximum of 3% of employee compensation within certain limits. The Company’s contribution to the 401(k) Plan amounted to $42,812, $29,569 and $6,457 in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-18

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

8. Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

The Company contributes to the Government Provident Fund (a defined contribution plan) on behalf of its employees in India. The assets held by the Government Provident Fund are not reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The contributions made to the Government Provident Fund for each year are as follows:


Year ended December 31, 2005	$	819,912
Year ended December 31, 2004		603,323
Year ended December 31, 2003		393,587

9. Leases

Exl India leases motor vehicles from finance companies. Such leases are recorded as capital leases with interest rates ranging from 9.0% to 12.5%. Future minimum lease payments under these capital leases at December 31, 2005 are as follows:


Year ended December 31:
2006	$	260,648
2007		178,511
2008		94,839

Total minimum lease payments		533,998
Less amount representing interest		62,548

Present value of minimum lease payments		471,450
Less current portion		215,150

Long term capital lease obligation	$	256,300

The Company conducts its operations using facilities, office furniture and certain equipment leased under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2009. Future minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable agreements are as follows:


Year ended December 31:
2006	$	781,000
2007		444,000
2008		385,000
2009		96,000

Total minimum lease payments	$	1,706,000

Rent expense under operating leases was $2,453,121, $1,646,367 and $817,400 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

10. Income Taxes

The fiscal year under the Indian Income Tax Act ends on March 31. A portion of the Company’s Indian operations qualify for deduction from taxable income because its profits are attributable to undertakings situated in Export Processing Zones. This deduction is available for a period of ten consecutive years beginning from the

F-19

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

10. Income Taxes (continued)

year in which the respective undertaking commenced commercial operations. Accordingly, Exl India and NCOP can benefit from this deduction. This deduction shall terminate if the Company ceases to be an undertaking situated in Export Processing Zones. ESSPL is not eligible for this deduction.

With respect to the Company’s foreign operations, temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases arose due to differences in depreciation rates of fixed assets and provisions for gratuity and vacation pay which are allowable on a cash basis under the Indian Income Tax Act.

Since export revenue of Exl India qualifies for a deduction from taxable income, being profits attributable to undertakings situated in Export Processing Zones until March 2009, a substantial portion of the temporary differences would not have any tax consequences as they will reverse within the tax holiday period.

Income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:


	Year ended December 31
	2005		2004		2003
Domestic	$	611,206	$	267,044	$	(2,009,204	)
Foreign		5,801,334		5,134,836		2,021,448

	$	6,412,540	$	5,401,880	$	12,244

The (benefit) provision for income taxes consists of the following:


	Year ended December 31
	2005			2004			2003
Current provision:
Domestic	$	1,091,491		$	50,000		$	700,000
Foreign		199,939			72,647			69,554

		1,291,430			122,647			769,554

Deferred benefit:
Domestic		(1,919,000	)		—			—
Foreign		(19,438	)		(101,063	)		—

		(1,938,438	)		(101,063	)		—

	$	(647,008	)	$	21,584		$	769,554

The foreign income tax provision represents current taxes on non-exempt income in India and certain withholding taxes. The Company’s current income tax expense was reduced by approximately $808,000 as a result of using available net operating loss carryforwards.

F-20

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

10. Income Taxes (continued)

The significant components of the net deferred income tax assets and liabilities are approximately as follows:


	December 31
	2005		2004
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards	$	—	$	916,000
AMT credit carryforward		832,000		750,000
Accounts receivable allowances		—		22,000
Accrued expenses		—		65,000
Unrealized exchange loss		116,000		—
Deferred revenue		741,000		—
Depreciation and amortization		39,000		—
Deferred compensation		308,000		326,000

Total gross deferred tax assets		2,036,000		2,079,000

Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized exchange gain		—		82,000
Depreciation and amortization		—		152,000

Total gross deferred tax liabilities		—		234,000

Valuation allowance		—		(1,744,000	)

Net deferred tax asset	$	2,036,000	$	101,000

At December 31, 2005, the Company has AMT tax credit carryforwards of approximately $832,000, which do not have an expiration date.

The deferred tax asset represents the tax effect of temporary differences related to the Company’s domestic operations and to the Company’s foreign operations that will reverse after the tax holiday period has expired.

At December 31, 2005, the Company performed an analysis of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance. Based on the analysis, the Company has concluded that a valuation allowance offsetting the deferred tax assets not be recorded at December 31, 2005 based on the conclusion that it is more likely than not that there will be sufficient future taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance (decreased) increased by approximately ($1,744,000), ($355,000) and $1,436,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-21

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

10. Income Taxes (continued)

The effective income tax rate differs from the amount computed by applying the U.S. Federal statutory income tax rate to income before income taxes approximately as follows:


	Year ended December 31
	2005			2004			2003
Expected tax benefit	$	2,244,000		$	1,891,000		$	4,000
Change in valuation allowance		(1,744,000	)		(355,000	)		1,436,000
Impact of tax holiday		(1,854,000	)		(1,743,000	)		(638,000	)
State taxes, net of Federal taxes		183,000			14,000			(137,000	)
Non-deductible IPO costs		229,000			—			—
Non-deductible preferred stock dividend		139,000			209,000			99,000
Non-deductible non-cash compensation		175,000			—			—
Other		(19,000	)		6,000			6,000

Tax (benefit) provision	$	(647,000	)	$	22,000		$	770,000

11. Stock Based Compensation

Stock Option Plan

In 2003 and as amended, the Company instituted a plan under which it may award options to employees, officers, directors, advisory board and consultants to purchase up to 800,000 shares of its Series B common stock. The options vest over a four-year period. The vested options must be exercised within ten years after the vesting date or they will expire. If an employee is terminated, they must exercise any vested options within 90 days after termination or the vested options are forfeited.

Stock option activity under the Plan is shown below:


	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2002	—		$	—
Granted	404,600			0.23
Exercised	—			—
Forfeited	(58,325	)		0.24

Outstanding at December 31, 2003	346,275			0.23
Granted	257,100			16.52
Exercised	(64,831	)		0.23
Forfeited	(73,120	)		2.42

Outstanding at December 31, 2004	465,424			8.88
Granted	277,750			23.75
Exercised	(54,110	)		0.23
Forfeited	(133,513	)		17.67

Outstanding at December 31, 2005	555,551			14.09

Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2005	80,089			10.76

Available for grant at December 31, 2005	125,508			—

F-22

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

11. Stock Based Compensation (continued)

The weighted-average fair value of options issued under the Plan during 2005 and 2004 was $6.54 and $9.29, respectively, and the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2005 and 2004, was 8.45 years and 8.89 years, respectively.

For options granted to employees in 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded $423,775 and $165,409 in deferred compensation, representing the difference between the exercise price of the options on the date of grant and the fair value of the Company’s common stock. Deferred compensation is amortized over the vesting period of the related options. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company amortized and recorded $65,957, $104,665 and $10,405, respectively, as compensation expense.

In December 2003, the Company granted an employee options to purchase 20,000 shares of Series B common stock at an exercise price of $5.00 per share outside the Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recorded $12,600 as compensation expense.

During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company granted stock options as follows:


Date of Grant	Number of Options Granted	Exercise Price		Deemed Fair Value Per Share		Intrinsic Value Per Option
February 15, 2005	25,000	$	23.75	$	23.75	$	—
March 15, 2005	22,250	$	23.75	$	23.75		—
April 15, 2005	20,500	$	23.75	$	15.20		—
May 31, 2005	5,000	$	23.75	$	15.20		—
June 1, 2005	140,000	$	23.75	$	15.20		—
June 24, 2005	15,000	$	23.75	$	15.20		—
September 29, 2005	32,000	$	23.75	$	16.00		—
October 31, 2005	3,000	$	23.75	$	16.00		—
November 8, 2005	15,000	$	23.75	$	16.00		—

The deemed fair value of the common stock for accounting purposes was based on contemporaneous valuations performed by management as adjusted for the cash sales price of common stock in 2005. Management considered a number of factors in determining the deemed fair value per share, including:

•

Key Company milestones

•

Comparable company and industry analysis

•

Anticipated initial public offering price per share and the timing of the initial public offering

Series B Common Stock

In 2003, certain employees purchased 444,538 shares of Series B common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $102,013. The difference of $4,890 between the fair value of these shares and the purchase price was recorded as compensation expense in 2003.

F-23

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

11. Stock Based Compensation (continued)

Preferred Stock

During 2002, in connection with employment agreements, certain officers purchased 2,993 shares of preferred stock for $3. The difference between the fair value of these shares and the purchase price, totaling $299,299, is being amortized to compensation expense over the three-year vesting period. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company amortized and recorded compensation expense of $84,171, $101,420 and $101,420, respectively.

Advisory Board Options

In 2005, the Company also granted to a member of its advisory board options to purchase 5,000 shares of Series B common stock at an exercise price of $23.75 per share under the Plan. Using the Black-Scholes valuation model, the fair value of these options at December 31, 2005 was determined to be $20,750. In 2003, the Company also granted to members of its advisory board options to purchase 10,000 shares of Series B common stock at an exercise price of $0.24 per share under the Plan. Using the Black-Scholes valuation model, the fair value of these options at December 31, 2005 was determined to be approximately $172,000. These options vest over a period of four years and expire ten years from the vesting date. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded $67,390, $61,494 and $1,750, respectively, as compensation expense. The fair value and related compensation expense will be remeasured for the unvested portion of these options at the end of each reporting period until such options are fully vested.

Client Options

In connection with the execution of a five-year services agreement, the Company issued options to purchase 115,100 shares of Series A common stock at an exercise price of $12.50 per share in July 2004. The option is fully exercisable and expires ten years from the date of grant. The $15.56 per share fair value of the option on the date of issuance, using the BlackScholes valuation model was approximately $1,792,000. Such amount is being amortized as a reduction to revenue over the five-year term of the services agreement. Amortization for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $358,000 and $299,000, respectively.

The fair value was estimated considering the following assumptions:


Dividend yield		0%
Expected life		5 years
Fair value of stock		$23.75
Risk free interest rate		4%
Volatility		50%

12. Related Party Transactions

The Company entered into the following related party transactions:

The Company received services in India for employee training performed by a company controlled by a stockholder. This company is one of the many companies rendering such services to Exl India. The Company recorded expenses related to these services of $86,417, $223,458 and $192,944 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. At December 31, 2005, the Company had a balance receivable of $2,492 related to these services.

F-24

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

12. Related Party Transactions (continued)

The Company received services in India for catering of meals by a company controlled by a stockholder. The Company recorded expenses related to these services of $31,658 for the year ended December 31, 2003. The services of this company were terminated during 2003.

The Company entered into employment and non-competition agreements with management in November 2002. The initial term of these agreements was three years and the Company has the option to extend the term for two additional one year periods. The agreements have been extended through June 30, 2006 and include an annual base salary of $400,000, a bonus amount and an additional incentive bonus amount as well as certain other fringe benefits. Upon termination of employment under conditions, as defined, 25% of certain common stock, as defined, held by such senior management is subject to repurchase by the Company at cost for up to one year and at fair market value if after one year for a two-year period. Such common stock is not subject to repurchase after three years.

Senior long-term debt of $325,000 with a five-year life issued to certain officers is being amortized over a three-year period consistent with the preferred stock issued to such officers. For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company recorded compensation expense of $103,008, $108,660 and $108,660, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the Company paid a management fee of $100,000, $200,000 and $200,000, respectively, to certain investors.

13. Geographical Information


	Year ended December 31
	2005		2004		2003
Revenues
United States	$	35,648,405	$	28,832,232	$	15,927,472
United Kingdom		38,298,387		31,634,414		11,843,887
Germany		7,000		—		—

	$	73,953,792	$	60,466,646	$	27,771,359


	December 31
	2005		2004
Fixed assets
United States	$	779,961	$	975,813
India		15,425,040		13,912,289
United Kingdom		1,664		—

	$	16,206,665	$	14,888,102

14. Commitments and Contingencies

Fixed Asset Commitments

At December 31, 2005, the Company had committed to spend approximately $1,383,000 under agreements to purchase fixed assets. This amount is net of advances paid in respect of these purchases.

F-25

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

14. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Other Commitments

Exl India and NCOP have been established as “Export-Oriented Undertaking” enterprises under the “Export Import Policy” (“policy”) formulated by the Government of India. Pursuant to this policy, the Company has benefited from certain incentives on import of capital goods. Under this policy, Exl India and NCOP must achieve certain export ratios and realize revenues attributable to exports of approximately $104.9 million and $43.4 million, respectively, over a period of five years.

In the event Exl India is unable to achieve its commitments over the specified period, Exl India may be required to refund such incentives, along with penalties and fines. Management, however, believes that Exl India will achieve these export levels within the required timeframe.

F-26

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2006

Contents


At March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005:
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)		F-28

For the Three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005
Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited)		F-29
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)		F-30
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)		F-31

F-27

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Unaudited)


	March 31, 2006			December 31, 2005
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23,066,186		$	24,240,632
Restricted cash		640,322			474,504
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts		17,410,133			14,762,331
Employee receivables		304,223			381,604
Prepaid expenses		950,838			1,037,839
Deferred income taxes		1,832,287			1,165,000
Other current assets		767,541			959,088

Total current assets		44,971,530			43,020,998
Fixed assets, net		16,193,289			16,206,665
Restricted cash		213,358			210,521
Deferred income taxes		872,840			871,327
Other assets		2,202,844			2,266,800

Total assets	$	64,453,861		$	62,576,311

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	1,871,712		$	1,391,775
Deferred revenue		7,250,591			7,608,889
Accrued employee cost		2,963,176			3,408,714
Other accrued expenses and current liabilities		6,185,267			6,319,374
Income taxes payable		258,379			777,643
Current portion of capital lease obligation		243,617			215,150

Total current liabilities		18,772,742			19,721,545
Senior long-term debt		5,652,832			5,583,499
Capital lease obligations, less current portion		225,816			256,300

Total liabilities		24,651,390			25,561,344
Preferred stock, $.001 par value; 55,000 shares authorized:
45,833.36 designated as Series A redeemable shares; 45,304 issued & outstanding, (liquidation preference $6,337,312 at March 31, 2006 and $6,183,584 at December 31, 2005)		6,239,812			6,071,084
Stockholders’ equity:
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 12,000,000 shares authorized:
10,196,878 designated as Series A: 10,081,778 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2006 and as of December 31, 2005		10,082			10,082
1,264,538 designated as Series B; 591,841 shares issued at March 31, 2006; 583,479 shares issued at December 31, 2005		593			583
Additional paid-in capital		17,132,701			17,102,069
Deferred stock based compensation		—			(200,188	)
Retained earnings		17,179,978			15,235,424
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(725,179	)		(1,189,628	)

		33,598,175			30,958,342
Less: 74,569 shares as at March 31, 2006 and 61,414 shares as at December 31, 2005, of Series B common stock held in treasury, at cost		(35,516	)		(14,459	)

Total stockholders’ equity		33,562,659			30,943,883

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	64,453,861		$	62,576,311

See accompanying notes

F-28

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Unaudited)


	Three Months Ended March 31, 2006			Three Months Ended March 31, 2005
Revenues	$	21,457,814		$	17,604,578
Revenues (from related party)		100,170			192,250

Total revenues		21,557,984			17,796,828
Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)		13,945,943			11,833,946

Gross profit		7,612,041			5,962,882

Operating expenses:
General and administrative expenses		3,675,030			3,172,950
Selling and marketing expenses		762,191			333,591
Depreciation and amortization		1,764,731			1,440,342

Total operating expenses		6,201,952			4,946,883

Income from operations		1,410,089			1,015,999

Other income (expense):
Foreign exchange gain		400,821			364,389
Interest and other income		237,623			104,664
Interest expense		(102,019	)		(94,342	)
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		—			(154,110	)

Income before income taxes		1,946,514			1,236,600

Income tax provision		(166,768	)		113,186

Net income		2,113,282			1,123,414
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock		(168,728	)		—

Net income to common stockholders	$	1,944,554		$	1,123,414

Basic earnings per share to common stockholders	$	0.18		$	0.11
Diluted earnings per share to common stockholders	$	0.18		$	0.10
Weighted-average number of shares used in computing earnings per share:
Basic⁽¹⁾		10,605,506			10,560,014
Diluted⁽¹⁾		10,841,558			10,831,223

(1)

The weighted average number of shares used in computing earnings per share for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 includes Series A and Series B common stock.

F-29

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)


	Three Months Ended March 31, 2006			Three Months Ended March 31, 2005
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income	$	2,113,282		$	1,123,414
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		1,764,731			1,440,342
Interest expense—redeemable preferred stock		—			154,110
Amortization of deferred financing costs		15,000			15,000
Amortization of deferred stock compensation and other non-cash compensation		199,544			86,778
Interest on senior long term debt		69,333			54,175
Non employee stock options		104,417			104,417
Foreign exchange gain (unrealized)		190,200			(228,174	)
Deferred income taxes		(668,598	)		—
Change in operating assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
Restricted cash		(168,655	)		(54,972	)
Accounts receivable		(2,647,802	)		224,205
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		303,431			479,079
Accounts payable		390,677			(372,891	)
Deferred revenue		(358,298	)		(310,350	)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		(508,203	)		(932,601	)
Income taxes payable		(519,264	)		(133,818	)
Other assets		11,650			(692,144	)

Net cash provided by operating activities		291,445			956,570

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of fixed assets		(1,630,647	)		(968,026	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(1,630,647	)		(968,026	)

Cash flows from financing activities
Principal payments on capital lease obligations		(2,017	)		(1,401	)
Net proceeds from common stock transactions		(21,048	)		—
Proceeds from exercise of stock options		16,463			6,083

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(6,602	)		4,682

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents		171,358			(92,911	)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(1,174,446	)		(99,685	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period		24,240,632			18,760,120

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period	$	23,066,186		$	18,660,435

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest	$	12,564		$	18,302
Cash paid for taxes		950,716			72,419
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash information
Assets acquired under capital lease		62,720			125,260

See accompanying notes

F-30

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization

ExlService Holdings, Inc. (“Exl Holdings”) is organized as a corporation under the laws of the state of Delaware, Exl Holdings, together with its subsidiaries Exl Service.com, Inc. (“Exl Inc”), ExlService.com (India) Private Limited (“Exl India”), Noida Customer Operations Private Limited (“NCOP”), Exl Support Services Pvt. Ltd. (“ESSPL”) and ExlService (U.K.) Limited (“Exl UK”) (collectively, the “Company”), are principally engaged in the business of developing and deploying business process outsourcing solutions, including transaction-processing services and Internet and voice-based customer care services for its clients primarily in India. The Company’s clients are located principally in the United States and the United Kingdom.

Basis of Presentation

The un-audited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial reporting and the requirements of Form 10-Q and Rule 10.01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include certain information and note disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles for annual financial reporting and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Annual Consolidated Financial Statements of Exl Service Holdings, Inc for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere herein.

The un-audited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments (of a normal and recurring nature) which management considers necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005 was derived from the audited consolidated balance sheet of Exl Service Holdings, Inc. at that date.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Exl Holdings and its subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the results of operations during the reporting period. Estimates are based upon management’s best assessment of the current business environment. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The significant estimates and assumptions that affect the financial statements include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful accounts, future obligations under employee benefit plans, income tax valuation allowances, depreciation and amortization periods, and recoverability of long-term assets.

F-31

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

Foreign Currency

The functional currency of Exl Holdings and Exl Inc is the United States Dollar (“U.S. Dollar”), being the currency of the primary economic environment in which they operate. The functional currency of Exl India, NCOP and ESS is Indian Rupees and for Exl U.K., it is the Pound Sterling, being the currency of primary economic environment in which they operate. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are re-measured into functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Transactions in foreign currencies are re-measured into functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the transaction. All transaction foreign exchange gains and losses are recorded in the accompanying consolidated statement of Income.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues from business process outsourcing services include revenue from processing of transactions and services provided through voice and Internet communication channels. Revenue from the advisory services includes revenue from various consulting services such as Sarbanes Oxley compliance, internal audit and financial reporting.

The Company recognizes revenue as services are rendered, provided that persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, there are no remaining obligations with respect to the services rendered and collection is considered probable. The Company invoices clients in accordance with the agreed upon rates and billing arrangements, which consist of time and material, cost plus and unit priced arrangements. The Company recognizes revenue from the last billing date to the balance sheet date as unbilled revenues and recognizes billings in excess of revenues earned or advances received from clients as deferred revenue.

In accordance with EITF 01-14, “Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for ‘Out-of-Pocket’ Expenses Incurred,” the Company has accounted for reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred as revenues in the consolidated statements of income. The Company typically incurs telecommunications, and travel related costs that are billed to and reimbursed by clients.

Revenues for the following periods include reimbursements of out-of-pocket expenses:


Three Months Ended March 31, 2006	$	1,034,215
Three Months Ended March 31, 2005	$	726,877

During the three months ended March 31, 2006, two customers accounted for 46% and 10% respectively, of the Company’s total revenues. During the three months ended March 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 49% and 9% respectively, of the Company’s total revenues. As on March 31, 2006, two customers accounted for 40% and 18% respectively, of the Company’s total accounts receivable. As on December 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 49% and 13% respectively, of the Company’s total accounts receivable.

F-32

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

Segment Information

The Company is generally organized around its business process outsourcing service and its advisory service lines. These service lines do not have operating managers who report to the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker generally reviews financial information at a consolidated result of operations level but does review revenue and cost of revenue results of the individual service lines.

Revenues and the cost of revenues from business process outsourcing services and advisory services was as follows:


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2006		2005
Revenues
Business Process Outsourcing	$	20,115,790	$	16,042,624
Advisory Services		1,442,194		1,754,204

Total	$	21,557,984	$	17,796,828


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2006		2005
Cost of Revenues
Business Process Outsourcing	$	12,860,622	$	11,022,135
Advisory Services		1,085,321		811,811

Total	$	13,945,943	$	11,833,946

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income” establishes rules for the reporting of comprehensive income and its components. Comprehensive income is defined as all changes in equity from non-owner sources. For the Company, comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings and changes in the cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments and minimum pension liability adjustments. In addition, the Company, enters into foreign currency exchange contracts, which are designated as cash flow hedges in accordance with SFAS No 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.” Changes in the fair values of contracts that are deemed effective are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income until the settlement of that contract. The Company reports comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial Instruments: For certain financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities, recorded amounts approximate fair value due to the relatively short maturity periods.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and time deposits. By their nature, all such financial instruments involve risks including the credit risks of non-performance by counter parties.

F-33

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

Derivatives and Hedge Accounting: In the Company’s normal course of business, the Company actively looks to mitigate the exposure of foreign currency market risk by entering into various hedging instruments, authorized under Company polices with counterparties that are highly rated financial institutions. The Company’s primary exchange rate exposure is with the British pound and Indian rupee. The Company uses derivative instruments for the purpose of mitigating the underlying exposure from foreign currency fluctuation risks associated with forecasted transactions denominated in certain foreign currencies and to minimize earnings and cash flow volatility associated with the changes in foreign currency exchange rates, and not for speculative trading purposes. The Company also hedges anticipated transactions that are subject to foreign exchange exposure with foreign exchange contracts that are designated effective and qualify as cash flow hedges, under SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”. Changes in the fair value of these cash flow hedges which are deemed effective, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss) until the contract is settled and at that time are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The Company evaluates hedge effectiveness at the time a contract is entered into as well as on an ongoing basis. If during this time, a contract is deemed ineffective, the change in the fair value is recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

The Company entered into forward exchange contracts during the three months ended March 31, 2006. At March 31, 2006, forward exchange contracts of $32,000,000 and GBP 5,250,000 were outstanding.

The Company has evaluated the effectiveness of all forward contracts. For the periods ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, net gains from ineffective cash flow hedges included in the consolidated statements of income totaled $185,989 and $119,512, respectively. For hedge relationships discontinued because the forecasted transaction is not expected to occur by the end of the originally specified period, any related derivative amounts recorded in equity are reclassified to earnings.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements. None

3. Restriction on Cash Balances

Current restricted cash represent amounts on deposit with banks against letters of credit and bank guarantees issued by the Company for equipment imports amounting to $640,322 that will mature on various dates in 2006.

Non-current restricted cash represent guarantees against custom and excise bonding issued through banks amounting to $213,358 that will mature between 2007 and 2008.

4. Comprehensive Income:


	Three Months Ended March 31,
	2006		2005
Net Income to common stock holders	$	1,944,554	$	1,123,414
Other Comprehensive Income net of taxes:
Unrealized gain on cash flow hedges		421,652		22,817
Reversal of Minimum Pension Liability		—		14,038
Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment		42,797		5,580

Total Other Comprehensive Income		464,449		42,435

Total Comprehensive Income	$	2,409,003	$	1,165,849

F-34

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

5. Fixed Assets:

Fixed assets consist of the following:


	Estimated Useful Life	March 31, 2006			December 31, 2005
Network equipment, cabling and computers	3	$	16,188,770		$	13,310,963
Leasehold improvements	3-5		7,764,388			4,966,353
Office furniture and equipment	3-5		3,101,230			2,313,948
Motor vehicles	3		827,930			778,273
Construction in progress			212,160			4,889,348

			28,094,478			26,258,885
Less accumulated depreciation and Amortization			(11,901,189	)		(10,052,220	)

		$	16,193,289		$	16,206,665

Construction in progress represents advances paid towards acquisition of fixed assets and the cost of fixed assets not yet placed in service. The cost and accumulated amortization of assets under capital leases at March 31, 2006 is $827,930 and $409,916, respectively, and at December 31, 2005 is $778,273 and $361,829, respectively.

During 2005, the Company conducted an evaluation of the useful life of its leasehold improvements. At the time the Company entered into those leases, it was not able to estimate how long these premises would be occupied and based on that, made the assumption that a life of 36 months was appropriate. As a result of this review and the success of the Company’s business model, the Company believes that it will remain in these facilities through at least 60 months. Based on that evaluation, which included a review of the respective lease contracts and the remaining useful life of those assets, the Company determined that the useful life of the assets that had been capitalized under the leasehold improvements asset category was 60 months versus 36 months. As a result, at April 1, 2005 the Company changed the useful life to 60 months. This change impacted (1) all new leasehold assets purchased from April 1, 2005 forward and (2) the amortization expense to be recognized for periods starting April 1, 2005 of leasehold assets put into place prior to April 1, 2005 that were not fully amortized.

The change in estimated useful life of leasehold improvements resulted in amortization expense being approximately $175,000 less in three months ended March 31, 2006 than what it would have been had the estimated useful life not changed. There was no impact for the three months ended March 31, 2005.

6. Senior Long-Term Debt

On December 13, 2002, certain new investors and members of management acquired senior promissory notes issued by the Company totaling $4,674,000. The senior promissory notes mature on December 13, 2007. The Company issued additional senior promissory notes to employees of the Company during August 2003 in the amount of $272,403. Interest on the principal amount is payable on maturity and accrues at a rate equal to the greater of (i) 2.02% semiannually or (ii) LIBOR. The Company redeemed promissory notes including accrued interest of amount $13,239 in 2004.

The effective interest rate at March 31, 2006 was 4.97% and at December 31, 2005 was 4.08%. Accrued interest at March 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005 included in senior long-term debt on the balance sheet is $719,668 and $650,335, respectively.

F-35

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

Deferred financing costs, totaling $300,000, are included in other assets and are being amortized to interest expense through the maturity date of the senior long-term debt. For each of the quarters ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, amortization of deferred financing costs amounted to $15,000.

7. Redeemable Preferred Stock

In May 15, 2003, the FASB issued SFAS No. 150, Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equities. This standard requires, among other things, that any of various financial instruments that are issued in the form of shares that are mandatory redeemable on a fixed or determinable date be classified as liabilities, any dividends paid on the underlying shares be treated as interest expense, and issuance costs should be deferred and amortized using the interest method. SFAS No. 150 is effective for all financial instruments created or modified after May 31, 2003, and effective July 1, 2003 for the Company. As required by SFAS No. 150, accrued and unpaid dividends in fiscal years prior to adoption of SFAS No. 150 have not been reclassified to interest expense. Effective July 1, 2003, dividends on the redeemable preferred stock have been classified as interest expense. For the three months ended March 31, 2005, the Company recorded $139,110 as interest expense. As a result of amended provisions, effective August 16, 2005, for the three months ended March 31, 2006 accrued dividends of $153,728 are no longer included in interest expense but are included in dividends and accretion on preferred stock in the statement of Income.

F-36

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

The preferred stock is recorded net of issuance costs of $300,000, which are accreted over a period of five years. For three months ended March 31, 2006 amortization of issuance costs of $15,000 was included as dividends and accretion on preferred stock in the statement of Income. For the three months ended March 31, 2005 amortization of issuance costs of $15,000 was include in interest expense.

The redeemable preferred stock is carried at the amount of cash that would be paid under the respective agreement if the shares were repurchased or redeemed at the reporting date less unamortized issuance costs of $97,500 and $112,500 at March 31, 2006 and at December 31, 2005, respectively.

8. Capital Structure:

Common Stock

9. Employee Benefit Plans

Net gratuity cost includes the following components:


	Three Months Ended March 31
	2006		2005
Service cost	$	65,112	$	52,014
Interest cost		7,749		5,041
Actuarial (gain) loss		—		13,521

Net gratuity cost	$	72,861	$	70,576

The Company contributes to the Government Provident Fund (a defined contribution plan) on behalf of its employees in India. The assets held by the Government Provident Fund are not reported on the Company’s balance sheet. The contributions made to the Government Provident Fund for each period are as follows:


Three months ended March 31, 2006	$	602,679
Three months ended March 31, 2005	$	434,272

F-37

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

10. Leases

The Company leases motor vehicles from finance companies. Such leases are recorded as capital leases with interest rates ranging from 9.0% to 12.5%. Future minimum lease payments under these capital leases at March 31, 2006 are as follows:


Year ended March 31:
2007	$	288,558
2008		142,689
2009		98,871

Total minimum lease payments		530,118
Less: amount representing interest		60,685

Present value of minimum lease payments		469,433
Less current portion		243,617

Long term capital lease obligation	$	225,816

The Company conducts its operations using facilities, office furniture and certain equipment leased under non-cancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through the year 2009. Future minimum lease payments under these non-cancelable agreements are as follows:


Year end March 31:
2007	$	725,000
2008		384,000
2009		384,000

Total minimum lease payments	$	1,493,000

Rent expense under operating leases was $676,837 and $570,266 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

11. Income Taxes:

At March 31, 2006, we recorded $681,000 of tax expense however this was offset by a tax benefit primarily generated from recognizing a deferred tax asset on our advisory services business in India. This resulted in an overall tax benefit of $167,000 being recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

12. Stock Based Compensation

In fiscal 2003 and as amended, the Company instituted the Exl Holdings 2003 Stock Option Plan (“the Plan”). The Plan covers all the employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Committee”) administers the Plan and grants stock options to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries.

F-38

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

The Committee determines which employees are eligible to receive the options, the number of options to be granted, the exercise price, the vesting period and the exercise period. The vesting period is determined for the options issued on the date of the grant and is non-transferable during the life of the option. The options generally vest incrementally over a period of 4 years from the date of grant with 25% of the options vesting each year. Pursuant to the Plan, the Company has reserved 800,000 shares of Series B common stock for the granting of options. If an employee is terminated they must exercise any vested options within 90 days after termination or the vested options are forfeited.

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “Share-Based Payment” using the modified prospective method of transition. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R), the estimated fair value of share based awards granted under stock incentive plans are recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period. Using the modified prospective method, compensation expense is recognized beginning with the effective date of adoption of SFAS No.123(R) for all share based payments (i) granted after the effective date of adoption and (ii) granted prior to the effective date of adoption and that remain unvested on the date of adoption.

We recorded approximately $199,544 of total stock based compensation expense for the three month period ended March 31, 2006 as required under SFAS No. 123(R).

Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for share based payments to its using Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25 intrinsic value method and, as such, generally recognizes compensation cost for employee stock options where the exercise price was less that the fair value on the date of grant.


	Three Months Ended March 31, 2005
Net income to common stockholders	$	1,123,414
Add stock based employee compensation expense included in reported net income		34,754
Less stock based employee compensation expense determined under the fair value method		(162,603	)

Pro forma net income to common stockholders	$	995,565

Earnings per common share:
Basic, as reported	$	0.11
Diluted, as reported	$	0.10
Basic, pro forma	$	0.09
Diluted, pro forma	$	0.09

The fair value of each option is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions. In addition, a forfeiture rate of 25% has been used based on a review of historical option activity.


		Three Months Ended March 31, 2005
Dividend yield		0%
Expected life		60 months
Risk free interest rate		4%
Volatility		50%

F-39

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

Stock option activity under the Plan is shown below:


	Number of Shares		Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at December 31, 2005	555,551		$	14.09
Granted	—			—
Exercised	(8,362	)		0.23
Forfeited	(29,862	)		17.25

Outstanding at March 31, 2006	517,327			15.13

Vested and exercisable at March 31, 2006	122,322			5.54
Available for grant at March 31, 2006	155,370

The weighted-average fair value of options issued under the Plan during three months ended 2006 and 2005 was $0 and $11.49 respectively, and the weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable at March 31, 2006, and March 31, 2005, was 8.20 years and 7.92 years, respectively.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income (loss) to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. In determining the income to common stockholders, net income has been reduced by dividends and accretion on preferred stock. Diluted earnings per share are computed using the weighted average number of common shares plus the potentially dilutive effect of common stock equivalents. Stock options that are anti-dilutive are excluded from the computation of weighted average shares outstanding. For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, the weighted average number of shares used in calculating Diluted Earnings per share includes stock options, of $236,052 and $271,209 respectively. The calculation of earnings per share for the periods ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, exclude stock options of 286,250 and 182,250 respectively, because the exercise price of the option is higher than the average stock price for the period and hence to include them in the calculation would be antidilutive.

Preferred Stock

During 2002, in connection with employment agreements, certain officers purchased 2,993 shares of preferred stock for $3. The difference between the fair value of these shares and the purchase price, totaling $299,299, is being amortized to compensation expense over the three-year vesting period. For the quarter ended March 31, 2005, the Company amortized and recorded compensation expense of $24,918, respectively.

Advisory Board Options

In 2005, the Company also granted to a member of its advisory board options to purchase 5,000 shares of Series B common stock at an exercise price of $23.75 per share under the Plan. Using the Black-Scholes valuation model, the fair value of these options at March 31, 2006 was determined to be $49,600. In 2003, the Company also granted to members of its advisory board options to purchase 10,000 shares of Series B common stock at an exercise price of $0.24 per share under the Plan. Using the Black-Scholes valuation model, the fair value of these options at March 31, 2006 was determined to be $235,500. These options vest over a period of four years and expire ten years from the vesting date. For each of the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005,

F-40

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

the Company recorded $14,753 as compensation expense. The fair value and related compensation expense will be remeasured for the unvested portion of these options at the end of each reporting period until such options are fully vested.

Client Options

In connection with the execution of a five-year services agreement, the Company issued options to purchase 115,100 shares of Series A common stock at an exercise price of $12.50 per share in July 2004. The option is fully exercisable and expires ten years from the date of grant. The $15.56 per share fair value of the option on the date of issuance, using the Black Scholes valuation model was approximately $1,792,000. Such amount is being amortized as a reduction to revenue over the five-year term of the services agreement. Amortization for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $89,604 and $89,604 respectively.

The fair value was estimated considering the following assumptions:


Dividend Yield		0%
Expected Life		5 years
Fair Value of Stock		$23.75
Risk Free Interest Rate		4%
Volatility		50%

13. Related Party Transactions

The Company entered into the following related party transactions:

The Company received services in India for employee training performed by a company controlled by a stockholder. This company is one of the many companies rendering such services to Exl India. The Company recorded expenses related to these services of $18,448 and $14,345 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005, respectively. At March 31, 2006 the Company had a balance payable of $3,341 related to these services.

The Company recognized revenues from related parties of $100,170 and $192,250 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

The Company entered into employment and non-competition agreements with management in November 2002. The initial term of these agreements was three years and the Company has the option to extend the term for two additional one year periods. The agreements have been extended through June 30, 2006 and include an annual base salary of $400,000, a bonus amount and an additional incentive bonus amount as well as certain other fringe benefits. Upon termination of employment under conditions as defined, 25% of certain common stock, as defined, held by such senior management is subject to repurchase by the Company at cost for up to one year and at fair market value if after one year for a two-year period. Such common stock is not subject to repurchase after three years.

Senior long-term debt of $325,000 with a five-year life issued to certain officers was amortized over a three-year period consistent with the preferred stock issued to such officers. For the three months ended March 31, 2006, no compensation expense recorded. The Company recorded compensation expense of $27,165 during the three months ended March 31, 2005.

For each of the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company accrued management fees of $50,000 to certain investors.

F-41

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

March 31, 2006

(Unaudited)

14. Geographical Information


	Three Months Ended March 31
	2006	2005
Revenues
United States	9,557,583		8,687,491
United Kingdom	11,996,401		9,102,337
Germany	—		7,000
Russia	4,000		—

	21,557,984	$	17,796,828


	March 31 2006		December 31 2005
Fixed assets
United States	$	1,041,415	$	779,961
India		15,148,711		15,425,040
UK		3,163		1,664

	$	16,193,289	$	16,206,665

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Fixed Asset Commitments

At March 31, 2006, the Company had committed to spend approximately $214,513 under agreements to purchase fixed assets. This amount is net of advances paid in respect of these purchases.

Other Commitments

Exl India and NCOP have been established as “Export-Oriented Undertaking” enterprises under the “Export Import Policy” (“policy”) formulated by the Government of India. Pursuant to this policy, the Company has benefited from certain incentives on import of capital goods. Under this policy, Exl India and NCOP must achieve certain export ratios and realize revenues attributable to exports of approximately $244.5 million and $43.4 million, respectively, over a period of five years.

In the event of Exl India is unable to achieve its commitments over the specified period, Exl India may be required to refund such incentives along with penalties and fines. Management, however, believes that Exl India will achieve these export levels within the required timeframe.

16. Subsequent Events

On July 1, 2006, the Company completed an acquisition of Inductis, Inc. for approximately $13.0 million.

F-42


		Russell Bedford Stefanou Mirchandani LLP
		Accountants and Advisors

		5 West 37^th Street 9th Floor New York, New York 10018-5315 212.868.3669 212.868.3498/Fax

		nyc@rbsmllp.com

Report of Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders of Inductis, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Inductis, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated) and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2005. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based upon our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated), and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 24, the previously issued financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 have been restated to correct the revenue recognition of out of pocket expenses and correction in the net deferred tax expense.

LOGO

RUSSELL BEDFORD STEFANOU MIRCHANDANI LLP

New York, New York

May 22, 2006

Except Note 23 (b), as to which

the date is June 18, 2006

Washington DC • Philadelphia, PA • New York, NY • Irvine, CA

Member of Russell Bedford International with affiliated offices worldwide

F-43

INDUCTIS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(in US dollars, except share data)


	2005			2004
				(Restated)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 5)	$	1,677,670		$	3,615,755
Restricted cash		64,487			61,564
Accounts receivables, net of allowances		7,073,950			5,171,247
Investments (Note 8)		38,496			—
Employee advances (Note 19(b))		49,146			45,285
Deferred tax asset (Note 16)		1,435,805			936,601
Other current assets (Note 6)		317,412			138,704

Total current assets		10,656,966			9,969,156
Property and equipment, net (Note 7)		1,411,934			1,180,461

Total Assets	$	12,068,900		$	11,149,617

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payables	$	551,996		$	514,458
Short term debts (Note 12(a))		4,085,084			3,331,569
Deferred revenue		122,000			—
Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 11(a))		131,159			126,019
Accrued employee costs		1,291,174			878,396
Other current liabilities		269,825			7,800
Deferred tax liabilities (short-term) (Note 16)		1,035,020			1,369,750
Taxes payable		406,990			36,677

Total current liabilities		7,893,248			6,264,669
Long term debts (Note 12(b))		1,400,000			—
Long term portion of Capital lease obligations (Note 11(a))		124,341			255,004
Deferred tax liabilities (long-term) (Note 16)		21,068			32,626
Other liabilities		13,100			5,181

Total liabilities	$	9,451,757		$	6,557,480

Stockholders’ equity:
Common Stock $0.0001 par value 10,592,518 & 6,048,700 outstanding as of 2005 & 2004 respectively. 9,770,018 & 6,048,700 issued as of 2004 & 2005 (Note 13)		1,059			605
Additional paid-in capital		988,884			—
Retained earnings		1,641,271			2,878,478
Accumulated other comprehensive income		10,007			(8,867	)
Less: 822,500 shares at December 31, 2005, 2004 respectively of class C1 common stock held in treasury, at cost		(24,078	)		(24,078	)
Members Capital		—			1,745,999

Total stockholders’ equity		2,617,143			4,592,137

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	12,068,900		$	11,149,617

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-44

INDUCTIS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(in US dollars, except share data)


	2005		2004
			(Restated)
Revenues	$	20,947,166	$	15,982,214
Cost of revenues		10,246,079		10,077,832

Gross Profit		10,701,087		5,904,382

Selling, general and administrative expenses		5,914,760		3,875,540
Impairment of loan receivable		2,756,500		—
Depreciation and amortization		482,316		319,434

Income from operations		1,547,511		1,709,408

Other expenses, net (Note 15)		255,321		201,791

Income before income taxes		1,292,190		1,507,617

Income tax benefit (Note 16)		558,750		554,276

Net income	$	1,850,940	$	2,061,893

Foreign currency adjustment gain		18,874		5,047

Comprehensive income	$	1,869,814	$	2,066,940

Net income per common share	$	0.17	$	0.19

Weighted average shares outstanding		10,760,866		11,145,044

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-45

INDUCTIS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(in US dollars, except share data)


	Common Stock			Members Capital			Additional paid-in capital		Retained Earnings			Other Comprehensive Income			Treasury Stock					Total stockholders’ equity
	Shares	Amount		Members Capital			Additional paid-in capital		Retained Earnings			Other Comprehensive Income			Shares		Amount			Total stockholders’ equity
Balances as of January 1, 2004 (Restated)	6,048,700	$	605	$	2,808,439		$	—	$	3,502,898		$	(13,914	)	(822,500	)	$	(24,078	)	$	6,273,950
Members’ contribution					564,564																564,564
Members’ retirement					(668,786	)				—											(668,786	)
Members’ distribution					(3,644,531	)		—													(3,644,531	)
Net income					2,686,313					(624,420	)										2,061,893
Currency translation adjustment													5,047								5,047

Balances as of December 31, 2004 (Restated)	6,048,700	$	605	$	1,745,999		$	—	$	2,878,478		$	(8,867	)	(822,500	)	$	(24,078	)	$	4,592,137

Balances as of January 1, 2005	6,048,700	$	605	$	1,745,999		$	—	$	2,878,478		$	(8,867	)	(822,500	)	$	(24,078	)	$	4,592,137
Members’ contribution of the former holding company					209,307																209,307
Members’ retirement of the former holding company					(449,668	)															(449,668	)
Members’ distribution of the former holding company					(3,604,447	)															(3,604,447	)
Net income					3,088,147					(1,237,207	)										1,850,940
Membership interest exchanged for shares (Note 3)	4,543,818		454		(989,338	)		988,884													—
Currency translation adjustment													18,874								18,874

Balances as of December 31, 2005	10,592,518	$	1,059	$	—		$	988,884	$	1,641,271		$	10,007		(822,500	)	$	(24,078	)	$	2,617,143

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-46

INDUCTIS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(in US dollars, except share data)


	2005			2004
				(Restated)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income	$	1,850,940		$	2,061,893

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred taxes (net)		(845,492	)		(699,526	)
Depreciation and amortization		482,316			319,434
Allowance for bad debt		150,000			—
Bad debt		147,656			—
Interest expense credited to notes payable—others		8,293			11,482
Allowance for impairment		2,756,500			—
Gain on sale of property and equipment		(2,479	)		(40,979	)
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivables		(2,200,361	)		332,358
Employee receivables		(3,861	)		54,531
Other current assets		(178,708	)		164,999
Accounts payable		37,538			(137,975	)
Accrued employee costs		412,778			185,579
Other current liabilities		262,025			(1,700	)
Taxes payable		370,313			(4,950	)
Other liabilities		7,920			3,060
Deferred Revenue		122,000			—

Net cash provided by operating activities		3,377,378			2,248,206

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Movement in Restricted Cash		(2,923	)		(717	)
Purchase of property and equipment		(717,569	)		(664,549	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		6,261			493,933
Loans extended to/by related parties		(2,756,500	)		—
Proceeds from sale of investments		1,388,209			—
Purchase of investments		(1,426,705	)		—

Net cash (used in) investing activities		(3,509,227	)		(171,333	)

CASH FLOWS USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments of principal under capital lease Obligations		(125,525	)		(11,464	)
Repayment of notes payable		(331,569	)		—
Proceeds from short term borrowings (Including current portion of long term debt)		900,000			2,000,000
Proceeds from issuance of long term debt		1,400,000
Members’ contribution		209,308			564,564
Members’ retirement		(272,877	)		(348,699	)
Members’ distribution		(3,604,447	)		(3,644,532	)

Net cash (used in) financing activities		(1,825,110	)		(1,440,131	)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		(1,956,959	)		636,742
Add: Gain on currency translation adjustment		18,874			5,047

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year		3,615,755			2,973,966

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year	$	1,677,670		$	3,615,755

Supplementary disclosures for the cash flow information
Cash paid for during the year for interest	$	377,392		$	266,943
Cash paid for during the year for income taxes	$	23,093		$	33,400

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-47

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Incorporation and history

Inductis Inc. (“the Company”), a Delaware Corporation was incorporated on June 8, 2000. Inductis Group LLC, (“the former holding company”) formed on August 27, 2002, was merged with the Company on December 31, 2005 (See Note 3). The Indian subsidiary of the Company, Inductis India Private Limited, was incorporated on November 19, 2001. The Company and its subsidiary are engaged in providing management consulting and business data analytics services in the field of finance, strategic marketing, re-engineering and data analysis for various clients primarily in the United States of America.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) Basis of preparation and principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) to reflect the financial position and results of operations of the Company along with its subsidiary.

The consolidated financial statements present the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Inductis India Private Limited (hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Company”). All material inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

(b) Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to accounting for allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, the useful lives of property and equipment. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management become aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Changes in estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which changes are made.

(c) Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications were made to the prior years’ financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

(d) Functional currency and exchange rate translation

The consolidated financial statements are reported in United States Dollars (US dollars). The functional currency of the subsidiary of the Company is its local currency, the Indian Rupee. The translation of the functional currency into US dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue, expense and cash flow items using an appropriate monthly weighted average exchange rate for the respective periods.

F-48

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resultant exchange gains or losses are included in the consolidated statements of income.

(e) Revenue recognition

Revenues are comprised primarily of income from time-and-material contracts. Revenue with respect to such time-and-material contracts is recognized as related services are performed.

In accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-14, Income Statement Characterization of Reimbursements Received for “Out-of-Pocket” Expenses Incurred, the Company has accounted for reimbursements received for out-of-pocket expenses incurred as revenues in the statement of operations.

Revenue accrued, but not yet billed is classified as unbilled revenue, while billings on incomplete contracts in excess of accrued revenue are classified as deferred revenue.

The Company has restated their financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2004 to reflect the reimbursed expenses in accordance with EITF Issue No 01-14. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the reimbursement of expenses included in revenue was $1,668,316 and $724,124, respectively.

(f) Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Assets under capital leases are stated at the present value of minimum lease payments. The Company depreciates property and equipment over the estimated useful life using the straight-line method. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the primary lease period or estimated useful life of the asset. Assets under capital leases are amortized over their estimated useful life or the lease term, as appropriate. The cost of software obtained for internal use is capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the software. The estimated useful life of the assets is as follows:


Computer and Networking equipment		3-5 years
Software		3-5 years
Office furniture and equipments		5-7 years

Advances paid towards the acquisition of property and equipment outstanding at each balance sheet date and the cost of property and equipment not put to use before such date are disclosed under capital work-in-progress.

(g) Impairment of long-lived assets and long-lived assets to be disposed of

F-49

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

fully recoverable. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the asset to its recorded value. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed are reported at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less cost to sell. An impairment of $2,756,500 was booked for the year ended December 31, 2005 on the loan made to iTouchpoint Technologies LLC., (see Note 10 and 19(a)).

(h) Start-up-costs

Cost of start-up activities including organization costs are expensed as incurred.

(i) Research and development

Revenue expenditure on research and development is expensed as incurred. Capital expenditure incurred on equipment and facilities acquired or constructed for research and development activities and having alternative future uses, is capitalized as property and equipment.

There were no research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

(j) Investment securities

The Company accounts for investments, per SFAS No. 115 Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, and determined that all of its marketable securities are to be classified as available-for-sale securities. Investment securities consist of available-for-sale equity securities. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices.

Temporary unrealized gains and losses, net of the related tax effect are excluded from income and are reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income, until realized. Realized gains and losses from the sale of available-for-sale securities are determined on a first-in-first-out method and are included in earnings. A decline in the fair value below cost that is deemed to be other than temporary results in a reduction in carrying amount to fair value and the resultant impairment loss is recorded in the consolidated statements of income. Dividend and interest income are recognized when earned.

(k) Cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with remaining maturities, at the date of purchase/investment, of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

The Company maintains its cash in bank deposits which at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash represents margin money deposits against guarantees issues to Government Authorities in India and deposits in lieu of security for leased premises. Restriction on margin money deposits are released on the expiry of the terms.

F-50

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

(l) Income taxes

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. The current charge for income taxes is calculated in accordance with the relevant tax regulations applicable to each entity. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance of any tax benefits of which future realization is uncertain.

The former holding company which merged with the Company during 2005 had elected to be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. A partnership is not a tax paying entity for federal or state income tax purpose. All income or losses will be reported on the individual members’ income tax returns.

(m) Retirement benefits to employees

Contributions to defined contribution plans are charged to statements of income in the period in which they accrue. Defined benefit plan in case of its overseas subsidiary is based on employees’ average annual compensation and years of service. The liability in respect of such plan is calculated annually by an independent actuary.

(n) Dividend

Dividends are recognized upon approval by the shareholders. During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 no dividends were declared.

(o) Earnings per share

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 128, Earnings Per Share, basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period except where the results will be anti-dilutive.

(p) Recently issued accounting pronouncements

Stock-Based Payments

F-51

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Stock Issued to Employees, and requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in our consolidated statement of income. The standard requires that the modified prospective method be used, which requires that the fair value of new awards granted from the beginning of the year of adoption (plus unvested awards at the date of adoption) is expensed over the vesting period. In addition, the statement encourages the use of the “binomial” approach to value stock options, which differs from the Black-Scholes option pricing model that we currently use in the footnotes to our consolidated financial statements. The revised SFAS 123R as issued by FASB will not impact on the Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, as the options were granted in 2006 and accordingly no adjustment was made for FAS 123R in the books for the year ended December 31, 2005.

Accounting Changes and Error Corrections

In May 2005, FASB Issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB No. 20 and FAS No. 3. SFAS 154 provide guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. The correction of an error in previously issued financial statements is not an accounting change. However, the reporting of an error correction involves adjustments to previously issued financial statements similar to those generally applicable to reporting an accounting change retrospectively. Therefore, the reporting of a correction of an error by restating previously issued financial statements is also addressed by SFAS 154. SFAS 154 shall be effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005.

3. CORPORATE RESTRUCTURE AND RECAPITALIZATION

In December 2005, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with its former holding company, (a company under common control as the Company) whereby the former holding company has been merged with the Company and the Company has become the surviving entity of the Merger. In substance the Agreement is a recapitalization of the former holding company’s capital structure. The Company did not recognize goodwill or any intangible assets in connection with the transaction. The Members of the former holding company have been issued 8,937,235 Class C-1 Common Stock and 832,783 Class C-2 Common Stock in exchange of outstanding Class C-1 and Class C-2 membership units respectively of the holding company. The excess of cash paid for membership units of the former holding company over par value of Common Stock of the Company amounting to $988,884 has been reflected in Additional Paid in Capital. The results of the operations of the acquired business are included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements with effect from date the Company became the wholly-owned subsidiary of the former holding company. Accordingly the financial statements for each of the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 represents the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its former holding company.

4. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND CONCENTRATION OF RISK

F-52

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

banks. By their nature, all such financial instruments involve risk including the credit risk of non-performance by counter parties. It is the management’s opinion, as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 there were not any risk of loss in the event of non-performance of the counter parties to these financial instruments, other than the amounts already provided for in the financial statements.

The customers of the Company are based primarily in the United States and accordingly, trade receivables are concentrated in the United States. To reduce credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluation of customers.

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004 a single customer accounted for approximately 56.84% and 54.25% of revenue, respectively. The same customer accounted for approximately 76.11% and 84.16% of the receivable balance as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

5. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents consists of $1,677,670 and $3,615,755 of which $694,410 and $395,545 was located in India for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

6. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

As of December 31, other current assets comprise the following:


	2005		2004 (Restated)
Prepaid expenses	$	29,980	$	9,189
Prepaid taxes		102,247		83,893
Deposits		44,582		40,341
Other current assets		140,603		5,281

	$	317,412	$	138,704

7. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

As of December 31, property and equipment comprise the following:


	2005		2004 (Restated)
Computer and networking equipment	$	1,240,209	$	1,078,611
Software		297,545		226,904
Office furniture and equipment		962,149		511,905
Capital work-in-progress		4,673		—

	$	2,504,576	$	1,817,420
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		1,092,642		636,959

Property and equipment, net	$	1,411,934	$	1,180,461

F-53

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Depreciation expense (including depreciation of capitalized leases and amortization expense for software) was $482,316 and $319,434 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Accumulated depreciation and amortization includes accumulated depreciation for software of $132,511 and $80,106 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Depreciation expense for software for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is $52,405 and $45,471, respectively. Deletion of fixed assets for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were $30,413 and $493,933 of which accumulated depreciation was $26,633 and $33,356 respectively.

8. INVESTMENTS

Investment securities, available for sale consist of investment in units of Mutual Funds and the book value approximates the fair value of such units.

Proceeds from the sale of securities, available were $1,388,209 and $0, during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Dividend income earned from these investments during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, was $5,235 and $0, respectively.

9. OTHER ASSETS

Impairment Charge

During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company advanced $2,756,500 under a long-term bridge loan agreement to iTouchpoint Technologies LLC (“iTouchPoint”), an entity whose principal owner also became a member of the Company’s Board of Directors subsequent to the extension of the long-term bridge loan.

Subsequent to entering into the loan agreement, iTouchpoint has not met the sales levels the Company originally anticipated at the time of the loan was made.

Due to the significance of the continued operating losses, management performed an evaluation of the recoverability of the entire loan from iTouchPoint as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 “Account for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets”. Management concluded from the results of this evaluation that a significant impairment charge was required because the estimated fair value was less than the carrying value of the asset. Considerable management judgment is necessary to estimate fair value. Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from managements’ estimates.

Based upon the evaluation, the Company recognized an asset impairment loss of $2,756,500 during the year ended December 31, 2005.

10. ALLOWANCE FOR ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The Company maintains an allowance for uncollectible receivables based on the trade receivables at the end of the year. Factors utilized by management in determining the adequacy of the allowance include the present and prospective financial condition of the debtor and the aging of the trade receivables.

Allowance for accounts receivable as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, were $150,000 and $0 respectively.

F-54

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

11.(a) CAPITAL LEASES

In the year ending December 31, 2004, the Company entered into a sale and leaseback arrangement with its bank. Under the agreement, the Company sold computers and related equipments and leased it back for a period of three years. For the year ended December 31, 2004, a gain of $26,679 realized in this transaction had been recognized in the statement of income.

Future minimum lease payments under such capital lease as of December 31, 2005 are as follows:


Year ending December 31,
2006	$	138,046
2007		126,542

Total minimum payments		264,588
Less: Amount representing future interest		9,088

Present value of minimum payments		255,500
Less: Current portion		131,159

Long term capital lease obligation	$	124,341

11.(b) OPERATING LEASES

In the year ended December 31, 2004 the company executed a sale leaseback arrangement with the bank for three years for computers and related equipments which was accounted for as an operating lease. The gain of $14,300 was recognized in the statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2004.

The Company is obliged under non-cancelable operating leases for its offices in New Jersey and New York expiring in April 2008 and September 2007, respectively. Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2005 for such non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:


Year ending December 31,
2006	$	466,287
2007		444,858
2008		149,120

Total minimum payments	$	1,060,265

The Company is also obligated to pay certain real estate taxes and other expenses under the lease term. The New York Office lease is personally guaranteed by the principal owner of the Company.

Additionally, the Company leases guest house facilities under cancelable operating lease agreements that are renewable on a periodic basis at the option of both the lessor and the lessee.

Rental expense under operating leases is $432,855 and $366,273 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F-55

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

12.(a) SHORT TERM DEBTS

The Company has line of credit facilities from its bank aggregating $3,500,000 for financing its fund based working capital requirements. These facilities bear interest at the bank’s prime rate. Borrowing under the agreement is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets and personal guarantee from the managing principal. The outstanding balance against fund-based facility is $3,500,000 and $3,000,000 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Further, the company has a ten percent (10%) interest bearing promissory note payable to ex-members. The outstanding balance against these notes payable is $185,084 and $331,569 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

As of December 31, short-term debt comprises of:


	2005		2004
			(Restated)
Short term debts	$	3,500,000	$	3,000,000
Current portion of the long term debt		400,000		—
Promissory note payable		185,084		331,569

Total	$	4,085,084	$	3,331,569

The promissory note payable of $185,084 includes $49,289 payable to its ex-member of the former holding company. The Company is contemplating litigation with the ex-member, as the Company alleges that the ex-member is in breech of some of the terms of the Repurchase Agreement with the Company. Currently the Company has notified the ex-member that he has forfeited his rights to the balance due of $49,289.

12.(b) LONG TERM DEBTS

In 2005, the Company obtained a term loan of $1,800,000 to finance the working capital relating to the proposed purchase of assets of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC. The term loan bears an interest rate based on the prime rate less 25 basis points and is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets and the personal guarantees of the managing principal and principal owner of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC.

As of December 31, long-term debt comprises of:


	2005		2004
			(Restated)
Secured long term debt	$	1,800,000	$	—
Less: current portion of long term debt		400,000		—

Total	$	1,400,000	$	—

F-56

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

The maturity profile of term loan as of December 31, 2005 is as follows:


December 31, 2006	$	400,000	$	—
December 31, 2007		600,000		—
December 31, 2008		600,000		—
December 31, 2009 & beyond		200,000		—

Total	$	1,800,000	$	—

13. COMMON STOCK

The Company has two classes of Common Stock; Class C-1 Common Stock and Class C-2 Common Stock. Par value of each Common Stock as of December 31, 2005 is $0.0001.

Each outstanding vested Class C-1 and Class C-2 membership unit of the former holding company has been exchanged for one share of Class C-1 Common Stock and Class C-2 Common Stock of the Company, respectively. Each outstanding unvested Class C-1 and Class C-2 units of the former holding company has been exchanged for Class C-1 Common Stock and Class C-2 Common Stock of the Company respectively, referred to as Restricted Shares, which shall be subject to forfeiture and repurchase by the Company as per the Stockholders’ Agreement dated December 31, 2005 (See Note 3).

The detail of Common Stock of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2005 is as below:


	Class C-1 Stock	Class C-2 Stock	Total
Common Stock-other than restricted
Shares	6,557,062	478,806	7,035,868
Restricted Shares	2,380,173	353,977	2,734,150

Total	8,937,235	832,783	9,770,018
Treasury Stock	822,500	—	822,500

Total Stock	9,759,735	832,783	10,592,518

Each holder of Class C-1 Common Stock in entitled to one vote per share.

The details of membership units of the former holding company for the years ended December 31, 2004 are as below:

For the year ended December 31, 2004:


	Class C-1 Stock	Class C-2 Stock	Total
Vested Unites	4,149,598	426,598	4,576,196
Unvested Unites	4,754,041	777,478	5,531,519

Total	8,903,639	1,204,076	10,107,715
Treasury stock	822,500	—	822,500

Total Stock	9,726,139	1,204,076	10,930,215

F-57

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Class C-1 unit holders had the voting capital interest in the affairs of the Company whereas Class C-2 unit holders represent non-voting capital interest. The unit holders were entitled to interest at the rate of 10% on capital contribution. The former holding company has charged interest of $257,803 and $253,259 on capital contributions for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

14. STOCK OPTION PLAN

The Company has formed a 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, whereby Stock Options, Stock Purchase rights, Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may be granted to the Service Providers and Employees of the Company. As of December 31, 2005 the company has not issued any equity instruments related to the 2005 Equity Compensation Plan (See Note 23 (c))

15. OTHER EXPENSE, NET

Interest and other income comprise the following:


	2005			2004
				(Restated)
Interest & dividend income	$	(11,365	)	$	(8,906	)
Foreign exchange loss, net		8,867			14,322
Miscellaneous income		(121,323	)		(109,552	)
Empire State Development Corporation		(40,250	)		—
Interest and other finance costs		419,392			305,927

Other expenses net	$	255,321		$	201,791

16. INCOME TAXES

The individual entities within the Group Company file individual tax returns as per regulations existing in their respective countries of domicile.

Income tax benefit attributable to income from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 consists of:


	2005			2004
				(Restated)
Current—
U.S Taxes	$	194,934		$	42,111
Others		91,809			103,139

Total	$	286,743		$	145,250
Deferred—
U.S Taxes		(845,493	)		(699,526	)
Others		—			—

Total	$	(845,493	)	$	(699,526	)

Total tax benefit	$	(558,750	)	$	(554,276	)

F-58

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

A reconciliation of the income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is:


	2005			2004
				(Restated)
Net Income before taxes	$	1,311,064		$	1,512,664
Less: non-effective US source corporate income		2,952,630			2,882,860

Taxable Income		(1,641,566	)		(1,370,196	)
Enacted Tax rate		34	%		34	%

Computed tax expense		(558,132	)		(465,867	)
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		(170,364	)		(233,621	)
Foreign taxes		60,594			103,139
DTL beginning balance adjustment		35,245			125,400
Foreign earnings permanently reinvested		(123,866	)		(135,625	)
Extraordinary Dividend		138,928			39,598
Other adjustments		58,845			12,700

Income taxes recognized in the statement of income	$	(558,750	)	$	(554,276	)

The components of the deferred tax balances as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:


	2005		2004
			(Restated)
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued employee costs	$	107,170	$	38,976
Net operating losses		2,959		846,394
Allowance for impairment of loan receivable		1,296,045		—
Others		29,631		51,231

Total deferred tax assets	$	1,435,805	$	936,601

Deferred tax liabilities:
Excess of accrual basis over cash basis taxable income	$	1,020,555	$	1,352,672
Others temporary difference		35,533		49,704

Total deferred tax liabilities	$	1,056,088	$	1,402,376

As at December 31, 2004, the Company had a US State Net Operating loss carried forward of approximately $1,954,700 which gets fully utilized for the year ended December 31, 2005. The company has state and local Net Operating Loss carry forwards that were suspended due to state and local restrictions.

During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company has changed its method of accounting for tax purposes from cash to accrual and has opted to offer the difference between the cash basis and accrual basis income over a period of four years. As of December 31, 2005, such difference to be adjusted with taxable income of the Company over future years amounts to $2,342,598 and a deferred tax liability has been created. The former holding has also changed from cash basis to accrual basis of accounting for tax purposes at merger with the Company and the difference has been added to the income of the members.

F-59

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Under APB 23, a provision for tax has not been provided at December 31, 2005, for the U.S operations or additional foreign withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiary because it is the present intention of management to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely in foreign operations. Generally, such earnings become subject to U.S. Tax upon the remittance of dividend and under certain other circumstances, such as disposition of foreign subsidiary operations. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiary were $1,226,952 and $1,251,550 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Also in the year ended December 31, 2005, $409,948 (net) was remitted as dividend to the U.S Parent and $70,772 in foreign tax was paid at source. In addition the divided was taxable to the U.S Corporation. Due to the favorable Divided Received Deduction provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, tax was provided at only fifteen percent (15%) of the dividend remitted from foreign subsidiary. The ultimate tax liability related to repatriation of such earnings is dependent upon future tax planning opportunities and is not estimable at the present time. Further in the year ended December 31, 2004, $776,422 was remitted as dividend to the U.S. parent and $102,234 in foreign tax was paid at source. Such Dividend was offered for tax in the annual tax return of the Company.

The former holding company had elected to be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes and hence is not a tax paying entity for federal or state income tax purpose. All income or losses will be reported on the individual members’ income tax returns.

A substantial portion of the profits of the Company’s India operations is exempt from income tax being profits attributable to export operations of undertaking situated in Software Technology Parks (STP). Under the tax holiday, the taxpayer can utilize an exemption from income tax for a period of any ten consecutive years beginning from the financial year when the unit started operations. The tax holiday under such STP expires in March 2009. Deferred Tax in respect of timing differences which originate and reverse during the tax holiday period are not recognized.

17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

US Operations

The Company has a 401K plan which all employees are eligible to participate in upon joining. Employees may make voluntary contributions during the year up to the maximum contributions allowable by law. The Company also has a profit sharing plan which all employees who have a minimum of six month employment and is employed on year end with the Company are eligible to participate in the profit sharing for that year. All employees receive contributions through the profit sharing plan based on their level in the company, with junior members receiving the smallest amounts approximately 3% and senior members receiving the most approximately 8%, up to legally allowable levels.

Total contributions made to the plan by the Company, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 is $130,929 and $137,898, respectively.

India Operations

The Company has employee benefit plans in the form of certain statutory and welfare schemes covering substantially all of its employees.

F-60

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Gratuity

In accordance with Indian law, the Company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the Gratuity Plan) covering all employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment at an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and the years of employment with the Company (minimum of 5 years of continuous employment is required). Such liability actuarially valued as at December 31, 2005 and 2004 is $13,097 and $5,179, respectively and has not been funded.

Provident fund

In accordance with Indian law, all employees receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined contribution retirement plan. Under this plan, the employer and employee make monthly contributions to a fund managed by the government authorities. The employees contribute 12% of their base compensation, which is matched by an equal contribution by the employer.

Total contributions made by the Company in respect of this plan for the years ended December 31, 2005, and 2004 are $4,066 and $2,450, respectively.

18. SEGMENT INFORMATION

In the opinion of the management the Company operates in a single business segment of providing management consulting and business data analytics services in the field of finance, strategic marketing, re-engineering and data analysis for various clients in the United States of America. The company operates in single geographical segment hence there are no separable segments as mentioned in SFAS 131, accordingly no disclosures have been included in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.

19. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

The Company has entered into transactions with the following related parties:

a) iTouchpoint Technologies LLC, in which a director of the Company has a significant ownership interest, controlling interest or over which he exercises significant influence.

During the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company advanced $2,756,500 to iTouchPoint technologies LLC, whose principal owner is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company’s management performed an evaluation of the recoverability of the entire loan and concluded from the results of this evaluation that a significant impairment charge was required because estimated fair value was less than the carrying value of the asset.

Based upon the evaluation, the Company recognized an asset impairment loss of $2,756,500 during the year ended December 31, 2005 (see Note 9)

b) Employee advances are $49,146 and $45,285 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

F-61

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

20. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share as of December 31:


	2005		2004
			(Restated)
Net income available to Common stockholders	$	1,850,940	$	2,061,893
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share	$	0.17	$	0.19
Weighted average common shares outstanding		10,760,866		11,145,044

Net earnings per share is based upon the weighted average of shares of common stock outstanding. On December 31, 2005, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (see Note 3). Accordingly, all historical weighted average share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the recapitalization of the Company as if the exchange of equity interests occurred on January 1, 2004.

21. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

Capital commitments

As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had no capital commitments.

Other commitments

The Company’s operations in India are in Software Technology Park (STP) under the STP guidelines issued by the Government of India. These units are exempted from customs and central excise duties and levies on imported and indigenous capital goods. The Company has executed legal undertakings to pay customs duty, central excise duty, levies and liquidated damages payable, if any, in respect of imported and indigenous capital goods and stores and spares consumed duty free, in the event that certain terms and conditions are not fulfilled.

Guarantees

The company has provided guarantees to the regulatory authorities as security for compliance with local regulations. The aggregate amount of such guarantees as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 is $6,980 and $3,647, respectively.

22. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The fair value of the Company’s current assets and current liabilities approximate their carrying values because of their short-term maturity. Such financial instruments are classified as current and are expected to be liquidated within the next twelve months. The fair value of the variable rate long term debt approximates its carrying value.

23. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

(a) Letter of Intent

Subsequent to the date of financial statements, the Company signed a letter of intent on March 14, 2006 with EXLService.com, Inc., a company registered with the State of Delaware, engaged in the business of Business Process Outsourcing. As per the terms of the letter of intent, the Company will be acquired 100% by

F-62

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

EXLService.com, Inc. on a going concern basis for a total purchase consideration of $40 million. The shareholders of the Company will receive $2 million in cash, $18 million in common stock of EXLService.com, Inc. at $23.75 per share, Earn Out payments of $10 million in common stock of EXLService.com at $23.75 per share, provided certain revenue and profitability targets are met, and Upside payments of $10 million in cash or equity at the then current market price if additional revenue and profit targets are met. EXL Holdings Inc. will assume all the assets and liabilities of the Company on the date of acquisition.

The Company’s Board approved the signing of the LOI on March 14, 2006.

(b) Asset acquisition of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC.

The Company has entered into an Asset Purchase agreement with iTouchpoint Technologies LLC., a Delaware limited liability company, whereby the Company through its newly formed wholly owned subsidiary, iTouchpoint Services LLC., to acquire certain assets and liabilities relating to the business of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC.,. The transaction is subject to iTouchpoint Technologies LLC., acquiring 100% of iTouchpoint Softech Pvt. Limited. The term sheet on the acquisition expired on June 1, 2006.

The Company has intended not to renew the term sheet and that the note receivable from iTouchpoint Technologies LLC will be distributed as a dividend net of the impairments to it’s shareholders as part of the acquisition with EXLService.com, Inc. transaction.

(c) Stock Option Plan

The Company has formed a 2005 Equity Compensation Plan, whereby Stock Options, Stock Purchase rights, Stock Awards, Stock Appreciation Rights and Unrestricted Shares may be granted to the Service Providers and Employees of the Company. Under such plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued is 7,500,000 shares consisting of 3,400,000 shares of Class C-1 Common Stock and 4,100,000 shares of Class C-2 Common Stock. During the year, the Board has approved stock options amounting to $666,375 to be issued at an exercise price of $0.25 per share to certain employees, and to be granted upon the completion of corporate restructuring necessary to make Inductis Inc. the parent company. The options have not been granted as of December 31, 2005.

Under the Inductis India Private Limited Stock Purchase Plan 2003, employees of the foreign subsidiary have been issued 41,104 and 40,366 membership units of the former holding company during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. $580 and $412, was paid by the foreign subsidiary, during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, for such units have been accounted as Employee Compensation Expense under Cost of Sales in the Income Statement. Such membership units have been converted into Common Stock of the Company pursuant to the merger.

24. RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company has restated its financials statements for the year December 31, 2004 to correct the following errors in the financial statements previously filed:

•

The Company historically accounted for net out of pocket expenditures and revenues as current assets and liabilities on the balance sheet and adjusted it as revenue or expense once it was substantiated as of December 31, 2004.

•

The Company corrected the deferred taxes for the year ended December 31, 2004.

F-63

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

The restatement did affect the individual components of the Company’s assets and liabilities and equity as reported on its Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2004, as well as individual components of the Company’s revenues and cost of sales as reported on its Statement of Income for the year then ended.

Following are reconciliations of the Company’s restatement of the Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2004:


	December 31, 2004
	(As Restated)		(As Reported)
Assets
Deferred tax asset	$	936,601	$	—
Prepaid taxes		83,893		86,711
Liabilities
Other current liabilities		256,509		290,484
Deferred tax liability		1,402,376		10,868
Corporate tax payable		36,677		2,700

Following are reconciliations of the Company’s restatement of the Consolidated Statement of Income as of December 31, 2004:


	December 31, 2004
	(As Restated)			(As Reported)
Revenues	$	15,982,214		$	16,573,707
Cost of revenues		10,077,832			10,857,145
Gross margin		5,904,382			5,716,562

Selling, general, and administrative		3,875,540			3,343,371
Depreciation and amortization		319,434			319,434

Total operating expenses	$	4,194,974		$	3,662,805
Income for operations		1,709,408			2,053,757
Other expenses		201,791			205,968

Taxes (benefit) expense		(554,276	)		278,700

Net Income (loss)	$	2,061,893		$	1,569,089

Following are reconciliations of the Company’s restatement of the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as of December 31, 2004:


	December 31, 2004
	(As Restated)			(As Reported)
Net income	$	2,061,893		$	1,569,089
Net cash provided by operations		2,248,206			2,253,202
Net cash used in investing		(171,333	)		(170,614	)
Net cash used in financing activities		(1,440,131	)		(1,440,131	)

Net increase in cash	$	636,742		$	642,457

F-64

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (Restated)

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

The Company has restated the December 31, 2003 capital accounts to reflect adjustments in the net out of pocket expenses which has been reclassified into revenue pursuant to EITF 14. The Company historically accounted for the net out of pocket expense on the balance sheet, and adjusted in through revenue once the complete accounting was provided by the service provider. In addition the Company has also adjusted its opening capital accounts to book the correct deferred tax liabilities.


Capital Account as originally reported as of December 31, 2003	$	7,229,527
Add out of pocket expenses related to 2003		335,125
Less deferred tax provisions		(1,290,702	)

Adjusted Capital January 1, 2004	$	6,273,950

F-65

INDUCTIS INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

For the three months ended March 31, 2006

(in US dollars, except share data)


	2006
	Unaudited
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 6)	$	1,064,796
Restricted cash		64,213
Accounts receivables, net of allowances		7,088,603
Investments		22,621
Employee receivables (Note 19(b))		43,208
Deferred income taxes (Note 16)		1,795,687
Other current assets (Note 7)		290,972

Total current assets		10,370,100

Property and equipment, net (Note 8)		1,539,237

Total Assets	$	11,909,337

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payables	$	876,305
Short term debts (Note 13 (a))		2,739,504
Current portion of capital lease obligations (Note 12 (b))		132,315
Accrued employee costs		2,236,147
Other current liabilities		300,602
Deferred income taxes (Note 16)		946,358
Taxes Payable		395,123

Total current liabilities		7,626,354
Long term debts (Note 13(b))		1,250,000
Capital lease obligations, excluding current portion (Note 12(a))		90,788
Deferred taxes payable (Note 16)		11,287
Others		13,310

Total Liabilities	$	8,991,739


Stockholders’ Equity:
Common Stock $0.0001 par value		—
Issued 10,592,518 shares, outstanding and Issued 9,770,018 shares (Note 14)		1,059

Additional paid-in capital		2,005,175
Retained earnings		1,497,740
Deferred stock compensation cost		(570,803	)
Less:822,500 shares at March 31, 2006 of class C1 common stock held in treasury, at cost		(24,078	)
Members Capital		—
Other Comprehensive Income		8,505

Total Stockholders’ Equity		2,917,598

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity	$	11,909,337

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-66

INDUCTIS INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

(in US dollars, except share data)


	2006 Unaudited			2005 Unaudited
Revenues, Net	$	6,845,680		$	4,395,443
Cost of revenues		4,011,038			2,958,965

Gross Profit		2,834,642			1,436,478

Selling, general and administrative expenses		2,624,999			1,418,857
Impairment of loan receivable		200,000			—
Depreciation and amortization		159,240			77,278

Loss from operations		(149,597	)		(59,657	)

Other expenses, net (Note 15)		56,071			98,273

Loss before income taxes		(205,668	)		(157,930	)

Income tax benefit (Note 16)		(62,137	)		(84,596	)

Net Loss	$	(143,531	)	$	(73,334	)

Foreign currency adjustment		1,502			1,699

Comprehensive Loss	$	(145,033	)	$	(75,033	)

Net loss Per Share
Basic	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.01	)
Diluted	$	(0.01	)	$	(0.01	)
Weighted Average Common Shares
Basic		10,592,518			11,165,640
Diluted		12,902,269			11,165,640

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-67

INDUCTIS INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

(in US dollars, except share data)


	2006 Unaudited			2005 Unaudited
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net loss	$	(143,531	)	$	(73,334	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Deferred taxes (net)		(458,325	)		(87,356	)
Depreciation and amortization		159,240			77,278
Allowance for bad debt		120,000			—
Bad debt		54,375			—
Allowance for impairment		200,000			—
Stock based compensation cost		445,488			—
(Gain) on sale of property and equipment		(13	)		—
Changes in assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivables		(189,028	)		180,230
Employee receivables		5,938			(1,939	)
Other assets		26,440			(8,374	)
Accounts payable		324,309			(81,216	)
Accrued employee costs		944,973			894,443
Other current liabilities		35,197			23,200
Taxes payable		(11,867	)		169,583
Other liabilities		212			3,527
Deferred revenue		(122,000	)		—

Net cash provided by operating activities		1,391,408			1,096,042

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Movement in restricted cash		274			(111	)
Purchase of property and equipment		(286,597	)		(1,695	)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment		65			—
Loans extended to/by related parties		(200,000	)		—
Proceeds from sale of investments		520,009			195,853
Purchase of investments		(504,134	)		(288,897	)

Net cash used in investing activities		(470,383	)		(94,850	)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Payments of principal under capital lease Obligations		(32,397	)		—
Repayment of bank borrowings		(1,500,000	)		(3,000,000	)
Members’ distribution		—			(719,217	)

Net cash used in financing activities		(1,532,397	)		(3,719,217	)

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents		(611,372	)		(2,718,025	)
Add: Loss on currency translation adjustment		(1,502	)		(1,699	)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period		1,677,670			3,615,755

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period	$	1,064,796		$	896,031

Supplementary cash flow information
Cash paid during the three months ended for interest	$	64,130		$	25,552
Cash paid during the three months ended for income taxes	$	340,781		$	2,667

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-68

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

1. ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

Incorporation and history

The interim unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements present the accounts of Inductis Inc., (the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Inductis India Private Limited and Inductis LLC (hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Company”). Inductis Group LLC (“the former holding company”) formed on August 27, 2002, was merged with the Company on December 31, 2005. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary companies do not include all of the information and note disclosures required by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and reflect all adjustments of a normal, recurring nature that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of results for these interim quarters. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2006. Certain prior- period amounts have been reclassified to confirm to the current-period presentation.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a) Basis of preparation and principles of consolidation

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) to reflect the financial position and results of operations of the Company along with its subsidiary.

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements present the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Inductis India Private Limited and Inductis LLC., (hereinafter collectively referred to as “the Company”). All material inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated on consolidation.

(b) Use of estimates

The preparation of unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting quarters. Estimates and assumptions are used for, but not limited to accounting for allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable, the useful lives of property and equipment. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as management become aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Changes in estimates are reflected in the financial statements in the period in which changes are made.

F-69

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

(c) Reclassifications

Certain reclassifications were made to the prior periods’ financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

(d) Functional currency and exchange rate translation

The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements are reported in United States Dollars (US dollars). The functional currency of the subsidiary of the Company is its local currency, the Indian Rupee. The translation of the functional currency into US dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue, expense and cash flow items using an appropriate monthly weighted average exchange rate for the respective quarters.

(e) Revenue recognition

Revenues are comprised primarily of income from time-and-material contracts. Revenue with respect to such time-and-material contracts is recognized as related services are performed.

Revenue accrued, but not yet billed is classified as unbilled revenue, while billings on incomplete contracts in excess of accrued revenue are classified as deferred revenue.

When the Company receives advance payments from customers for the sale of products or provision of services, such payments are reported as advances from customers until all conditions for revenue recognition are met. For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, the reimbursement of expenses included in revenue was $522,883 and $354,524, respectively.

(f) Property and equipment

F-70

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

The estimated useful life of the assets is as follows:


Computer and Networking equipment		3-5 years
Software		3-5 years
Office furniture and equipments		5-7 years

(g) Impairment of long-lived assets and long-lived assets to be disposed of

In accordance with the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be fully recoverable. Each impairment test is based on a comparison of the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the asset to its recorded value. If impairment is indicated, the asset is written down to its fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed are reported at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less cost to sell. An impairment of $200,000 was booked for the period ended March 31, 2006 on the loan made to iTouchpoint Technologies LLC. (see Note 11).

(h) Start-up-costs

Cost of start-up activities including organization costs are expensed as incurred.

(i) Research and development

There were no research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

(j) Investment securities

F-71

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

(k) Cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with remaining maturities, at the date of purchase/investment, of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

(l) Income taxes

The former holding company which merged with the Company on December 31, 2005 had elected to be treated as a partnership for federal and state income tax purposes. A partnership is not a tax paying entity for federal or state income tax purpose. All income or losses will be reported on the individual members’ income tax returns.

(m) Retirement benefits to employees

(n) Dividend

Dividends are recognized upon approval by the shareholders. During the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 no dividends were declared.

(o) Earnings per share

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 128, Earnings per share, basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period except where the results will be anti-dilutive.

F-72

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

(p) Recently issued accounting pronouncements

Stock-Based Payments

On December 16, 2004, the FASB issued SFAS 123R, Stock-Based Payment, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 123 and 95, that addressed the accounting for stock-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. This statement eliminates the ability to account for stock-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in our consolidated statement of income. The standard requires that the modified prospective method be used, which requires that the fair value of new awards granted from the beginning of the year of adoption (plus unvested awards at the date of adoption) is expensed over the vesting period. In addition, the statement encourages the use of the “binomial” approach to value stock options, which differs from the Black-Scholes option pricing model that we currently use in the footnotes to our consolidated financial statements. Per revised SFAS 123R issued by FASB, an expense of $445,488 & $0 was booked for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and March 31, 2005 respectively.

Accounting Changes and Error Corrections

In May 2005, FASB Issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections—a replacement of APB No. 20 and FAS No. 3. SFAS 154 provide guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 also provides guidance for determining whether retrospective application of a change in accounting principle is impracticable and for reporting a change when retrospective application is impracticable. The correction of an error in previously issued financial statements is not an accounting change. However, the reporting of an error correction involves adjustments to previously issued financial statements similar to those generally applicable to reporting an accounting change retrospectively. Therefore, the reporting of a correction of an error by restating previously issued financial statements is also addressed by SFAS 154. SFAS 154 shall be effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.

3. CORPORATE RESTRUCTURE AND RECAPITALIZATION

Merger with holding company

F-73

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

company. Accordingly the financial statements for each of the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 represents the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of the Company and its former holding company.

4. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND CONCENTRATION OF RISK

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash equivalents, trade receivables, and short-term loans. The cash resources of the Company are invested with banks. By their nature, all such financial instruments involve risk including the credit risk of non-performance by counter parties. It is the management’s opinion, as of March 31, 2006 and 2005 there were not any risk of loss in the event of non-performance of the counter parties to these financial instruments, other than the amounts already provided for in the financial statements.

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 a single customer accounted for approximately 69% and 57% of revenue, respectively. The same customer accounted for approximately 82% and 70% of the receivable balance as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

5. SHARE BASED COMPENSATION

In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R supersedes SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation, and Accounting Principles Board Opinion 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”) and its related implementation guidance. On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. Under this method, the Company is required to record compensation expense for all stock based awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding as of the beginning of the adoption. The Company has not restated its financial statements for prior periods. Under SFAS 123R, compensation expense related to stock based payments are recorded over the requisite service period based on the grant date fair value of the awards.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company accounted for employee stock options using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized for stock options issued to employees as long as the exercise price was greater than or equal to the market value of the common stock at the date of grant. In accordance with SFAS 123, the Company disclosed the summary of pro forma effects to reported net loss as if the Company had elected to recognize compensation costs based on the fair value of the awards at the grant date. The Company had not issued options in the three months ended March 31, 2005 prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R.


	Quarter ended March 31, 2006			Quarter ended March 31, 2005
Net loss—as reported	$	(143,531	)	$	(73,334	)
Deduct: Total stock based employee compensation expense as reported under fair value based method (SFAS No. 123)		(570,803	)		—
Net income (loss)—pro forma	$	(714,334	)	$	(73,334	)

F-74

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

For the quarter ended March 31, 2006, the Company charged compensation costs of $445,488 against income for options granted under the plan. The adoption of SFAS 123R did not have an impact on cash flows from operating or financing activities. A deduction is not allowed for income tax purposes until the options are exercised. The amount of this deduction will be the difference between the fair value of the Company’s common stock and the exercise price at the date of exercise. Accordingly, there is a deferred tax asset recorded for the tax effect of the financial statement expense recorded. The tax effect of the income tax deduction in excess of the financial statement expense will be recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

Management has valued the options at their date of grant utilizing the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model. The following weighted-average assumptions were utilized in the fair value calculations:


	Three Months Ended March 31, 2006	Three Months Ended March 31, 2005
Expected dividend yield	0.00%	0.00%
Expected stock price volatility	41.55%	0.00%
Risk-free interest rate	4.32%	0.00%
Expected life of options	2.75 years	0

The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s aggregate stock options granted under the incentive stock option plan:


	Number of Shares Subject to Options		Weighted Average Exercise Price		Weighted Average Remaining Life (Years)	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding as of December 31, 2005	$	—	$	0.00
Granted to employees—Three-month period ended March 31, 2006		2,309,752		0.55	2.75
Forfeited—Three-month period ended March 31, 2006		—		0.00
Exercised—Three-month period ended March 31, 2006		—		0.00
Outstanding as of March 31, 2006		2,309,752	$	0.55	2.75	$	570,803
Exercisable as of March 31, 2006		1,012,473	$	0.55	2.75	$	445,488

The weighted-average fair value of options granted to employees during the three-month period ended March 31, 2006 was $0.44. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the quarter ended March 31, 2006 was $0.

The following table summarizes the status of the Company’s aggregate non-vested stock options granted under the incentive stock option plan:


	Number of Non-vested Shares Subject To Options	Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Non-vested as of December 31, 2005	—	$	—
Non-vested granted—three-month period ended March 31, 2006	2,309,752		0.44
Vested—three-month period ended March 31, 2006	894,538		0.44
Forfeited—three-month period ended March 31, 2006	—		0.00
Non-vested as of March 31, 2006	1,415,214	$	0.44

F-75

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

As of March 31, 2006, there was $570,803 of unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested options granted under the plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.75 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the quarter ended March 31, 2006 was $445,488.

Under the Inductis India Private Limited Stock Purchase Plan 2003, employees of the foreign subsidiary have not been issued any membership units of the former holding company during the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 respectively.

6. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents consists of $1,064,796 of which $35,506 was located in India for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

7. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

As of March 31, other current assets comprise the following:


	2006
Prepaid expenses	$	9,278
Prepaid taxes		85,779
Deposits		51,649
Others		144,266

	$	290,972

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

As of March 31, property and equipment comprise of the following:


	2006
Computer and networking equipment	$	1,486,562
Software		302,314
Office furniture and equipment		977,232
Capital work-in-progress		24,971

	$	2,791,079
Accumulated depreciation and amortization		1,251,842

Property and equipment, net	$	1,539,237

Depreciation expense (including depreciation of capitalized leases and amortization expense for software) was $159,240 and $77,278 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Accumulated depreciation and amortization includes accumulated depreciation for software of $147,830 and $92,786 as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Depreciation expense for software for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 is $15,320 and $12,680, respectively. Deletion of fixed assets for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 was $94 and $0 respectively.

F-76

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

9. INVESTMENTS

Investment securities, available for sale consist of investment in units of Mutual Funds and the book value approximates the fair value of such units.

Proceeds from the sale of securities, available were $520,009 and $195,853 during the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Dividend income earned from these investments during the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, was $1,593 and $875, respectively.

10. OTHER ASSETS

Impairment Charge

During the quarter ended March 31, 2006, the Company advanced further $200,000 under a long-term bridge loan agreement to iTouchpoint Technologies LLC (“iTouchPoint”), an entity whose principal owner also became a member of the Company’s Board of Directors subsequent to the extension of the long-term bridge loan.

Subsequent to entering into the loan agreement, iTouchpoint has not met the sales levels the Company originally anticipated at the time of the loan was made.

Due to the significance of the continued operating losses, management performed an evaluation of the recoverability of the entire loan from iTouchPoint as described in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144 “Account for the Impairment or Disposal of Long Lived Assets”. Management concluded from the results of this evaluation that a significant impairment charge was required because estimated fair value was less than the carrying value of the asset. Considerable management judgment in necessary to estimate fair value. Accordingly, actual results could vary significantly from managements’ estimates.

Based upon the evaluation, the Company recognized an asset impairment loss of $200,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2006.

11. ALLOWANCES FOR ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

Allowance for accounts receivable for the three months ended March 31, 2006 was $270,000.

F-77

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

12.(a) CAPITAL LEASES

Future minimum lease payments under such capital lease as of March 31, 2006 are as follows:


Year ending March 31,
2007	$	103,535
2008		126,504

Total minimum payments	$	230,039
Less: Amount representing future interest		6,936

Present value of minimum payments	$	223,103
Less: Current portion		132,315

Long term capital lease obligation	$	90,788

12.(b) OPERATING LEASES

The Company is obliged under non-cancelable operating leases for its offices in New Jersey and New York expiring in April 2008 and September 2007, respectively. Future minimum lease payments as of March 31, 2006 for such non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:


Year ending March 31,
2007	$	474,308
2008		412,859
2009		65,429

Total minimum payments	$	952,596

The Company is also obligated to pay certain real estate taxes and other expenses under the lease term. The New York Office lease is personally guaranteed by the principal owner of the Company.

Additionally, the Company leases guest house facilities under cancelable operating lease agreements that are renewable on a periodic basis at the option of both the lessor and the lessee.

Rental expense under operating leases is $139,839 and $116,757 for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

13.(a) SHORT TERM DEBTS

The Company has line of credit facilities from its bank aggregating $3,500,000 for financing its fund based working capital requirements. These facilities bear interest at the bank’s prime rate. Borrowing under the agreement is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets and personal guarantee from the Managing Principal. The outstanding balance against fund-based facility is $2,000,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2006. Further, the company has a ten percent (10%) interest bearing promissory note payable to ex-members. The outstanding balance against these notes payable is $189,504 for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

F-78

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

As of March 31, short-term debt comprises of:


	2006
Short term loan	$	2,000,000
Current portion of the long term debt		550,000
Promissory note payable		189,504

Total	$	2,739,504

The promissory note payable of $189,504 includes $50,501 payable to an ex-employee of the former holding company. The Company is contemplating litigation with the ex-employee, as the Company alleges that the ex-employee is in breech of some of the terms of the Repurchase Agreement with the Company. Currently the Company has notified the ex employee that he has forfeited his rights to the balance due of $50,501.

13.(b) LONG TERM DEBTS

In 2005, the Company obtained a term loan of $1,800,000 to finance the working capital relating to purchase of assets of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC. The term loan bears an interest rate based on the prime rate less 25 basis points and is collateralized by substantially all the Company’s assets and the personal guarantees of the Managing Principal and principal owner of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC.

As of March 31, long-term debt comprises of:


	2006
Secured Long term debt	$	1,800,000
Less: current portion of long term debt		550,000

Total	$	1,250,000

The maturity profile of term loan as of March 31, 2006 is as follows:


March 31, 2006	$	550,000
March 31, 2007		600,000
March 31, 2008		600,000
March 31, 2009 & beyond		50,000

Total	$	1,800,000

14. COMMON STOCK

The Company has two classes of Common Stock; Class C-1 Common Stock and Class C-2 Common Stock. Par value of each Common Stock as of March 31, 2006 is $0.0001.

F-79

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

The detail of Common Stock of the Company for the quarter ended March 31, 2006 is as below:


	Class C-1 Stock	Class C-2 Stock	Total
Shares	7,066,403	530,855	7,597,258
Restricted Shares	1,870,832	301,928	2,172,760

Total	8,937,235	832,783	9,770,018
Treasury Stock	822,500	—	822,500

Total Stock	9,759,735	832,783	10,592,518

Each holder of Class C-1 Common Stock in entitled to one vote per share.

The detail of membership units of the former holding company for the quarter ended March 31, 2005 are as below:


	Class C-1 Stock	Class C-2 Stock	Total
Vested Unites	4,718,528	504,034	5,222,562
Unvested Unites	4,550,111	805,892	5,356,003

Total	9,268,639	1,309,926	10,578,565
Treasury stock	822,500	—	822,500

Total Stock	10,091,139	1,309,926	11,401,065

Class C-1 unit holders had the voting capital interest in the affairs of the Company whereas Class C-2 unit holders represent non-voting capital interest. The unit holders were entitled to interest at the rate of 10% on capital contribution. The former holding company has charged interest of $0 and $77,803 on capital contributions for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

15. OTHER EXPENSE, NET

Interest and other income comprise the following:


	2006			2005
Interest & Dividend Income	$	(3,748	)	$	(1,992	)
Foreign exchange loss, (gain), net		(3,637	)		2,250
Miscellaneous income		(19,932	)		(13,525	)
Interest and other finance costs		83,388			111,540

Other expenses, net	$	56,071		$	98,273

16. INCOME TAXES

The individual entities within the Group Company file individual tax returns as per regulations existing in their respective countries of domicile.

F-80

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Income tax expense attributable to income from continuing operations for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 consists of:


	2006			2005
Current—
U.S Taxes	$	388,238		$	2,668
Others		7,951			94

Total		396,189			2,762
Deferred—
U.S Taxes		(458,326	)		(87,358	)
Others		—			—

Total		(458,326	)		(87,358	)
Total taxes	$	(62,137	)	$	(84,596	)

A reconciliation of the income tax expense to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to income tax expense for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 is:


	2006			2005
Net Income (Loss) before taxes	$	205,674		$	(161,329	)
Add: non-effective US source corporate income		137,428			1,699
Adjusted book income		(68,246	)		(159,630	)
Enacted Tax rate		34	%		34	%
Computed tax expense		(23,204	)		(54,274	)
Foreign earnings permanently reinvested		(57,338	)		(46,924	)
Foreign taxes		5,248			—
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit		568			(24,158	)
Others		12,589			(40,760	)

Income tax benefit recognized in the statements of income	$	(62,137	)	$	(84,596	)

The components of the deferred tax balances as of March 31, 2006 are as follows:


	2006
Deferred tax assets:
Accrued employee costs	$	107,170
Net operating losses		—
Employee compensation		194,077
Allowance for impairment of loan receivable		1,465,947
Others		28,493

Total deferred tax assets	$	1,795,687
Deferred tax liabilities:
Excess of accrual basis over cash basis taxable income	$	935,509
Others temporary difference		22,136

Total deferred tax liabilities	$	957,645

F-81

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

As at December 31, 2004, the Company had a US State Net Operating loss carried forward of approximately $1,954,700 which was fully utilized as of December 31, 2005. The company has state and local Net Operating Loss carry forwards that were suspended due to state and local restrictions.

Under APB 23, a provision for tax has not been provided at March 31, 2006, for the U.S operations or additional foreign withholding taxes on the undistributed earnings of the foreign subsidiary because it is the present intention of management to reinvest the undistributed earnings indefinitely in foreign operations. Generally, such earnings become subject to U.S. Tax upon the remittance of dividend and under certain other circumstances, such as disposition of foreign subsidiary operations. Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiary were $1,395,595 and $1,389,563 as of March 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

17. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

US Operations

Total contributions made to the plan by the Company, for the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005 is $0 and $0, respectively.

India Operations

The Company has employee benefit plans in the form of certain statutory and welfare schemes covering substantially all of its employees.

Gratuity

In accordance with Indian law, the Company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the Gratuity Plan) covering all employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement or termination of employment at an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and the years of employment with the Company (minimum of 5 years of continuous employment is required). Such liability actuarially valued as at March 31, 2006 and 2005 is $13,310 and $8,707 respectively and has not been funded.

F-82

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

Provident fund

Total contributions made by the Company in respect of this plan for the three months ended March 31, 2006, and 2005 are $2,344 and $551, respectively.

18. SEGMENT INFORMATION

19. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

The Company has entered into transactions with the following related parties:

a) iTouchpoint Technologies LLC, in which a director of the Company has a significant ownership interest, controlling interest or over which he exercises significant influence.

During the quarter ended March 31, 2006, the Company further advanced $200,000 to iTouchPoint technologies LLC, whose principal owner is a member of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company’s management performed an evaluation of the recoverability of the entire load and concluded from the results of this evaluation that a significant impairment charge was required because estimated fair value was less than the carrying value of the asset.

Based upon the evaluation, the Company recognized an asset impairment loss of $200,000 during the quarter ended March 31, 2006 (see Note 11)

b) Employee advances were $43,208 for the three months ended March 31, 2006.

20. EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share:


	As of March 31, 2006			As of March 31, 2005
Net income available to Common stockholders	$	(143,537	)	$	(73,334	)
Basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share		(0.01	)		(0.01	)

Weighted average common shares outstanding		10,592,518			11,165,640

Net earning per share is based upon the weighted average of shares of common stock outstanding. On December 31, 2005, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (see Note 9). Accordingly, all historical weighted average share and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the recapitalization of the Company as if the exchange of equity interests occurred on January 1, 2005.

F-83

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

21. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

Capital commitments

As of March 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company had no capital commitments.

Other commitments

Guarantees

The company has provided guarantees to the regulatory authorities as security for compliance with local regulations. The aggregate amount of such guarantees as of March 31, 2006 is $7,094.

Letter of Intent

During the quarter, the Company signed a letter of intent on March 14, 2006 with EXLService.com, Inc., a company registered with the State of Delaware, engaged in the business of Business Process Outsourcing. As per the terms of the letter of intent, the Company will be acquired 100% by EXLService.com, Inc. on a going concern basis for a total purchase consideration of $40 million. The shareholders of the Company will receive $2 million in cash, $18 million in common stock of EXLService.com, Inc at $23.75 per share, Earn Out payments of $10 million in common stock of EXLService.com at $23.75 per share, provided certain revenue and profitability targets are met, and Upside payments of $10 million in cash or equity at the then current market price if additional revenue and profit targets are met. EXL Holdings Inc. will assume all the assets and liabilities of the Company on the date of acquisition.

The Company’s Board approved the signing of the LOI on March 14, 2006.

22. FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

23. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Asset acquisition of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC.,

The Company has entered into an Asset Purchase agreement with iTouchtpoint Technologies LLC., a Delaware limited liability company, whereby the Company through its newly formed wholly owned subsidiary, iTouchpoint Services LLC., to acquire certain assets and liabilities relating to the business of iTouchpoint Technologies LLC.,. The transaction is subject to iTouchpoint Technologies LLC., acquiring 100% of iTouchpoint Softech Pvt. Limited. The agreement on the acquisition expired on June 1, 2006.

F-84

INDUCTIS INC.

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

For the three months ended March 31, 2006 and 2005

Unaudited

(US Dollars, except share data and as stated otherwise)

F-85

Shares

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Common Stock

LOGO


Citigroup		Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Merrill Lynch & Co.		Thomas Weisel Partners LLC

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following sets forth the estimated expenses and costs (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) expected to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the common stock registered hereby:


SEC registration fee	$	6,420
NASD fee		8,000
Nasdaq Global Market listing fee		*
Printing expenses		*
Accounting fees and expenses		*
Legal fees and expenses		*
Blue Sky fees and expenses		5,000
Transfer agent fees and expenses		*
Miscellaneous		*

Total	$	*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides, among other things, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the action, suit or proceeding. The power to indemnify applies (i) if such person is successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding or (ii) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The power to indemnify applies to actions brought by or in the right of the corporation as well, but only to the extent of defense expenses (including attorneys’ fees but excluding amounts paid in settlement), actually and reasonably incurred and not to any satisfaction of judgment or settlement of the claim itself, and with the further limitation that in such actions no indemnification shall be made in the event of any adjudication of negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties to the corporation, unless a court believes that in light of all the circumstances indemnification should apply.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, which we refer to as a proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was at any time from and after the effective date of our plan of reorganization, a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or officer of the corporation, is or was at any time from and after the effective date of our plan of reorganization, serving at the written request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees)

II-1

reasonably incurred by such person; provided, however, that we shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by our board of directors.

Section 102 of the DGCL permits the limitation of directors’ personal liability to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law, (iii) breaches under section 174 of the DGCL, which relates to unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchase or redemptions, and (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by section 102 of the DGCL.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for our officers and directors.

Our Underwriting Agreement for this offering will provide that each underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless ExlService Holdings, Inc., each of our directors, each of our officers who signs the registration statement, and each person who controls ExlService Holdings, Inc. within the meaning of the Securities Act but only with respect to written information relating to such underwriter furnished to ExlService Holdings, Inc. by or on behalf of such underwriter specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

(a) On June 25, 2003, we issued and sold an aggregate of 444,538 shares of Series B common stock and 2,524 shares of Series A preferred stock at a purchase price of $0.23 per share of Series B common stock and $100.00 per share of Series A preferred stock or an aggregate purchase price of $354,653.70 to certain employees pursuant to incentive agreements with such employees. These transactions were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

(b) On June 4, 2004, we issued and sold 20,000 shares of Series B common stock to an employee based in India pursuant to an incentive agreement with said employee at a purchase price of $5.00 per share or an aggregate purchase price of $100,000. This transaction was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

(c) On July 1, 2004, we granted options to purchase an aggregate of 115,100 shares of Series A common stock to Prudential Financial Inc., at an exercise price of $12.50 per share. This transaction was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) thereof.

(d) On July 22, 2004, we issued and sold an aggregate of 526,316 shares of Series A common stock to NUI Investments Limited, at a purchase price of $23.75 per share or an aggregate purchase price of $12,500,000.00. This transaction was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2) thereof.

II-2

(e) On April 20, 2006, we granted 5,000 restricted shares of our Series B common stock under our 2006 Plan. This transaction was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Rule 701 thereunder.

(f) On July 1, 2006, we issued an aggregate of 535,918 shares of Series A common stock and granted 85,461 restricted shares of Series B common stock to the former holders of Inductis common stock, restricted common stock and unvested options in consideration for the Inductis Acquisition. The issuance of the shares of Series A common stock was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Section 4(2), Regulation D and Regulation S promulgated thereunder. The grants of the shares of Series B common stock were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Rule 701 and Regulation S thereunder.

(g) On July 27, 2006, our compensation committee approved a grant of 7,106 restricted shares of our Series B common stock under our 2006 Plan. This transaction was effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Rule 701 thereunder.

(h) In accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and our existing stock option plan arrangements, immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, each share of our Series B common stock will be converted automatically into one share of our Series A common stock, and each option to purchase shares of our Series B common stock will be adjusted to become an option to purchase the same number of shares of our Series A common stock. These transactions will be effected without registration under the Securities Act. At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of common stock offered in this offering for sale at the initial public offering price to persons who are our directors, officers, certain employees, friends and family members of these persons and certain clients and prospective clients, through a directed share program because such issuance did not represent a sale of securities.

(i) We issued options to purchase a total of 404,600 shares of Series B common stock in 2003, 257,100 shares of Series B common stock in 2004, 277,750 shares of Series B common stock in 2005 and 104,775 shares of Series B common stock in 2006 to date to employees, executive officers, members of our advisory board and directors of EXL India and ExlService Holdings under our 2003 Plan, our 2003 India Plan and our 2006 Plan, as described below. All of these issuances were effected without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided pursuant to Rule 701, Regulation S or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.


Date of Grant	Number of options	Exercise price(1)
2003
April 30	48,725	$	0.24
April 30	274,875	$	0.23
July 8	40,000	$	0.23
September 11	5,000	$	0.23
December 9	10,000	$	0.24
December 9	26,000	$	0.23

2004
February 5	42,000	$	7.50
April 13	34,100	$	10.00
June 7	30,000	$	21.25	(2)
June 18	51,500	$	18.00
October 25	86,500	$	23.75
December 18	13,000	$	23.75

2005
February 15	25,000	$	23.75
March 15	22,250	$	23.75
April 15	20,500	$	23.75
May 31	5,000	$	23.75
June 1	140,000	$	23.75

II-3


Date of Grant	Number of options	Exercise price(1)
June 24	15,000	$	23.75
September 29	32,000	$	23.75
October 31	3,000	$	23.75
November 8	15,000	$	23.75

2006
April 20	89,775	$	23.75
July 6	15,000	$	23.75

(1)

In 2003, the options to purchase shares under the 2003 India Plan were granted at an exercise price of $0.23 per share, while the options to purchase shares under the 2003 Plan were granted at $0.24 per share.

(2)

These options were originally granted at an exercise price of $10.00 per share. On July 27, 2006, our compensation committee approved an increase in the exercise price of these options to $21.25 per share.

No options were exercised in 2003, and options to purchase 64,831 shares were exercised in 2004. Options to purchase 54,110 shares were exercised in 2005. Options to purchase 33,761 shares were exercised to date in 2006.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.


Exhibit Number		Description
1.1†		Form of Underwriting Agreement.
2.1†		Agreement and Plan of Merger amongst ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService Merger Sub Inc., Inductis, Inc., Sandeep Tyagi and certain major stockholders of Inductis, dated June 30, 2006.
3.1†		Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
3.2†		Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.
4.1†		Specimen Stock Certificate.
4.2†		Form of Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders named therein.
5.1†		Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to legality of the common stock.
10.1*		Umbrella Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.
10.2*		Insurance Services Framework Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.
10.3*		Insurance Services Framework Agreement (ISFA), dated as of August 26, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.
10.4*		Data Protection Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2004 by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, Norwich Union Insurance Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc. and ExlService.com (India) Private Limited.
10.5*		Data Protection Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, Norwich Union Insurance Limited, Norwich Union Life Services Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.
10.6*		Virtual Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.
10.7*		Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, Norwich Union Insurance Limited, Norwich Union Life Services Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.

II-4


Exhibit Number		Description
10.8*		Guarantee and Indemnity, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Insurance Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.
10.9*		Guarantee and Indemnity, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Life Holdings Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.
10.10*		Master Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2002, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Dell Products L.P.
10.11*		Stock and Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 13, 2002, by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P., Vikram Talwar and Rohit Kapoor.
10.12†		Employment Contract, as amended, effective June 1, 2005, by and between ExlService Inc. and Amit Shashank.
10.13†		Employment Contract, effective June 1, 2005, by and between ExlService Inc. and Katy Murray.
10.14†		Form of Employment and Non-Competition Agreement to be entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Vikram Talwar.
10.15†		Form of Employment and Non-Competition Agreement to be entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Rohit Kapoor.
10.16**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 India Stock Option Plan.
10.17†		Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2003 India Stock Option Plan.
10.18**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan.
10.19†		Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Option Plan.
10.20**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Plan.
10.21**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1.
10.22†		Form of Award Agreement under 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1.
10.23†		ExlService Holdings, Inc. Management Incentive Plan.
10.24*		Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and NUI Investments Limited, dated July 22, 2004.
10.25*		Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., Financial Technology Venture (Q), L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P., ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Conseco Inc.
10.26*		Supplemental Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2004, by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., TCV V, L.P. and TCV V Member Fund, L.P.
10.27*		Employment Contract, dated January 22, 2004, by and between ExlService.com, Inc. and Shiv Kumar.
10.28*		Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Vikram Talwar.
10.29*		Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Rohit Kapoor.
10.30†		Form of Company Holder Agreement dated June 30, 2006.
10.31†		Employment Contract, dated June 30, 2006, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Sandeep Tyagi.
10.32†		Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus Plan.
10.33†		Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus Plan.
10.34†		Letter Agreement with the Company and an executive officer, dated July 27, 2006.
10.35†		Amended and Restated Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement between Amit Shashank and the Company.

II-5


Exhibit Number		Description
21.1**		Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1**		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2**		Consent of Russell Bedford Stefanou Mirchandani LLP.
23.3†		Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement).
23.4**		Consent of Luthra & Luthra.
24.1**		Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Part II).

Filed herewith.

†

To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.

Item

17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant duly caused this Amendment No. 3 to registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on July 27, 2006.


EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC.

By:		/S/ VIKRAM TALWAR
		Vikram Talwar Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints each of Vikram Talwar, Rohit Kapoor, Amit Shashank and Katy Murray, acting singly, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 3 to registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed on July 27, 2006, by the following persons in the capacities indicated.


Signature		Title

/S/ VIKRAM TALWAR Vikram Talwar		Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/S/ KATY MURRAY Katy Murray		Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/S/ STEVEN B. GRUBER Steven B. Gruber		Chairman of the Board

/S/ BRADFORD E. BERNSTEIN Bradford E. Bernstein		Director

/S/ EDWARD V. DARDANI Edward V. Dardani		Director

II-7


Signature		Title

/S/ JAMES C. HALE, III James C. Hale, III		Director

/S/ ROHIT KAPOOR Rohit Kapoor		President, and Director

/S/ DAVID B. KELSO David B. Kelso		Director

/S/ DR. MOHANBIR SAWHNEY Dr. Mohanbir Sawhney		Director

/S/ GAREN K. STAGLIN Garen K. Staglin		Director

II-8

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit Number		Description
1.1†		Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1†		Agreement and Plan of Merger amongst ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService Merger Sub Inc., Inductis, Inc., Sandeep Tyagi and certain major stockholders of Inductis, dated June 30, 2006.

3.1†		Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

3.2†		Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.

4.1†		Specimen Stock Certificate.

4.2†		Form of Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc. and the stockholders named therein.

5.1†		Opinion of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP as to legality of the common stock.

10.1*		Umbrella Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.

10.2*		Insurance Services Framework Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.

10.3*		Insurance Services Framework Agreement (ISFA), dated as of August 26, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.

10.4*		Data Protection Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2004 by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, Norwich Union Insurance Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc. and ExlService.com (India) Private Limited.

10.5*		Data Protection Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, Norwich Union Insurance Limited, Norwich Union Life Services Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.

10.6*		Virtual Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.

10.7*		Confidentiality Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and among Norwich Union Customer Services (Singapore) Private Limited, Norwich Union Insurance Limited, Norwich Union Life Services Limited, ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Noida Customer Operations Private Limited.

10.8*		Guarantee and Indemnity, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Insurance Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.

10.9*		Guarantee and Indemnity, dated as of August 26, 2004, by and between Norwich Union Life Holdings Limited and ExlService Holdings, Inc.

10.10*		Master Agreement, effective as of November 1, 2002, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Dell Products L.P.

10.11*		Stock and Note Purchase Agreement, dated December 13, 2002, by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P., Financial Technology Ventures (Q), L.P., Vikram Talwar and Rohit Kapoor.

10.12†		Employment Contract, as amended, effective June 1, 2005, by and between ExlService Inc. and Amit Shashank.

10.13†		Employment Contract, effective June 1, 2005, by and between ExlService Inc. and Katy Murray.

II-9


Exhibit Number		Description
10.14†		Form of Employment and Non-Competition Agreement to be entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Vikram Talwar.

10.15†		Form of Employment and Non-Competition Agreement to be entered into by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., ExlService.com, Inc., ExlService.com (India) Private Limited and Rohit Kapoor.

10.16**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 India Stock Option Plan.

10.17†		Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2003 India Stock Option Plan.

10.18**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan.

10.19†		Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2003 Stock Option Plan.

10.20**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Plan.

10.21**		ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1.

10.22†		Form of Award Agreement under 2006 Omnibus India Subplan 1.

10.23†		ExlService Holdings, Inc. Management Incentive Plan.

10.24*		Stock Purchase Agreement, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and NUI Investments Limited, dated July 22, 2004.

10.25*		Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and among Oak Hill Capital Partners, L.P., Financial Technology Venture (Q), L.P., Oak Hill Capital Management Partners, L.P., ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Conseco Inc.

10.26*		Supplemental Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2004, by and among ExlService Holdings, Inc., TCV V, L.P. and TCV V Member Fund, L.P.

10.27*		Employment Contract, dated January 22, 2004, by and between ExlService.com, Inc. and Shiv Kumar.

10.28*		Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Vikram Talwar.

10.29*		Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 14, 2002, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Rohit Kapoor.

10.30†		Form of Company Holder Agreement dated June 30, 2006.

10.31†		Employment Contract, dated June 30, 2006, by and between ExlService Holdings, Inc. and Sandeep Tyagi.

10.32†		Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus Plan.

10.33†		Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2006 Omnibus Plan.
10.34†		Letter Agreement with the Company and an executive officer, dated July 27, 2006.
10.35†		Amended and Restated Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement between Amit Shashank and the Company.

21.1**		Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1**		Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

23.2**		Consent of Russell Bedford Stefanou Mirchandani LLP.

23.3†		Consent of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this Registration Statement).

23.4**		Consent of Luthra & Luthra.

24.1**		Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Part II).

Filed herewith.

†

To be filed by amendment.

Previously filed.

II-10

ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 India Stock Option Plan.

Exhibit 10.16

ExlServices Holdings, Inc. 2003 India Employee Stock

Option Plan

(Effective as of April 30, 2003)

ExlService Holdings Inc. 2003 India Employee Stock Option Plan

Establishment and Purpose of Plan

1.	Plan Established.

The Company hereby adopts, as of April 30, 2003 this Stock Option Plan (“the Plan”), pursuant to which the Optionees, may be granted Options to purchase shares of the Common Stock, provided that no Option granted under the Plan will be exercisable until a majority of the shareholders of the Company approve the Plan and provided further that the Plan and any Options granted under it will terminate, if such shareholder approval is not received for the Plan within twelve (12) months after the date first written above.

2.	Purpose of Plan.

This Plan is intended to provide eligible employees of the Indian Subsidiary (defined hereunder) with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in the Company.

Definition and Construction.

3.	Definitions.

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below, unless the context requires otherwise:

(a)

“Act” means the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 as amended, and any applicable regulations or notifications promulgated thereunder.

(b)

“Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

(c)

“Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board.

(d)

“Common Stock” or “Shares” means Series B Common Stock of the Company having par value of US$ 0.001 per share.

(e)

“Company” means ExlService Holdings, Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of state of Delaware having its principal place of business at 350 Park Avenue, 10^th Floor, New York, NY 10022, or any successor company thereto.

(f)

“Director” means a director of the Company.

(g)

“FEMA” means the Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 of the Republic of India, the rules and regulations thereunder and any amendments thereto.

(h)

“Indian Subsidiary” means ExlService.com (India) Private Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of India and having its principal office at office at A 48 Section 58, Noida 9UP 201 301, India, as long as shares constituting fifty-one (51%) or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of ExlService.com Private Limited is owned directly by the Company.

(i)

“Optionee” means any employee of the Indian Subsidiary eligible to receive Options under this Plan.

(j)

“Plan” means this ExlService Holdings, Inc 2003 India Employee Stock Option Plan.

(k)

“Promoter” means the person or persons who are in over-all control of the Company, who are instrumental in the formation of the Company or programme pursuant to which the Shares were offered to the public, or the person or persons named in the offer document as promoter(s).

(l)

Provided that a director or officer of the Company, if he is acting as such only in his professional capacity will not be deemed to be a promoter. Where a promoter of the Company is a body corporate, the promoters of that body corporate shall also be deemed to be promoters of the Company.

(m)

“Promoter Group” means an immediate relative of the Promoter (i.e. spouse of that person, or any parent, brother, sister or child of the person or of the spouse), persons whose shareholding is aggregated for the purpose of disclosing in the offer document “shareholding of the promoter group”.

(n)

“RBI” means the Reserve Bank of India.

(o)

“Stock Option Agreements” means the agreements between the Company, the Indian Subsidiary and the Optionees which sets forth certain rights and obligations of the parties thereto.

(p)

“Stock Purchase Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and each Optionee required to be executed by each Optionee as a pre condition to the exercise of any Options per Section 8 hereof, which sets forth certain rights and obligations of the parties thereto.

4.	Administration - Grant of Options.

(a)

The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee thereof.

(b)

Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board or the Committee will also have complete authority to interpret the Plan to determine the rights and obligations of participants under the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan.

Shares- Subject to Plan

5.	Maximum Number of Shares Issuable.

The maximum aggregate number of Shares in respect to which Options may be granted under the Plan shall be approximately 3.68% of the total issued and paid Common Stock of the Company and shall consist of authorised but unissued or reacquired Shares. The maximum aggregate number of Shares is subject, however, to increase or decrease pursuant to the provisions of Section 10. In relation to the employees of the Indian Subsidiary, subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall, in its discretion, determine the persons to whom Options will be granted under this Plan and all of the terms and conditions of such Options based on the eligibility criteria set out elsewhere in this Plan. The Board shall determine all questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Options.

6.	Eligibility in relation to the Indian Subsidiary.

Options may be granted under this Plan only to persons who are employees, “resident” in India in accordance with the provisions of FEMA, excluding, however, any employee who is a Promoter or belongs to the Promoter Group or who is a Director who either by himself or through his relative or through any body corporate, directly or indirectly, holds more than ten percent (10%) of the issued share capital of the Company. Eligibility in accordance with this section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Option, or, having been granted an Option, to be granted an additional Option. The Board shall, based on the performance, potential for future contribution to the Company and the Indian Subsidiary, integrity, number of employment years and any other factor as deemed fit by the Board, form the basis for determining the quantum for awarding the Options.

Terms and Conditions of Options

7.	Issuance of Options.

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreements, the Company agrees to issue to Optionee the option (the “Options”) to purchase up to approximately • shares of the total issued and paid up Common Stock at the exercise price (the “Exercise Price”) of US$0.23 per share. Subject to further terms and conditions of this Plan, Optionee’s right to purchase the Shares subject to the Options will vest or be deemed to have vested on the following dates with respect to the following numbers of Shares:

25% of the Options granted under the accompanying letter of grant of options shall vest at the end of the calendar year 2003;

ii.

25% of the Options granted under the accompanying letter of grant of options shall vest at the end of the calendar year 2004;

iii.

25% of the Options granted under the accompanying letter of grant of options shall vest at the end of the calendar year 2005; and

iv.

25% of the Options granted under the accompanying letter of grant shall vest at the end of the calendar year 2006;

8.	Exercise of Options.

The Options may be exercised at any time, and from time to time, but only upon compliance with each of the following terms and conditions:

(a)

The Options may be exercised only as to Shares with respect to which Optionee’s rights have vested, pursuant to Section 7, at the time of exercise and for which no prior exercise has been made.

(b)

The Options may be exercised only as to a whole number of Shares and within the applicable time period specified in Section 13.

(c)

The Company must have received written notice advising the Company of the irrevocable exercise of the Options (“Exercise Notice”) and specifying the number of whole Shares then being purchased (the “Purchased Shares”).

(d)

The Company must have received payment in full in same day funds of the Exercise Price for the Purchased Shares.

(e)

The Company and the Optionee must have entered into the Stock Purchase Agreement.

9.	Record Ownership.

In the event that Optionee duly exercises any Options pursuant to Section 8, Optionee will be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Purchased Shares (and the Purchased Shares will be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the third business day after the satisfaction of all conditions set forth in Section 8.

10.	Adjustments Upon Recapitalization.

The number of Shares purchasable upon exercise of the Options and the Exercise Price will be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of any of the following events and subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a)

Options granted under the Plan and any Stock Option Agreements and the maximum number of Shares subject to all Options stated in Section 5 shall be subject to adjustment or substitution, as determined by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion, as to the number, price or kind of a Share or other consideration subject to such Options or as otherwise determined by the Board or the Committee to be equitable (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock or extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse

stock splits, recapitalization, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of grant of any such Option or (ii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or any change in circumstances which results in or would result in any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Optionees, or which otherwise warrants equitable adjustment because it interferes with the intended operation of the Plan.

Notwithstanding the above, in the event of any of the following:

(i)

The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, in connection therewith, consideration is received by shareholders of the Company in a form other than stock or other equity interests of the surviving entity;

(ii)

All or substantially all of the assets of the Company are acquired by another person;

(iii)

The reorganization or liquidation of the Company; or

(iv)

The Company shall enter into a written agreement to undergo an event described in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above,

then the Board or the Committee may, in its discretion and upon at least 10 days advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Options and cause the holders thereof to be paid, in cash or securities, or any combination thereof, the value of such Options based upon the price per Share received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in such event. The terms of this Section 10 may be varied by Board or the Committee in any particular Stock Option Agreement.

(b)

To the extent that the forgoing adjustments relate to stock or securities of the Company, the adjustments will be made by the Board or a Committee thereof excluding the vote of Optionee, if the Optionee is then a Director of the Company, and the Board’s determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(c)

The provisions of this Section 10 are intended to be exclusive, and Optionee will have no other rights upon the occurrence of any of the events described in this Section 10 except as expressly provided.

(d)

The grant of the Options will not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes in its capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. Nothing set forth in this Plan will operate or be deemed to limit or restrict in any manner the Company’s right to sell or issue, or to require any adjustment as a result of any sale or issuance by the Company of, its Common Stock (or any other security) to any person or at any price, including, without limitation, any sale or issuance at a price per Share which is less than that effectively payable by the Optionee under this Plan.

11.	Successors

The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of the Optionee’s rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.

12.	Option Price.

The Exercise Price of the Shares under each Option will be nominally less than the fair market value of the Shares on the date of the grant of the Option. If the Shares are trading on a recognized stock exchange, the “fair market value” will be the closing price as of the date of exercise, or, if no trading occurred on that date, the closing price on the most recent business day on which trading occurred. If no public market exists for the Shares, the “fair market value” will be set by a good-faith determination

of the Board or the Committee of the price at which the Shares subject to the Option would change hands on the date of exercise between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell, and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts.

13.	Vesting, Option Period and Expiration.

Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Board or the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten (10) years, as may be determined by Board or the Committee (the “Option Period”); provided, however, that notwithstanding any vesting dates set by the Board or the Committee, the Board or the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of any such Option other than with respect to exercisability. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof which become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, if prior to the end of the Option Period, the Optionee ceases employment or service with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason (including death or disability), the Option shall expire on the earlier of the last day of the Option Period or the date that is 90 days after the date of the Optionee’s termination of employment. In such event, the Option shall remain exercisable by the Optionee until its expiration, only to the extent the Option was exercisable at the time of such termination of employment.

14.	Non-Transferability

(a)

Each Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee during the Optionee’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Optionee’s legal guardian or representative. No Option may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by an Optionee otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or the Indian Subsidiary; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(b)

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board or the Committee may, in a Stock Option Agreement, provide that Options may be transferred by an Optionee without consideration, subject to such rules as the Board or the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Stock Option Agreement and applicable FEMA regulations to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to:

(i)

any person who is a “relative” of the Optionee, as defined in section 7(vii) of the Employee Stock Option Guidelines issued by the Ministry of Finance of the Government of India (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”);

(ii)

a trust solely for the benefit of the Optionee and his or her Immediate Family Members;

(iii)

a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Optionee and his or her Immediate Family Members; or

(iv)

any other transferee as may be approved either (a) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion, or (b) as provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement;

(each transferee described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Optionee gives the Board or the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of such proposed transfer and the Board or the Committee notifies the Optionee in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(c)

The terms of any Option transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan or in a Stock Option Agreement to an Optionee shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (a) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Options, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (b) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Options unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the Shares

to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Board or the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Stock Option Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate, (c) the Board or the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Optionee under the Plan or otherwise, and (d) the consequences of termination of the Optionee’s employment by, or services to, the Company or the Indian Subsidiary under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Optionee, following which the Options shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

15.	Qualification of Plan.

It is intended that the Option to be issued under this Plan will qualify as and be subject to exercise only to the extent that it does qualify for beneficial tax treatment under the Act.

16.	Applicable Law: Severability.

The Plan here created will be construed, administered, and governed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the Republic of India. If any provision of this instrument will be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan will continue to be fully effective. Notwithstanding what is stated above the restrictions prescribed under FEMA, as referred to in this Plan, would be read to include the amendments made to FEMA subsequent to the effective date of this Plan and would deem to have always included such amendments.

17.	Shares Reserved.

The Company will at all times during the term of the Plan reserve and keep available the number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

18.	Stock Option Agreements

Options shall be evidenced by Stock Option Agreements specifying the number of Shares covered thereby, in such form as the Board or the Committee shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Stock Option Agreement. Stock Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference.

19.	Interpretation.

In the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Plan and the provisions of the Stock Option Agreements, the provisions of this Plan will prevail.

20.	Adoption by the Indian Subsidiary

This Plan shall be extended to the Optionee only if the Board of Directors of the Indian Subsidiary accepts and adopts the Plan. All grants made under the Plan shall be deemed to have been made at the behest and on behalf of the Indian Subsidiary. The Indian Subsidiary, in so far as the terms and conditions of the Plan apply to it, shall be bound by the terms and conditions thereof.

21.	Miscellaneous.

Titles and captions contained in this Plan are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Plan or the intent of any provision.

Basis of valuation of shares of the Company¹

[Note: The following are indicative and subject to what is feasible in the current circumstances.]

1.	The basis of valuation of the Shares Company considered by the Board has been arrived based on a multiple of the total revenues of the Company for the year ended • .

2.	The basis of valuation of the Share is arrived at by the Board after considering the following:

(i)

The Company was incorporated on

(ii)

The annual accounts of the Company for the years ended • have been considered.

(iii)

The Company has a paid up capital of USD comprising of shares.

(iv)

The Net Asset Value per Share of the Company based on the adopted accounts for the year ended • is around USD

(v)

The performance and valuation on the stock markets of companies having similar scale, size and nature of operations as that of the Company as adjusted for various factors considered appropriate by the Board.

(vi)

a good-faith determination of the Board or the Committee of the price at which the Shares subject to the Option would change hands on the date of exercise between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell, and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts.

For and on behalf of

ExlService Holding Inc.


Place:	Mr.
	Name:
	Title:	[ Board Member]
Dated:

NOTE: The basis of valuation of the stock with reference to the Company’s annual accounts for the [last three²] [please put appropriate information] and a brief explanation as to how the basis has been arrived at is enclosed herewith. This being the first year of the Company, no prior year financials can be used for determining the basis of valuation.

¹	Please note that this basis for valuation does not need to be part of the plan, but would need to be filed along with the Plan with the Chief Commissioner of Income Tax in India where ExlServices files its tax returns.

²	In the present case what ever is practicable.

ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan.

Exhibit 10.18

EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. 2003 STOCK OPTION PLAN

(Effective as of January 1, 2003)

1.	Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract able persons to enter and remain in the employ of the Company and Affiliates and to provide a means whereby employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain Stock ownership, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and Affiliates and promoting an identity of interest between stockholders and these employees and directors.

2.	Definitions

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “Affiliate” means (i) any entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, or is under common control with the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee.

(b) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations under such section.

(d) “Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, or if no such committee has yet been established, the Board; provided that on and after the time that the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy the provisions of Rule16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

(e) “Company” means ExlService Holdings, Inc.

(f) “Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Option is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization or, if there is no such date, the date indicated on the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(g) “Effective Date” means January 1, 2003.

(h) “Eligible Person” means any (i) individual regularly employed by the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) director of the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who is entitled to participate in an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of 17 CFR § 230.405.

(i) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “Fair Market Value” on a given date means (i) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the average of the highest and lowest sale prices of a share of Stock reported as having occurred on the primary exchange with which the Stock is listed and traded on the date prior to such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a sale was reported; (ii) if the Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in the Nasdaq National Market (the “Nasdaq”) on a last sale basis, the average between the high bid price and low ask price reported on the date prior to such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange nor quoted in the Nasdaq on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee to be the fair market value based upon a good faith attempt to value the Stock accurately and computed in accordance with applicable regulations of the Internal Revenue Service.

(k) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan which is designated by the Committee to be an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code.

(l) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(m) “Option” means, individually or collectively, an Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option granted under Section 7.

(n) “Option Period” means the period described in Section 7(c).

(o) “Option Price” means the exercise price for an Option as described in Section 7(a).

(p) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Option pursuant to Section 6.

(q) “Plan” means this ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan.

(r) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(s) “Stock” means the Series B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company or such other authorized shares of stock of the Company as the Board may from time to time authorize for use under the Plan.

(t) “Stock Option Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Participant who has been granted an Option pursuant to Section 7 which defines the rights and obligations of the parties as required in Section 7(d).

3.	Effective Date, Duration and Shareholder Approval

(a) The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(i) of the Code; provided that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained.

(b) The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which no Options may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the administration of the Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to the payment of Options previously granted have been settled.

4.	Administration

(a) The Committee shall administer the Plan. The majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee shall be deemed the acts of the Committee.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the power, in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Options to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with Options; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Options; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Options may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Options, or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Options may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) interpret, administer reconcile any inconsistency, correct any default and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Option granted under the Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Option or any documents evidencing any and all Options shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time granted pursuant to the Plan and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Option, and any shareholder.

(d) No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Option hereunder.

5.	Grant of Options; Shares Subject to the Plan

The Committee may, from time to time, grant Options to one or more Eligible Persons; provided, however, that:

(a) Subject to Section 9, the aggregate number of shares of Stock in respect of which Options may be granted under the Plan is 526,316 shares;

(b) Shares of stock shall be deemed to have been used in payment of Options whether they are actually delivered. In the event any Option shall be surrendered, terminate, expire, or be forfeited, the number of shares of Stock no longer subject thereto shall thereupon be released and shall thereafter be available for new grants under the Plan; and

(c) Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Options granted under the Plan may be authorized and unissued Stock or Stock held in the treasury of the Company or may be purchased on the open market or by private purchase.

6.	Eligibility

Participation shall be limited to Eligible Persons who have received written notification from the Committee, or from a person designated by the Committee, that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

7.	Terms of Options

The Committee is authorized to grant one or more Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options to any Eligible Person; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Options shall be granted to any Eligible Person who is not an employee of the Company or a “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are used in Section 422(a)(2) of the Code. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the following conditions, or to such other conditions as may be reflected in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. In all events, the provisions in the applicable Stock Option Agreement shall control the terms of the Option issued pursuant thereto. If there shall be a conflict between the provisions of the Plan and such Stock Option Agreement, the provisions of such Stock Option Agreement shall control.

(a) Option Price. The Option Price per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than (i) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, and subject to Section 7(e), the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock at the Date of Grant, and (ii) in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, the par value of a share of Stock.

(b) Manner of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the aggregate exercise price therefor is received by the Company. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Committee accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable in cash and/or shares of Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided, however, that such shares are not subject to any pledge

or other security interest and have either been held by the Participant for six months, previously acquired by the Participant on the open market or meet such other requirements as the Committee may determine necessary in order to avoid an accounting earnings charge in respect of the Option or, in the discretion of the Committee and if allowed by applicable law, either (i) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Option Price, (ii) if there shall be a public market for the Stock, by delivering to the Committee a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to deliver promptly to the Company the proceeds of the sale of the Stock subject to the Option, sufficient to pay the Option Price or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may allow.

(c) Vesting, Option Period and Expiration. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years (subject to Section 7(e)), as may be determined by the Committee (the “Option Period”); provided, however, that notwithstanding any vesting dates set by the Committee, the Committee may in its sole discretion accelerate the exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of any such Option other than with respect to exercisability. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof which become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, if prior to the end of the Option Period, the Participant ceases employment or service with the Company and its Affiliates for any reason (including death or disability), the Option shall expire on the earlier of the last day of the Option Period or the date that is 90 days after the date of the Participant’s termination of employment. In such event, the Option shall remain exercisable by the Participant until its expiration, only to the extent the Option was exercisable at the time of such termination of employment.

(d) Stock Option Agreement - Other Terms and Conditions. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement, which shall contain such provisions as may be determined by the Committee and, except as may be specifically stated otherwise in such Stock Option Agreement, which shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Each Option or portion thereof that is exercisable shall be exercisable for the full amount of shares of Stock or for any portion of whole shares of Stock thereof.

(ii) Each share of Stock purchased through the exercise of an Option shall be paid for in full at the time of the exercise. Each Option shall cease to be exercisable, as to any share of Stock, when the Participant purchases the share or when the Option expires.

(iii) Subject to Section 8(h), Options shall not be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him.

(iv) Each Option shall vest and become exercisable by the Participant in accordance with the vesting schedule established by the Committee and set forth in the Stock Option Agreement evidencing such Option.

(v) Each Stock Option Agreement may contain a provision that, upon demand by the Committee for such a representation, the Participant shall deliver to the Committee at the time of any exercise of an Option a written representation that the shares to be acquired upon such exercise are to be acquired for investment and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof, and any other representations deemed necessary by the Committee to ensure compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Upon such demand, delivery of such representation prior to the delivery of any shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Participant or such other person to purchase any shares. In the event certificates for Stock are delivered under the Plan with respect to which such investment representation has been obtained, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificates to make appropriate reference to such representation and to restrict transfer in the absence of compliance with applicable federal or state securities laws.

(vi) Each Stock Option Agreement representing an Incentive Stock Option shall contain a provision requiring the Participant to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Participant makes a disqualifying disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including any sale) of such Stock before the later of (a) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (b) one year after the date the Participant acquired the Stock by exercising the Incentive Stock Option.

(e) Incentive Stock Option Grants to 10% Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Participant who owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the Option Period shall not exceed five years from the Date of Grant of such Option and the Option Price shall be at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value (on the Date of Grant) of the Stock subject to the Option.

(f) $100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

(g) Options Granted to California Residents. Notwithstanding any provision contained in the Plan to the contrary, all Options granted to residents of the State of California shall be subject to the terms and conditions contained in Appendix A to the Plan.

8.	General

(a) Additional Provisions of an Option. Options granted to a Participant under the Plan also may be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to Options granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate. Any such provisions shall be reflected in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(b) Privileges of Stock Ownership. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Stock which are subject to Options hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.

(c) Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to deliver Stock upon the exercise of an Option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Option to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling any shares of Stock pursuant to an Option unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

(d) Tax Withholding.

(i) A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any Shares or other property deliverable under any Option or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant the amount (in cash, Stock or other property) of any required tax withholding and payroll taxes in respect of an Option and its exercise under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, if so provided in a Stock Option Agreement, a Participant may satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required withholding liability) by delivery of shares of Stock owned by the Participant with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability (provided that such shares are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have either been held by the Participant for six months, previously acquired by the Participant on the open market or meet such other requirements as the Committee may determine necessary in order to avoid an accounting earnings charge), or by having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of the Option a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability.

(e) Claim to Options and Employment Rights. No employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Option under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Option, to be selected for a grant of any other Option. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate.

(f) No Liability of Committee Members. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his behalf in his capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(g) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

(h) Nontransferability.

(i) Each Option shall be exercisable only by the Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Option may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may in a Stock Option Agreement or at any time after the Date of Grant in an amendment to a Stock Option Agreement provide that Options which are not intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options may be transferred by a Participant without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Stock Option Agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to:

(A)

any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”);

(B)

a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members;

(C)

a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or

(D)

any other transferee as may be approved either (a) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion, or (b) as provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement;

(each transferee described in clauses (A), (B), (C) and (D) above is hereinafter referred to as a “Permitted Transferee”); provided that the Participant gives the Committee advance written notice describing the terms and conditions of the proposed transfer and the Committee notifies the Participant in writing that such a transfer would comply with the requirements of the Plan and any applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(iii) The terms of any Option transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan or in a Stock Option Agreement to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (a) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Options, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (b) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Options unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Stock Option Agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate, (c) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise, and (d) the consequences of termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, following which the Options shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(i) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in relying, acting or failing to act, and shall not be liable for having so relied, acted or failed to act in good faith, upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and Affiliates and upon any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than himself.

(j) Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company or any Affiliate except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(k) Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and Affiliates.

(l) Pronouns. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women.

(m) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

(n) Termination of Employment. For all purposes herein, a person who transfers from employment or service with the Company to employment or service with an Affiliate or vice versa shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate.

(o) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Stock Option Agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Option, or would disqualify the Plan or any Option under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Option, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Option and the remainder of the Plan and any such Option shall remain in full force and effect.

9.	Changes in Capital Structure

Options granted under the Plan and any Stock Option Agreements, and the maximum number of shares of Stock subject to all Options stated in Section 5(a) shall be subject to adjustment or substitution, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Options or as otherwise determined by the Committee to be equitable (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock or extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalization, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the Date of Grant of any such Option or (ii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or any change in circumstances which results in or would result in any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants, or which otherwise warrants equitable adjustment because it interferes with the intended operation of the Plan. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 9 shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 9 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

Notwithstanding the above, in the event of any of the following:

A. The Company is merged or consolidated with another corporation or entity and, in connection therewith, consideration is received by shareholders of the Company in a form other than stock or other equity interests of the surviving entity;

B. All or substantially all of the assets of the Company are acquired by another person;

C. The reorganization or liquidation of the Company; or

D. The Company shall enter into a written agreement to undergo an event described in clauses A, B or C above,

then the Committee may, in its discretion and upon at least 10 days advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Options and cause the holders thereof to be paid, in cash or securities, or any combination thereof, the value of such Options based upon the price per share of stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event. The terms of this Section 9 may be varied by the Committee in any particular Stock Option Agreement.

10.	Successors

The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of Participants’ rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.

11.	Nonexclusivity of the Plan

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

12.	Amendments and Termination

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan; and provided further that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Option theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary.

(b) Amendment of Stock Option Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Stock Option Agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Option theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant in respect of any Option theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant.

* * *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of

ExlService Holdings, Inc. as of January 1, 2003.

APPENDIX A FOR CALIFORNIA RESIDENTS

TO THE EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. 2003 STOCK OPTION PLAN

Notwithstanding any provision contained in the ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) to the contrary and to the extent required by applicable law, the following terms and conditions shall apply to all Options granted to residents of the State of California, until such time as the Stock becomes a “listed security” under the Securities Act. Capitalized terms contained herein shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan, unless otherwise provided in this Appendix.

1. Options shall have an exercise price that is not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of the stock at the time the Option is granted, as determined by the Board, except that the exercise price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value in the case of any person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations.

2. Options shall have an exercise period of not more than ten years from the date the Option is granted.

3. Options shall be nontransferable other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise permitted by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

4. Options shall become exercisable at the rate of at least 20% per year over five years from the date the Option is granted, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment. However, in the case of an Option granted to officers, directors, or managers of the Company or any Affiliates, the Option may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions such as continued employment, at any time or during any period established by the Company or any Affiliates.

6. Unless employment is terminated for cause, the right to exercise an Option in the event of termination of employment, to the extent that the Participant is otherwise entitled to exercise an Option on the date employment terminates, shall be

a. at least six months from the date of termination of employment if termination was caused by death or disability;

b. at least 30 days from the date of termination if termination of employment was caused by other than death or disability; and

c. but in no event later than the remaining term of the Option.

7. No Option may be granted to a resident of California more than ten years after the earlier of the date of adoption of the Plan and the date the Plan is approved by the shareholders.

8. Any Option exercised before shareholder approval is obtained shall be rescinded if shareholder approval is not obtained within 12 months before or after the Plan is adopted. Such shares shall not be counted in determining whether such approval is obtained.

9. The Company shall provide annual financial statements of the Company to each California resident holding an outstanding Option under the Plan. Such financial statements need not be audited and need not be issued to key employees whose duties at the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

10. Any right of repurchase on behalf of the Company in the event of a Participant’s termination of employment shall be at a purchase price that is (a) not less than the Fair Market Value of the securities to be repurchased on the date of termination of employment, and the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within 90 days of termination of employment (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Options after the date of termination, within 90 days after the date of the exercise), and the right shall terminate when the Company’s securities become publicly traded; or (b) at the original purchase price, provided that the right to repurchase at the original purchase price lapses at the rate of at least 20% of the shares per year over five (5) years from the date the Option is granted (without respect to the date the Option was exercised or became exercisable) and the right to repurchase shall be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the shares within 90 days of termination of employment (or in the case of securities issued upon exercise of Options after the date of termination, within 90 days after the date of the exercise). In addition to the restrictions set forth in clauses (a) and (b), the securities held by an officer, director, manager or consultant of the Company or an affiliate of the Company may be subject to additional or greater restrictions.

11. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or this Appendix A to the contrary, each Option granted under the Plan to a California resident shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required, including, but not limited to, Section 260.140.41 of the California Code of Regulations.

ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Plan

Exhibit 10.20

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

2006 OMNIBUS AWARD PLAN

1. Purpose

The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means through which the Company and its Affiliates may attract able persons to enter and remain in the employ of the Company and its Affiliates and to provide a means whereby employees, directors and consultants of the Company and its Affiliates can acquire and maintain Common Stock ownership, or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and promoting an identity of interest between stockholders and these persons.

This Plan document is an omnibus document which includes, in addition to the Plan, separate sub-plans (“Sub Plans”) that permit offerings of grants to employees of certain Designated Foreign Subsidiaries and other special purpose grants in connection with certain transactions. Offerings under the Sub Plans may be made in particular locations outside the United States of America and shall comply with local laws applicable to offerings in such foreign jurisdictions. The Plan shall be a separate and independent plan from the Sub Plans, but the total number of shares of Stock authorized to be issued under the Plan applies in the aggregate to both the Plan and the Sub Plans.

So that the appropriate incentive can be provided, the Plan provides for granting Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Phantom Stock Awards, Stock Bonuses and Performance Compensation Awards, or any combination or variation of the foregoing.

2. Definitions

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan.

(a) “Affiliate” means (i) any entity that directly or indirectly is controlled by, controls or is under common control with the Company and (ii) to the extent provided by the Committee, any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest.

(b) “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Incentive Stock Option, Nonqualified Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Phantom Stock Award, Stock Bonus or Performance Compensation Award granted under the Plan.

(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) “Cause” shall mean, unless in the case of a particular Award the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, the Company or an Affiliate having “cause” to terminate a Participant’s employment or service, as defined in any existing employment, consulting or any other agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate in effect at the time of such termination or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other agreement, upon (i) the good faith determination by the Committee that the Participant has ceased to perform his duties to the Company or an Affiliate (other than as a result of his incapacity due to physical or mental illness or injury), which failure amounts to an intentional and extended neglect of his duties to such party, provided that no such failure shall constitute Cause unless the Participant has been given notice of such failure (if cure is reasonably possible) and has not cured such act or omission within 15 days following receipt of such notice, (ii) the Committee’s good faith determination that the Participant has engaged or is about to engage in conduct materially injurious to the Company or an Affiliate, (iii) the Participant having been convicted of, or plead guilty or no contest to, a felony or any crime involving as a material element fraud or dishonesty, (iv) the consistent failure of the Participant to follow the lawful instructions of the Board or his direct superiors, which failure amounts to an intentional and extended neglect of his duties to such party, or (v) in the case of a Participant who is a non-employee director, the Participant ceasing to be a member of the Board in connection with the Participant engaging in any of the activities described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

(f) “Change in Control” shall, unless in the case of a particular Award the applicable Award agreement states otherwise or contains a different definition of “Change in Control,” be deemed to occur upon:

(i) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d 3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more (on a fully diluted basis) of either (A) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following

acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (I) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (II) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate, (III) any acquisition by one or more of Oak Hill Partners L.P. or FTVentures (a “Designated Holder”), (IV) any acquisition which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (v) of this Section 2(d) or (V) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant);

(ii) individuals who, on the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of a registration statement of the Company describing such person’s inclusion on the Board, or a proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest, as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation A promulgated under the Exchange Act, with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(iii) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company;

(iv) the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company; or

(v) the consummation of a reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (A) more than 50% of the total voting power of (x) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”), or (y) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among

the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination, (B) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company, or one or more Designated Holders), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or the analogous governing body) (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination.

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations under such section.

(h) “Committee” means a committee of at least two people as the Board may appoint to administer the Plan or, if no such committee has been appointed by the Board, the Board. Unless the Board is acting as the Committee or the Board specifically determines otherwise, each member of the Committee shall, at the time he takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be an Eligible Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(i) “Common Stock” means the Series B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any stock into which such common stock may be converted or into which it may be exchanged.

(j) “Company” means ExlService Holdings, Inc. and any successor thereto.

(k) “Date of Grant” means the date on which the granting of an Award is authorized, or such other date as may be specified in such authorization or, if there is no such date, the date indicated on the applicable Award agreement.

(l) “Designated Foreign Subsidiaries” means all Affiliates organized under the laws of any jurisdiction or country other than the United States of America that may be designated by the Board or the Committee from time to time.

(m) “Disability” means, unless in the case of a particular Award the applicable Award agreement states otherwise, the Company or an Affiliate having cause to terminate a Participant’s employment or service on account of “disability,” as defined in any existing employment, consulting or other similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or an Affiliate or, in the absence of such an employment, consulting or other agreement, a condition entitling the Participant to receive benefits under a long-term disability plan of the Company or an Affiliate, or, in the absence of such a plan, the complete and permanent inability by reason of illness or accident to perform the duties of the occupation at which a Participant was employed or served when such disability commenced, as determined by the Committee based upon medical evidence acceptable to it.

(n) “Effective Date” means April 20, 2006.

(o) “Eligible Director” means a person who is (i) a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or a person meeting any similar requirement under any successor rule or regulation and (ii) an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, and (iii) an “independent director” under the rules of the stock exchange on which the Stock is listed or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (the “Nasdaq”), as applicable; provided, however, that clause (ii) shall apply only with respect to grants of Awards with respect to which the Company’s tax deduction could be limited by Section 162(m) of the Code if such clause did not apply.

(p) “Eligible Person” means any (i) individual regularly employed by the Company or Affiliate who satisfies all of the requirements of Section 6; provided, however, that no such employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall be an Eligible Person unless and to the extent that such eligibility is set forth in such collective bargaining agreement or in an agreement or instrument relating thereto; (ii) director of the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) consultant or advisor to the Company or an Affiliate who may be offered securities pursuant to Form S-8.

(q) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(r) “Fair Market Value, on a given date, means (i) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the average of the highest and lowest sale prices reported as having occurred on the primary exchange with which the Stock is listed and traded on the date prior to such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last

preceding date on which such a sale was reported; (ii) if the Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in the Nasdaq National Market on a last sale basis, the average between the high bid price and low ask price reported on the date prior to such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange nor quoted in the Nasdaq on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee to be the fair market value based upon a good faith attempt to value the Stock accurately and computed in accordance with applicable regulations of the Internal Revenue Service.

(s) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth herein.

(t) “Mature Shares” means shares of Stock owned by a Participant which are not subject to any pledge or other security interest and have either been previously acquired by the Participant on the open market or meet such other requirements as the Committee may determine are necessary in order to avoid an accounting earnings charge on account of the use of such shares to pay the Option Price or satisfy a withholding obligation in respect of an Option.

(u) “Negative Discretion” shall mean the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award in accordance with Section 11(d)(iv) of the Plan; provided, that the exercise of such discretion would not cause the Performance Compensation Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(v) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(w) “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Plan.

(x) “Option Period” means the period described in Section 7(c) of the Plan.

(y) “Option Price” means the exercise price for an Option as described in Section 7(a) of the Plan.

(z) “Participant” means an Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to Section 6 of the Plan.

(aa) “Parent” means any parent of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(bb) “Performance Compensation Award” shall mean any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(cc) “Performance Criteria” shall mean the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or Affiliate, division or operational unit of the Company) and shall be limited to the following:

(i)

net earnings or net income (before or after taxes);

(ii)

basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes);

(iii)

net revenue or net revenue growth;

(iv)

gross revenue

(v)

gross profit or gross profit growth;

(vi)

net operating profit (before or after taxes);

(vii)

return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, or sales);

(viii)

cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital);

(ix)

earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization;

(x)

gross or operating margins;

(xi)

productivity ratios;

(xii)

share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return);

(xiii)

expense targets;

(xiv)

margins;

(xv)

operating efficiency;

(xvi)

objective measures of customer satisfaction;

(xvii)

working capital targets;

(xviii)

measures of economic value added;

(xix)

inventory control; and

(xx)

enterprise value.

Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate as a whole or any business unit of the Company and/or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Company may select Performance Criterion (xi) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

(dd) “Performance Formula” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(ee) “Performance Goals” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter (but only to the extent the exercise of such authority after such period would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for the Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code), in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants based on the following events:

(i)

asset write-downs,

(ii)

litigation or claim judgments or settlements,

(iii)

the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results,

(iv)

any reorganization and restructuring programs,

(v)

extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (or any successor pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year,

(vi)

acquisitions or divestitures,

(vii)

any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof;

(viii)

foreign exchange gains and losses, and

(ix)

a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

(ff) “Performance Period” shall mean the one or more periods of time not less than one (1) year in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.

(gg) “Phantom Stock Award” shall mean a cash award whose value is determined based on the change in the value of the Company Common Stock from the Effective Date.

(hh) “Plan” means this ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Plan.

(ii) “Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Award of Restricted Stock or any Restricted Stock Unit, the period of time determined by the Committee during which such Award is subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9 or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

(jj) “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock issued or transferred to a Participant subject to forfeiture and the other restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Plan.

(kk) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a hypothetical investment equivalent to one share of Stock granted in connection with an Award made under Section 9.

(ll) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(mm) “Senior Participant” shall mean each of the Chief Executive Officer and the President of the Company and an employee of the Company or an Affiliate that is designated as a member of the Management Team or an employee that regularly attends the regularly scheduled meeting of the Management Team as a special invitee thereof.

(nn) “Stock” means the Common Stock or such other authorized shares of stock of the Company as the Committee may from time to time authorize for use under the Plan.

(oo) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan.

(pp) “Stock Bonus” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Plan.

(qq) “Stock Option Agreement” means any agreement between the Company and a Participant who has been granted an Option pursuant to Section 7 which defines the rights and obligations of the parties thereto.

(rr) “Strike Price” means, (i) in the case of a SAR granted in tandem with an Option, the Option Price of the related Option, or (ii) in the case of a SAR granted independent of an Option, the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant.

(ss) “Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(tt) “Substitution Award” means an Award that is intended to replace any existing incentive award held by an employee or director of, or consultant or advisor to, an entity acquired by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. The terms and conditions of any Substitution Award shall be set forth in an Award agreement and shall, except as may be inconsistent with any provision of the Plan, to the extent practicable provide the recipient with benefits (including economic value) substantially similar to those provided to the recipient under the existing award which such Substitution Award is intended to replace.

(uu) “Vested Unit” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9(d).

(vv) “Vice President Participant” shall mean an employee of the Company or an Affiliate holding the office of vice president or any office senior to the office of vice president.

3. Effective Date, Duration and Shareholder Approval

The Plan is effective as of the Effective Date. No Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option unless the Plan has been approved by the shareholders of the Company in a manner intended to comply with the shareholder approval requirements of Section 422(b)(i) of the Code; provided, that any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not fail to be effective solely on account of a failure to obtain such approval, but rather such Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option unless and until such approval is obtained.

The expiration date of the Plan, on and after which no Awards may be granted hereunder, shall be the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date; provided, however, that the administration of the Plan shall continue in effect until all matters relating to Awards previously granted have been settled.

4. Administration

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the power, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, Stock, other securities, other Options, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations; (ix) appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to any officer or officers of the Company or any Affiliate the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to (i) “covered employees” under Code Section 162(m) (other than Awards exempt from the application of Code Section 162(m)) and (ii) persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Company, any Affiliate, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any shareholder.

(e) No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award hereunder.

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Plan

The Committee may, from time to time, grant Awards of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Phantom Stock Awards, Stock Bonuses and/or Performance Compensation Awards to one or more Eligible Persons; provided, however, that:

(a) Subject to Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted under the Plan is 394,692 shares;

(b) Shares of Stock shall be deemed to have been used in settlement of Awards whether or not they are actually delivered or the Fair Market Value equivalent of such shares is paid in cash; provided, however, that shares of Stock delivered (either directly or by means of attestation) in full or partial payment of the Option Price in accordance with Section 7(b) shall be deducted from the number of shares of Stock delivered to the Participant pursuant to such Option for purposes of determining the number of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Plan. In accordance with (and without limitation upon) the preceding sentence, if and to the extent an Award under the Plan expires, terminates or is canceled for any reason whatsoever without the Participant having received any benefit therefrom, the shares covered by such Award shall again become available for future Awards under the Plan. For purposes of

the foregoing sentence, a Participant shall not be deemed to have received any “benefit” (i) in the case of forfeited Restricted Stock Awards by reason of having enjoyed voting rights and dividend rights prior to the date of forfeiture or (ii) in the case of an Award canceled pursuant to Section 5(e) by reason of a new Award being granted in substitution therefor.

(c) Stock delivered by the Company in settlement of Awards may be authorized and unissued Stock, Stock held in the treasury of the Company, Stock purchased on the open market or by private purchase, or a combination of the foregoing;

(d) Subject to Section 13, no person may be granted Options or SARs under the Plan during any calendar year with respect to more than 300,000 shares of Stock; and

(e) Without limiting the generality of the preceding provisions of this Section 5, the Committee may, but solely with the Participant’s consent, agree to cancel any Award under the Plan and issue a new Award in substitution therefor upon such terms as the Committee may in its sole discretion determine, provided that the substituted Award satisfies all applicable Plan requirements as of the date such new Award is granted.

6. Eligibility

Participation shall be limited to Eligible Persons who have entered into an Award agreement or who have received written notification from the Committee, or from a person designated by the Committee, that they have been selected to participate in the Plan.

7. Options

(a) Option Price. The exercise price (“Option Price”) per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Date of Grant.

(b) Manner of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Option Price therefor is received by the

Company. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Committee accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable (i) in cash, check, cash equivalent and/or shares of Stock valued at the Fair Market Value at the time the Option is exercised (including by means of attestation of ownership of a sufficient number of shares of Stock in lieu of actual delivery of such shares to the Company); provided, that such shares of Stock are Mature Shares, (ii) in the discretion of the Committee, either (A) in other property having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the Option Price or (B) by delivering to the Committee a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of loan proceeds, or proceeds from the sale of the Stock subject to the Option, sufficient to pay the Option Price or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may allow. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in the manner described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence if the Committee determines that exercising an Option in such manner would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company or any Affiliates are listed or traded.

(c) Vesting, Option Period and Expiration. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “Option Period”); provided, however, that notwithstanding any vesting dates set by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of such Option other than with respect to exercisability. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof which become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires.

(d) Stock Option Agreement - Other Terms and Conditions. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement. Except as specifically provided otherwise in such Stock Option Agreement, each Option granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) Each Option or portion thereof that is exercisable shall be exercisable for the full amount or for any part thereof.

(iii) Subject to Section 12(k), Options shall not be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him.

(iv) Each Option shall vest and become exercisable by the Participant in accordance with the vesting schedule established by the Committee and set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.

(v) At the time of any exercise of an Option, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a Participant to deliver to the Committee a written representation that the shares of Stock to be acquired upon such exercise are to be acquired for investment and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof and any other representation deemed necessary by the Committee to ensure compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Upon such a request by the Committee, delivery of such representation prior to the delivery of any shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Participant or such other person to purchase any shares. In the event certificates for Stock are delivered under the Plan with respect to which such investment representation has been obtained, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificates to make appropriate reference to such representation and to restrict transfer in the absence of compliance with applicable federal or state securities laws.

(vi) Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including any sale) of such Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date the Participant acquired the Stock by exercising the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by it, retain possession of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option as agent for the applicable Participant until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Stock.

(vii) An Option Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby a Participant may elect, at any time before the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Any unvested shares of Stock so purchased may be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Committee determines to be appropriate. The Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at

least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following the exercise of the Option unless the Committee otherwise specifically provides in an Stock Option Agreement.

(e) Incentive Stock Option Grants to 10% Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7, if an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Participant who owns stock representing more than ten percent of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of a Subsidiary or Parent, the Option Period shall not exceed five years from the Date of Grant of such Option and the Option Price shall be at least 110 percent of the Fair Market Value (on the Date of Grant) of the Stock subject to the Option.

(f) $100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of Grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

(g) Voluntary Surrender. The Committee may permit the voluntary surrender of all or any portion of any Nonqualified Stock Option and its corresponding SAR, if any, granted under the Plan to be conditioned upon the granting to the Participant of a new option for the same or a different number of shares as the option surrendered or require such voluntary surrender as a condition precedent to a grant of a new Option to such Participant. Such new Option shall be exercisable at an Option Price, during an Option Period, and in accordance with any other terms or conditions specified by the Committee at the time the new Option is granted, all determined in accordance with the provisions of the Plan without regard to the Option Price, Option Period, or any other terms and conditions of the Nonqualified Stock Option surrendered.

(h) Reload Options. The Committee may provide for the grant to any Participant of additional Options (“Reload Options”) upon the exercise of Options, including Reload Options, through the delivery of shares of Stock; provided, however, that (i) Reload Options may be granted only with respect to the same number of shares as were surrendered to exercise the Options and the number of shares of Stock withheld for tax purposes pursuant to Section 12(d)(ii), (ii) the exercise price per share of the Reload Options shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value as of the Date of Grant of the Reload Options and (iii) the Reload Options shall not be exercisable after the expiration of the term of the Options, and otherwise shall have the same terms and conditions of the Options, the exercise of which resulted in the grant of the Reload Options.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights

Any Option granted under the Plan may include SARs, either at the Date of Grant or, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, by subsequent amendment. The Committee also may award SARs to Eligible Persons independent of any Option. A SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall impose, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) Vesting, Transferability and Expiration. A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire in accordance with a vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as established by the Committee and reflected in an Award agreement.

(b) Automatic Exercise. If on the last day of the Option Period (or in the case of a SAR independent of an option, the period established by the Committee after which the SAR shall expire), the Fair Market Value exceeds the Strike Price, the Participant has not exercised the SAR or the corresponding Option, and neither the SAR nor the corresponding Option has expired, such SAR shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day and the Company shall make the appropriate payment therefor.

(c) Payment. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price. The Company shall pay such excess in cash (taking into consideration any adverse tax consequences to the Participant under Section 409A of the Code), in shares of Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Fractional shares shall be settled in cash.

(d) Method of Exercise. A Participant may exercise a SAR at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee at the time of grant by filing an irrevocable written notice with the Committee or its designee, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised, and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Expiration. Except as otherwise provided in the case of SARs granted in connection with Options, a SAR shall expire on a

date designated by the Committee which is not later than ten years after the Date of Grant of the SAR.

(f) Tax Considerations. The Committee shall take into account Section 409A of the Code and applicable regulatory guidance thereunder before granting a SAR.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

(a) Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(i) The Committee shall have the authority (A) to grant Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Persons, (B) to issue or transfer Restricted Stock to Participants, and (C) to establish terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including the Restricted Period, as applicable, which may differ with respect to each grantee, the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted or become vested and the number of shares or units to be covered by each grant.

(ii) Each Participant granted Restricted Stock shall execute and deliver to the Company an Award agreement with respect to the Restricted Stock setting forth the restrictions and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock. If the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (A) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable, and (B) the appropriate blank stock power with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and stock power, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b), the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. At the discretion of the Committee, cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock may be either currently paid to the Participant or withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends and earnings, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share

is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such cash dividends, stock dividends or earnings.

(iii) Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued and, if it so determines, deposited together with the stock powers with an escrow agent designated by the Committee. If an escrow arrangement is used, the Committee may cause the escrow agent to issue to the Participant a receipt evidencing any stock certificate held by it, registered in the name of the Participant.

(iv) The terms and conditions of a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be reflected in a written Award agreement. No shares of Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit (representing one share of Stock) may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid by the Company in respect of one share of Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). At the discretion of the Committee, Dividend Equivalents may be either currently paid to the Participant or withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividends Equivalents.

(b) Restrictions.

(i) Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award agreement: (A) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate; (B) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award agreement; (C) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in Section 9(d) and the applicable Award agreement; and (D) to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a shareholder with respect to such shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(ii) Restricted Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and

satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

(iii) The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.

(c) Restricted Period. With respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Period shall commence on the Date of Grant and end at the time or times set forth on a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award agreement.

(d) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b) and the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (to the nearest full share) and any cash dividends or stock dividends credited to the Participant’s account with respect to such Restricted Stock and the interest thereon, if any.

Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his beneficiary, without charge, one share of Stock for each such outstanding Restricted Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”) and cash equal to any Dividend Equivalents credited with respect to each such Vested Unit in accordance with Section 9(a)(iv) hereof and the interest thereon or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Dividend Equivalents and interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to (i) pay cash or part cash and part Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Stock for Vested Units or (ii) delay the delivery of Stock (or cash or part Stock and part cash, as the case may be) beyond the expiration of the Restricted Period. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed with respect to such Vested Unit.

(e) Stock Restrictions. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such Stock as well as any other information the Company deems appropriate:

THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. 2006 OMNIBUS AWARD PLAN, A CERTAIN RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE REGISTERED OWNER OF THIS CERTIFICATE (OR HIS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST) AND THE STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT TO WHICH EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE REGISTERED OWNER OF THIS CERTIFICATE (OR HIS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST) ARE PARTIES, WHICH AGREEMENTS ARE BINDING UPON ANY AND ALL OWNERS OF ANY INTEREST IN SAID SHARES. SAID PLAN AND AGREEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION WITHOUT CHARGE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. AND COPIES THEREOF WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO ANY OWNER OF SAID SHARES UPON REQUEST.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO DISTRIBUTION OR RESALE, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, MORTGAGED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, UNLESS EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH OPINION IS SATISFACTORY TO IT, TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED.

BETWEEN EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) AND AND THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. THE COMPANY WILL NOT REGISTER THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY UNLESS AND UNTIL THE TRANSFER HAS BEEN MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

Stop transfer orders shall be entered with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of legended securities.

10. Stock Bonus Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted Stock, or other Awards denominated in Stock, under the Plan to Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. A Stock Bonus Award under the Plan shall be granted as, or in payment of, a bonus, or to provide incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions.

11. Performance Compensation Awards

(a) General. The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in Sections 7 through 10 (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price or grant price, as the case may be, equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on the date of grant), to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall have the authority to grant cash bonuses under the Plan with the intent that such bonuses shall qualify for the exemption from Section 162(m) of the Code provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1), for the reliance period described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2). In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m).

(b) Eligibility. The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or,

if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.

(c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one (1) year in duration), the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is(are) to apply to the Company and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 11(c) and record the same in writing.

(d) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii) Limitation. A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals

determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(iii) Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion in accordance with Section 11(d)(iv) hereof, if and when it deems appropriate.

(iv) Use of Discretion. In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The Committee shall not have the discretion to (a) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (b) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the maximum amount payable under Sections 5(d) or 11(d)(vi) of the Plan.

(v) Timing of Award Payments. Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11.

(vi) Maximum Award Payable. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Plan to the contrary, the maximum Performance Compensation Award payable to any one Participant under the Plan for a Performance Period is 300,000 shares of Stock or, in the event such Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, the equivalent cash value thereof on the first or last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates, as determined by the Committee. The maximum amount that can be paid in any calendar year to any Participant pursuant to a cash bonus Award described in the last sentence of Section 11(a) shall be $1,000,000. Furthermore, any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (A) with respect to Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (B) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date.

12. General

(a) Additional Provisions of an Award. Awards to a Participant under the Plan also may be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to Awards granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions to assist the Participant in financing the purchase of Stock upon the exercise of Options (provided, that the Committee determines that providing such financing does not violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), adding dividend equivalent rights or other protections to Participants in respect of dividends paid on Stock underlying any Award (in addition to those provisions of Section 9 providing for the payment of dividends with respect to Restricted Stock and Dividend Equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units), provisions for the forfeiture of or restrictions on resale or other disposition of shares of Stock acquired under any Award, provisions giving the Company the right to repurchase shares of Stock acquired under any Award in the event the Participant elects to dispose of such shares, provisions allowing the Participant to elect to defer the receipt of payment in respect of Awards for a specified period or until a specified event, and provisions to comply with Federal and state securities laws and Federal and state tax withholding requirements; provided, however, that any such deferral does not result in acceleration of taxability of an Award prior to receipt, or tax penalties, under Section 409A of the Code. Any such provisions shall be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Privileges of Stock Ownership. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Plan, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.

(c) Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Plan. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an

exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

(d) Tax Withholding.

(i) A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or any Affiliate, and the Company or any Affiliate shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any shares of Stock or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, Stock or other property) of any required income tax withholding and payroll taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required withholding liability) by (A) the delivery of Mature Shares owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required withholding liability).

(e) Claim to Awards and Employment Rights. No employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employ or service of the Company or an Affiliate.

(f) Designation and Change of Beneficiary. Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Plan upon his death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary

designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

(g) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(h) No Liability of Committee Members. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his behalf in his capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(i) Governing Law. The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware.

(j) Funding. No provision of the Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights

under the Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(k) Nontransferability.

(i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit Awards other than Incentive Stock Options to be transferred by a Participant, without consideration, subject to such rules as the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Plan, to:

(A)

any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”);

(B)

a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members;

(C)

a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or

(D)

any other transferee as may be approved either (a) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion, or (b) as provided in the applicable Award agreement;

(iii) The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee

and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate, (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Plan or otherwise, and (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

(l) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its Affiliates and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Plan by any person or persons other than himself.

(m) Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(n) Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and Affiliates.

(o) Pronouns. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women.

(p) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

(q) Termination of Employment. Unless an applicable Award agreement provides otherwise, for purposes of the Plan, a person who transfers from employment or service with the Company to

employment or service with an Affiliate or vice versa shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate.

(r) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(s) Compliance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

13. Changes in Capital Structure

Awards granted under the Plan and any agreements evidencing such Awards, the maximum number of shares of Stock subject to all Awards stated in Section 5(a) and the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which any one person may be granted Awards during any period stated in Sections 5(d) or 11(d)(vi) shall be subject to adjustment or substitution, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards or as otherwise determined by the Committee to be equitable (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock or extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalization, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the Date of Grant of any such Award or (ii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or any change in circumstances which results in or would result in any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants, or which otherwise warrants equitable adjustment because it interferes with the intended operation of the Plan. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 13 shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 13 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Further, with respect to Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, such adjustments or substitutions shall be made only to the extent that the Committee determines that such adjustments or substitutions may be made without causing the Company to be denied a tax deduction on

account of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

Notwithstanding the above, in the event of any of the following:

B. All or substantially all of the assets of the Company are acquired by another person;

C. The reorganization or liquidation of the Company; or

D. The Company shall enter into a written agreement to undergo an event described in clauses A, B or C above,

then the Committee may, in its discretion and upon at least 10 days advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and cause the holders thereof to be paid, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event. The terms of this Section 13 may be varied by the Committee in any particular Award agreement.

14. Effect of Change in Control

(a) The Committee may, but is not required to, provide in any particular Award agreement:

(i) In the event of a Change in Control, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any applicable Award agreement to the contrary, and either in or not in combination with another event such as a termination of the applicable Participant by the Company without Cause, all Options and SARs subject to such Award shall become immediately exercisable with respect to 100 percent of the shares subject to such Option or SAR, and/or that the Restricted Period shall expire immediately with respect to 100 percent of such shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units subject to such Award (including a waiver of any applicable Performance Goals) and, to the extent practicable, such acceleration of exercisability and expiration of the Restricted Period (as applicable) shall occur in a manner and at a time which allows affected Participants the ability to participate in the Change in Control transaction with respect to the Stock subject to their Awards.

(ii) In the event of a Change in Control, all incomplete Performance Periods in respect of such Award in effect on the date the Change in Control occurs shall end on the date of such change, and the

Committee shall (A) determine the extent to which Performance Goals with respect to each such Award Period have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information then available as it deems relevant, (B) cause to be paid to the applicable Participant partial or full Awards with respect to Performance Goals for each such Award Period based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of Performance Goals, and (C) cause the Award, if previously deferred, to be settled in full as soon as possible.

(b) In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Stock received or to be received by other shareholders of the Company in the event.

(c) The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of Participants’ rights under the Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.

(d) If (i) within 12 months following a Change in Control or (ii) in contemplation of a Change in Control, a Senior Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliate is terminated by the Company or an Affiliate without Cause, all Awards held by such Senior Participant, irrespective of the vesting schedule, shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable and, if applicable, the Restricted Period shall end at the time of such termination.

(e) Upon a Change in Control the vesting and exercisability of all Awards outstanding under the Plan held by Vice President Participants shall be such that any Award that would have vested in the one calendar year period following the Change in Control shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable and, if applicable, the Restricted Period shall end immediately prior to the Change in Control.

15. Nonexclusivity of the Plan

Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options

otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

16. Amendments and Termination

(a) Amendment and Termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Plan (including as necessary to comply with any applicable stock exchange listing requirement or to prevent the Company from being denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code); and provided, further that any such amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. The termination date of the Plan, following which no Awards may be granted hereunder, is April 19, 2016, provided, that such termination shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

(b) Amendment of Award Agreements. The Committee may, to the extent consistent with the terms of any applicable Award agreement, waive any conditions or rights under, amend any terms of, or alter, suspend, discontinue, cancel or terminate, any Award theretofore granted or the associated Award agreement, prospectively or retroactively; provided that any such waiver, amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary; and provided further that, without stockholder approval, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Option Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR, (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Option Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) in a manner which would either (A) (if the Company is subject to the reporting requirement of the Exchange Act) be reportable on the Company’s proxy statement as Options which have been “repriced” (as such term is used in Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act), or (B) result in any Option being accounted for under the “variable” method for financial statement reporting purposes and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of the applicable stock exchange on which the Stock is listed, if any.

(c) Section 162(m) Reapproval. If so determined by the Committee, (i) the Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company no later than the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company’s initial public offering occurs, and (ii) the provisions of the Plan regarding Performance Compensation Awards shall be disclosed and reapproved by stockholders of the Company no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year that stockholders previously approved such provisions following the Company’s initial public offering, in each case in order for certain Awards granted after such time to be exempt from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code. Nothing in this Section 16(c), however, shall affect the validity of Awards granted after such time if such stockholder approval has not been obtained.

* * *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of

ExlService Holdings, Inc. as of April 20, 2006.

ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus India Subplan

Exhibit 10.21

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

2006 OMNIBUS INDIA SUB PLAN 1

1. Purpose

(a) This Sub Plan is established as a sub plan of the ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Plan (the “Plan”), as of the Effective Date, subject to the shareholder and Indian Subsidiary approval requirements set forth in Section 3. This Sub Plan is established and shall be maintained in accordance with all terms and conditions of the Plan, except to the extent specifically provided otherwise herein. Capitalized terms used in the Sub Plan and not otherwise defined shall have the same meanings as such terms are given in the Plan.

(b) The purpose of the Sub Plan is to provide a means through which the Indian Subsidiaries may attract able persons to enter and remain in the employ of the Indian Subsidiaries and to provide a means whereby employees and directors of the Indian Subsidiaries can acquire and maintain Common Stock ownership, or be paid incentive compensation measured by reference to the value of Common Stock, thereby strengthening their commitment to the welfare of the Indian Subsidiaries and promoting an identity of interest between stockholders and these persons.

(c) This is a sub plan of the Plan (“Sub Plan”) that permits offerings of grants to employees and directors of Indian Subsidiaries. The Sub Plan shall be a separate and independent plan from the Plan, but the total number of shares of Stock authorized to be issued under the Plan applies in the aggregate to both the Plan and the Sub Plans.

(d) So that the appropriate incentive can be provided, the Sub Plan provides for granting Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Phantom Stock Awards, Stock Bonuses and Performance Compensation Awards, or any combination or variation of the foregoing.

2. Definitions

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Sub Plan.

(a) “Act” means the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961 as amended, and any applicable regulations or notifications promulgated thereunder.

(d) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to such section and any regulations under such section.

(e) “Committee” means a committee of at least two people as the Board may appoint to administer the Plan or, if no such committee has been appointed by the Board, the Board. Unless the Board is acting as the Committee or the Board specifically determines otherwise, each member of the Committee shall, at the time he takes any action with respect to an Award under the Plan, be an Eligible Director. However, the fact that a Committee member shall fail to qualify as an Eligible Director shall not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee which Award is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

(f) “Company” means ExlService Holdings, Inc. and any successor thereto.

(g) “Effective Date” means June 24, 2006.

(h) “Fair Market Value”, on a given date, means (i) if the Stock is listed on a national securities exchange, the average of the highest and lowest sale prices reported as having occurred on the primary exchange with which the Stock is listed and traded on the date prior to such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which such a sale was reported; (ii) if the Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is quoted in the Nasdaq National Market on a last sale basis, the average between the high bid price and low ask price reported on the date prior to such date, or, if there is no such sale on that date, then on the last preceding date on which a sale was reported; or (iii) if the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange nor quoted in the Nasdaq on a last sale basis, the amount determined by the Committee to be the fair market value based upon a good faith attempt to value the Stock with reference to the annual accounts of the Company for the immediately preceding three years and the price at which shares of the Company’s outstanding capital stock have been previously issued by the Company.

(i) “FEMA” means the Indian Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(j) “Guidelines” means the Employee Stock Option Guidelines issued by the Ministry of Finance of the Government of India.

(k) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan which is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option as described in Section 422 of the Code and otherwise meets the requirements set forth herein.

(l) “Indian Subsidiary” means, each Subsidiary that is either (i) headquartered in the Republic of India or (ii) employs or retains a person who is “resident” in India, in accordance with the Act. All such Subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the “Indian Subsidiaries”.

(m) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option granted by the Committee to a Participant under the Plan which is not designated by the Committee as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) “Option” means an Award granted under Section 7 of the Sub Plan.

(o) “Option Period” means the period described in Section 7(c) of the Sub Plan.

(p) “Option Price” means the exercise price for an Option as described in Section 7(a) of the Sub Plan.

(q) “Participant” means a Sub Plan Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee to participate in the Sub Plan and to receive an Award pursuant to Section 6 of the Sub Plan.

(r) “Performance Compensation Award” shall mean any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 11 of the Plan.

(s) “Performance Criteria” shall mean the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or Indian Subsidiaries, division or operational unit of the Company) and shall be limited to the following:

(i)

net earnings or net income (before or after taxes);

(ii)

basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes);

(iii)

net revenue or net revenue growth;

(iv)

gross revenue

(v)

gross profit or gross profit growth;

(vi)

net operating profit (before or after taxes);

(vii)

return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, or sales);

(viii)

cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital);

(ix)

earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization;

(x)

gross or operating margins;

(xi)

productivity ratios;

(xii)

share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return);

(xiii)

expense targets;

(xiv)

margins;

(xv)

operating efficiency;

(xvi)

objective measures of customer satisfaction;

(xvii)

working capital targets;

(xviii)

measures of economic value added;

(xix)

inventory control; and

(xx)

enterprise value.

Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Indian Subsidiary as a whole or any business unit of the Company and/or an Indian Subsidiary or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Company may select Performance Criterion (xi) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

(t) “Performance Formula” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(u) “Performance Goals” shall mean, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), or at any time thereafter (but only to the

extent the exercise of such authority after such period would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Participant for the Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code), in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period to the extent permitted under Section 162(m) of the Code in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants based on the following events:

(i)

asset write-downs,

(ii)

litigation or claim judgments or settlements,

(iii)

the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results,

(iv)

any reorganization and restructuring programs,

(v)

(vi)

acquisitions or divestitures,

(vii)

any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof;

(viii)

foreign exchange gains and losses, and

(ix)

a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

(v) “Performance Period” shall mean the one or more periods of time not less than one (1) year in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.

(w) “Phantom Stock Award” shall mean a cash award whose value is determined based on the change in the value of the Company Common Stock from the Effective Date.

(x) “Promoter” means the person or persons who are in overall control of the Company, who are instrumental in the formation of the Company or program pursuant to which shares of Stock were offered to the public, or the person or persons named in the offer document as promoter(s); provided, however, that a director or officer of the Company or an Indian Subsidiary, if he is acting as such only in his professional capacity will not be deemed to be a promoter. Where a promoter of the Company is a body corporate, the promoters of that body corporate shall also be deemed to be promoters of the Company.

(y) “Promoter Group” means an immediate relative of the Promoter (i.e. spouse of that person, or any parent, brother, sister or child of the person or of the spouse); persons whose shareholding is aggregated for the purpose of disclosing in the offer document “shareholding of the promoter group”.

(z) “Restricted Period” means, with respect to any Award of Restricted Stock or any Restricted Stock Unit, the period of time determined by the Committee during which such Award is subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9 or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.

(aa) “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock issued or transferred to a Participant subject to forfeiture and the other restrictions set forth in Section 9 of the Sub Plan.

(bb) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a hypothetical investment equivalent to one share of Stock granted in connection with an Award made under Section 9.

(cc) “Stock” means the Common Stock or such other authorized shares of stock of the Company as the Committee may from time to time authorize for use under the Plan.

(dd) “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means an Award granted under Section 8 of the Sub Plan.

(ee) “Stock Bonus” means an Award granted under Section 10 of the Sub Plan.

(ff) “Stock Option Agreement” means any agreement between the Company and a Participant who has been granted an Option pursuant to Section 7 which defines the rights and obligations of the parties thereto.

(gg) “Sub Plan” means this ExlService Holdings, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Award Sub Plan.

(hh) “Sub Plan Eligible Person” means any employee or director of an Indian Subsidiary who is “resident” in India, in accordance with the provisions of FEMA, other than (i) a Promoter, (ii) a member of the Promoter Group, or (iii) a director who either by himself or through his relative or through any body corporate, directly or indirectly holds more than ten percent (10%) of the issued share capital of the Company.

(ii) “Sub Plan Participant” means a Sub Plan Eligible Person who has been selected by the Committee pursuant to subsection 3(b) of the Sub Plan.

(jj) “Subsidiary” means, at the time of reference, a “subsidiary” of the Company as that term is then defined under the Indian Companies Act, 1956.

(kk) “Vested Unit” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9(d).

3. Effective Date, Duration and Shareholder Approval

(a) No Award granted under the Sub Plan will be vested or exercisable until (i) a majority of the shareholders of the Company approve the Plan and (ii) the board of directors of each Indian Subsidiary accepts and adopts the Plan and the Sub Plan, whereupon all grants made under the Sub Plan shall be deemed to have been made at the behest and on behalf of such Indian Subsidiary and such Indian Subsidiary, in so far as the terms and conditions of the Plan apply to it, shall be bound by the terms and conditions thereof.

(b) The Sub Plan and any Awards granted under it will terminate, if the approvals described in the foregoing subparagraph (a) are not received for the Plan and the Sub Plan within twelve months following the Effective Date.

4. Administration

(a) The Committee shall administer the Sub Plan. The majority of the members of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or acts approved in writing by a majority of the Committee shall be deemed the acts of the Committee.

(b) Subject to the provisions of the Sub Plan and applicable law, the Committee shall have the power, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Sub Plan, to: (i) designate Participants; (ii) determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to a Participant; (iii) determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, shares of Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended; (vi) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances the delivery of cash, Stock, other securities, other Options, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or of the Committee; (vii) interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency, correct any defect and/or supply any omission in the Sub Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Sub Plan; (viii) establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules and regulations; (ix) appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Sub Plan; and (x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Sub Plan.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to any officer or officers of the Company or the Indian Subsidiaries the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to (i) “covered employees” under Code Section 162(m) (other than Awards exempt from the application of Code Section 162(m)) and (ii) persons subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act.

(d) Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Sub Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Sub Plan or any Award or any documents evidencing Awards granted pursuant to the Sub Plan shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties, including, without limitation, the Company, any Indian Subsidiary, any Participant, any holder or beneficiary of any Award, and any shareholder.

(e) No member of the Committee or any person authorized by the Committee to act on its behalf shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Sub Plan or any Award hereunder.

5. Grant of Awards; Shares Subject to the Sub Plan

(a) Subject to Section 13, the aggregate number of shares of Stock in respect of which Awards may be granted under the Sub Plan is 250,000 shares;

(b) Shares of Stock shall be deemed to have been used in settlement of Awards whether or not they are actually delivered or the Fair Market Value equivalent of such shares is paid in cash; provided, however, that shares of Stock delivered (either directly or by means of attestation) in full or partial payment of the Option Price in accordance with Section 7(b) shall be deducted from the number of shares of Stock delivered to the Participant pursuant to such Option for purposes of determining the number of shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Sub Plan. In accordance with (and without limitation upon) the preceding sentence, if and to the extent an Award under the Sub Plan expires, terminates or is canceled for any reason whatsoever without the Participant having received any benefit therefrom, the shares covered by such Award shall again become available for future Awards under the Sub Plan. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a Participant shall not be deemed to have received any “benefit” (i) in the case of forfeited Restricted Stock Awards by reason of having enjoyed voting rights and dividend rights prior to the date of forfeiture or (ii) in the case of an Award canceled pursuant to Section 5(e) by reason of a new Award being granted in substitution therefor.

(d) Subject to Section 13, no person may be granted Options or SARs under the Sub Plan during any calendar year with respect to more than 250,000 shares of Stock; and

(e) The Committee may, from time to time grant Awards to one or more Sub Plan Eligible Persons, subject to the provisos of Section 5 of the Plan.

(f) The Committee is authorized to grant one or more Awards to any Sub Plan Eligible Person. Each Award so granted shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, the additional conditions set forth in this Sub Plan, and to any other conditions as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. The minimum number of shares of Stock which may be subject to an Award granted to a Sub Plan Eligible Person is one and the maximum number of shares of Stock which may be subject to such an Award is 250,000.

(g) The provisions in the applicable Award Agreement shall control the terms of the Award issued pursuant thereto However, if there shall be a conflict between the provisions of the Plan or the Sub Plan and such Award Agreement, the provisions of this Sub Plan shall control. If there shall be a conflict between the provisions of the Plan and the Sub Plan, the provisions of this Sub Plan shall control.

6. Eligibility

Participation shall be limited to Sub Plan Eligible Persons who have entered into an Award agreement or who have received written notification from the Committee, or from a person designated by the Committee, that they have been selected to participate in the Sub Plan.

7. Options

The Committee is authorized to grant one or more Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options to any Sub Plan Eligible Person. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7, or to such other conditions as may be reflected in the applicable Stock Option Agreement.

(a) Option Price. The exercise price (“Option Price”) per share of Stock for each Option shall be set by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Date of Grant.

(b) Manner of Exercise and Form of Payment. No shares of Stock shall be delivered pursuant to any exercise of an Option until payment in full of the Option Price therefor is received by the Company. Options which have become exercisable may be exercised by delivery of written notice of exercise to the Committee accompanied by payment of the Option Price. The Option Price shall be payable (i) in

cash, check, or cash equivalent, (ii) in the discretion of the Committee, by delivering to the Committee a copy of irrevocable instructions to a stockbroker to deliver promptly to the Company an amount of loan proceeds, or proceeds from the sale of the Stock subject to the Option, sufficient to pay the Option Price or (iii) by such other method as the Committee may allow. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to exercise an Option in the manner described in clause (ii) or (iii) of the preceding sentence if the Committee determines that exercising an Option in such manner would violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, any other applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded.

(c) Vesting, Option Period and Expiration. Options shall vest and become exercisable in such manner and on such date or dates determined by the Committee and as specified in the Stock Option Agreement and shall expire after such period, not to exceed ten years, as may be determined by the Committee (the “Option Period”); provided, however, that notwithstanding any vesting dates set by the Committee, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, accelerate the exercisability of any Option, which acceleration shall not affect the terms and conditions of such Option other than with respect to exercisability. If an Option is exercisable in installments, such installments or portions thereof which become exercisable shall remain exercisable until the Option expires.

(d) Stock Option Agreement - Other Terms and Conditions. Each Option granted under the Sub Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement. Except as specifically provided otherwise in such Stock Option Agreement, each Option granted under the Sub Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i)

Each Option or portion thereof that is exercisable shall be exercisable for the full amount or for any part thereof.

(ii)

Each share of Stock purchased through the exercise of an Option shall be paid for in full at the time of the exercise. Each Option shall cease to be exercisable, as to any share of Stock, when the Participant purchases the share or exercises a related SAR or when the Option expires.

(iii)

Subject to Section 17, Options shall not be transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by him.

(iv)

Each Option shall vest and become exercisable by the Participant in accordance with the vesting schedule established by the Committee and set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.

(v)

At the time of any exercise of an Option, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, require a Participant to deliver to the Committee a

written representation that the shares of Stock to be acquired upon such exercise are to be acquired for investment and not for resale or with a view to the distribution thereof and any other representation deemed necessary by the Committee to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, including US federal and state securities laws. Upon such a request by the Committee, delivery of such representation prior to the delivery of any shares issued upon exercise of an Option shall be a condition precedent to the right of the Participant or such other person to purchase any shares. In the event certificates for Stock are delivered under the Sub Plan with respect to which such investment representation has been obtained, the Committee may cause a legend or legends to be placed on such certificates to make appropriate reference to such representation and to restrict transfer in the absence of compliance with applicable laws, including US federal or state securities laws.

(vi)

Each Participant awarded an Incentive Stock Option under the Sub Plan shall notify the Company in writing immediately after the date he or she makes a disqualifying disposition of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Incentive Stock Option. A disqualifying disposition is any disposition (including any sale) of such Stock before the later of (A) two years after the Date of Grant of the Incentive Stock Option or (B) one year after the date the Participant acquired the Stock by exercising the Incentive Stock Option. The Company may, if determined by the Committee and in accordance with procedures established by it, retain possession of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option as agent for the applicable Participant until the end of the period described in the preceding sentence, subject to complying with any instructions from such Participant as to the sale of such Stock.

(vii)

An Option Agreement may, but need not, include a provision whereby a Participant may elect, at any time before the termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Any unvested shares of Stock so purchased may be subject to a share repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Committee determines to be appropriate. The Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following the exercise of the Option unless the Committee otherwise specifically provides in an Stock Option Agreement.

(e) $100,000 Per Year Limitation for Incentive Stock Options. To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the Date of

Grant) of Stock for which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such excess Incentive Stock Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options.

(f) Voluntary Surrender. The Committee may permit the voluntary surrender of all or any portion of any Nonqualified Stock Option and its corresponding SAR, if any, granted under the Sub Plan to be conditioned upon the granting to the Participant of a new option for the same or a different number of shares as the option surrendered or require such voluntary surrender as a condition precedent to a grant of a new Option to such Participant. Such new Option shall be exercisable at an Option Price, during an Option Period, and in accordance with any other terms or conditions specified by the Committee at the time the new Option is granted, all determined in accordance with the provisions of the Sub Plan without regard to the Option Price, Option Period, or any other terms and conditions of the Nonqualified Stock Option surrendered.

(g) Reload Options. The Committee may provide for the grant to any Participant of additional Options (“Reload Options”) upon the exercise of Options, including Reload Options, through the delivery of shares of Stock; provided, however, that (i) Reload Options may be granted only with respect to the same number of shares as were surrendered to exercise the Options and the number of shares of Stock withheld for tax purposes pursuant to Section 12(d)(ii) of the Plan, (ii) the exercise price per share of the Reload Options shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value as of the Date of Grant of the Reload Options and (iii) the Reload Options shall not be exercisable after the expiration of the term of the Options, and otherwise shall have the same terms and conditions of the Options, the exercise of which resulted in the grant of the Reload Options.

8. Stock Appreciation Rights

Any Option granted under the Sub Plan may include SARs, either at the Date of Grant or, except in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, by subsequent amendment. The Committee also may award SARs to Sub Plan Eligible Persons independent of any Option. A SAR shall be subject to such terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Sub Plan as the Committee shall impose, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) Vesting, Transferability and Expiration. A SAR granted in connection with an Option shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire according to the same vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as the corresponding Option. A SAR granted independent of an Option shall become exercisable, be transferable and shall expire in accordance with a vesting schedule, transferability rules and expiration provisions as established by the Committee and reflected in an Award agreement.

(b) Automatic Exercise. If on the last day of the Option Period (or in the case of a SAR independent of an option, the period established by the Committee after which the SAR shall expire), the Fair Market Value exceeds the Strike Price, the Participant has not exercised the SAR or the corresponding Option, and neither the SAR nor the corresponding Option has expired, such SAR shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day and the Company shall make the appropriate payment therefor.

(c) Payment. Upon the exercise of a SAR, the Company shall pay to the Participant an amount equal to the number of shares subject to the SAR multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the exercise date over the Strike Price. The Company shall pay such excess in cash (taking into consideration any adverse tax consequences to the Participant under Section 409A of the Code), in shares of Stock valued at Fair Market Value, or any combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Fractional shares shall be settled in cash.

(d) Method of Exercise. A Participant may exercise a SAR at such time or times as may be determined by the Committee at the time of grant by filing an irrevocable written notice with the Committee or its designee, specifying the number of SARs to be exercised, and the date on which such SARs were awarded.

(e) Expiration. Except as otherwise provided in the case of SARs granted in connection with Options, a SAR shall expire on a date designated by the Committee which is not later than ten years after the Date of Grant of the SAR.

9. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

(a) Award of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

(i)

The Committee shall have the authority (A) to grant Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Sub Plan Eligible Persons, (B) to issue or transfer Restricted Stock to Participants, and (C) to establish terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, including the Restricted Period, as applicable, which may differ with respect to each grantee, the time or times at which Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be granted or become vested and the number of shares or units to be covered by each grant.

(ii)

Each Participant granted Restricted Stock shall execute and deliver to the Company an Award agreement with respect to the Restricted Stock setting forth the restrictions and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock. If the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (A) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable,

and (B) the appropriate blank stock power with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant shall fail to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and stock power, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b), the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock. At the discretion of the Committee, cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock may be either currently paid to the Participant or withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends and earnings, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such cash dividends, stock dividends or earnings.

(iii)

Upon the grant of Restricted Stock, the Committee shall cause a stock certificate registered in the name of the Participant to be issued and, if it so determines, deposited together with the stock powers with an escrow agent designated by the Committee. If an escrow arrangement is used, the Committee may cause the escrow agent to issue to the Participant a receipt evidencing any stock certificate held by it, registered in the name of the Participant.

(iv)

The terms and conditions of a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be reflected in a written Award agreement. No shares of Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit (representing one share of Stock) may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid by the Company in respect of one share of Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). At the discretion of the Committee, Dividend Equivalents may be either currently paid to the Participant or withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to

the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividends Equivalents.

(b) Restrictions.

(i)

Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award agreement: (A) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate; (B) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award agreement; (C) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in Section 9(d) and the applicable Award agreement; and (D) to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a shareholder with respect to such shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

(ii)

Restricted Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award agreement.

(iii)

The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in applicable laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date of the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.

(c) Restricted Period. With respect to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Period shall commence on the Date of Grant and end at the time or times set forth on a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award agreement.

(d) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in Section 9(b) and the applicable Award agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his beneficiary, without

charge, the stock certificate evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (to the nearest full share) and any cash dividends or stock dividends credited to the Participant’s account with respect to such Restricted Stock and the interest thereon, if any.

(e) Stock Restrictions. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Sub Plan shall bear a legend substantially in the form of the following until the lapse of all restrictions with respect to such Stock as well as any other information the Company deems appropriate:

THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. 2006 OMNIBUS INDIA SUB PLAN 1, A CERTAIN RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE REGISTERED OWNER OF THIS CERTIFICATE (OR HIS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST) AND THE STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT TO WHICH EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE REGISTERED OWNER OF THIS CERTIFICATE (OR HIS PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST) ARE PARTIES, WHICH SUB PLAN AND AGREEMENTS ARE BINDING UPON ANY AND ALL OWNERS OF ANY INTEREST IN SAID SHARES. SAID SUB PLAN AND AGREEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION WITHOUT CHARGE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. AND COPIES THEREOF WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO ANY OWNER OF SAID SHARES UPON REQUEST.

THE SALE, ASSIGNMENT, HYPOTHECATION, PLEDGE, ENCUMBRANCE OR OTHER DISPOSITION (EACH A “TRANSFER”) AND VOTING OF ANY OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE RESTRICTED BY THE TERMS OF A CERTAIN STOCKHOLDER AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF , 2006, BY AND BETWEEN EXLSERVICE HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) AND AND THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COMPANY, COPIES OF WHICH MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE COMPANY’S PRINCIPAL OFFICE. THE COMPANY WILL NOT REGISTER THE TRANSFER OF SUCH SECURITIES ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY UNLESS AND UNTIL THE TRANSFER HAS BEEN MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND THE AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.

Stop transfer orders shall be entered with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of legended securities.

10. Stock Bonus Awards

The Committee may issue unrestricted Stock, or other Awards denominated in Stock, under the Sub Plan to Sub Plan Eligible Persons, alone or in tandem with other Awards, in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time in its sole discretion determine. A Stock Bonus Award under the Sub Plan shall be granted as, or in payment of, a bonus, or to provide incentives or recognize special achievements or contributions.

11. Performance Compensation Awards

(a) General. The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in Sections 7 through 10 (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price or grant price, as the case may be, equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on the date of grant), to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall have the authority to grant cash bonuses under the Sub Plan with the intent that such bonuses shall qualify for the exemption from Section 162(m) of the Code provided pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(1), for the reliance period described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2). In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m).

(b) Eligibility. The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.

(c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one (1) year in duration), the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is(are) to apply to the Company and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 11(c) and record the same in writing.

(d) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards

(i)

Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award agreement, a Participant must be employed

by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii)

Limitation. A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(iii)

Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing that amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion in accordance with Section 11(d)(iv) hereof, if and when it deems appropriate.

(iv)

Use of Discretion. In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The Committee shall not have the discretion to (a) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; or (b) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the maximum amount payable under Sections 5(d) or 11(d)(vi) of the Sub Plan.

(v)

Timing of Award Payments. Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 11.

(vi)

Maximum Award Payable. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Sub Plan to the contrary, the maximum Performance Compensation Award payable to any one Participant under the Sub Plan for a Performance Period is 250,000 shares of Stock or, in the event such Performance Compensation Award is paid in cash, the equivalent cash value thereof on the first or last day of the Performance Period to which such Award relates, as determined by the Committee. The maximum amount that can be paid in any calendar year to any Participant pursuant to a cash

bonus Award described in the last sentence of Section 11(a) shall be $1,000,000. Furthermore, any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (A) with respect to Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (B) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in shares of Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date.

12. General

(a) Additional Provisions of an Award. Awards to a Participant under the Sub Plan also may be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to Awards granted to any other Participant) as the Committee determines appropriate, including, without limitation, provisions to assist the Participant in financing the purchase of Stock upon the exercise of Options (provided, that the Committee determines that providing such financing does not violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), adding dividend equivalent rights or other protections to Participants in respect of dividends paid on Stock underlying any Award (in addition to those provisions of Section 9 providing for the payment of dividends with respect to Restricted Stock and Dividend Equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units), provisions for the forfeiture of or restrictions on resale or other disposition of shares of Stock acquired under any Award, provisions giving the Company the right to repurchase shares of Stock acquired under any Award in the event the Participant elects to dispose of such shares, provisions allowing the Participant to elect to defer the receipt of payment in respect of Awards for a specified period or until a specified event, and provisions to comply with Federal and state securities laws, Federal and state tax withholding requirements and the applicable Indian laws; provided, however, that any such deferral does not result in acceleration of taxability of an Award prior to receipt, or tax penalties, under Section 409A of the Code or the Act. Any such provisions shall be reflected in the applicable Award agreement.

(b) Privileges of Stock Ownership. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Sub Plan, no person shall be entitled to the privileges of ownership in respect of shares of Stock which are subject to Awards hereunder until such shares have been issued to that person.

(c) Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by governmental agencies as may be required. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any shares of Stock pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to the Company, that such shares may be offered or sold without such

registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the shares of Stock to be offered or sold under the Sub Plan. If the shares of Stock offered for sale or sold under the Sub Plan are offered or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Company may restrict the transfer of such shares and may legend the Stock certificates representing such shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

(d) Tax Withholding.

(i)

A Participant may be required to pay to the Company or the Indian Subsidiaries, and the Company or the Indian Subsidiaries shall have the right and is hereby authorized to withhold from any shares of Stock or other property deliverable under any Award or from any compensation or other amounts owing to a Participant, the amount (in cash, Stock or other property) of any required income tax withholding and payroll taxes in respect of an Award, its exercise, or any payment or transfer under an Award or under the Sub Plan and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding and taxes.

(ii)

Without limiting the generality of clause (i) above, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a Participant to satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required withholding liability) by (A) the delivery of Mature Shares owned by the Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability or (B) having the Company withhold from the number of shares of Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise or settlement of the Award a number of shares with a Fair Market Value equal to such withholding liability (but no more than the minimum required withholding liability).

(e) Claim to Awards and Employment Rights. No employee of the Company or the Indian Subsidiary, or other person, shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Sub Plan or, having been selected for the grant of an Award, to be selected for a grant of any other Award. Neither the Sub Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any Participant any right to be retained in the employment or service of the Company, the Indian Subsidiaries or their affiliates.

(f) Designation and Change of Beneficiary. Each Participant may file with the Committee a written designation of one or more persons as the beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the amounts payable with respect to an Award, if any, due under the Sub Plan upon his death. A Participant may, from time to time, revoke or change his beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior

beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Committee. The last such designation received by the Committee shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Committee prior to the Participant’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of a date prior to such receipt. If no beneficiary designation is filed by a Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her spouse or, if the Participant is unmarried at the time of death, his or her estate.

(g) Payments to Persons Other Than Participants. If the Committee shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the Sub Plan is unable to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, or is a minor, or has died, then any payment due to such person or his estate (unless a prior claim therefor has been made by a duly appointed legal representative) may, if the Committee so directs the Company, be paid to his spouse, child, relative, an institution maintaining or having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Committee to be a proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Committee and the Company therefor.

(h) No Liability of Committee Members. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable by reason of any contract or other instrument executed by such member or on his behalf in his capacity as a member of the Committee nor for any mistake of judgment made in good faith, and the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee and each other employee, officer or director of the Company to whom any duty or power relating to the administration or interpretation of the Sub Plan may be allocated or delegated, against any cost or expense (including counsel fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim) arising out of any act or omission to act in connection with the Sub Plan unless arising out of such person’s own fraud or willful bad faith; provided, however, that approval of the Board shall be required for the payment of any amount in settlement of a claim against any such person. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(i) Governing Law. The Sub Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and performed wholly within the State of Delaware.

(j) Funding. No provision of the Sub Plan shall require the Company, for the purpose of satisfying any obligations under the Sub Plan, to purchase assets or place any assets in a trust or other entity to which contributions are made or otherwise to segregate any assets, nor shall the Company maintain separate bank accounts, books, records or other evidence of the existence of a segregated or separately maintained or administered fund for such purposes. Participants shall have no rights under the Sub Plan other than as unsecured general creditors of the Company, except that insofar as they may have become entitled to payment of additional compensation by

performance of services, they shall have the same rights as other employees under general law.

(k) Reliance on Reports. Each member of the Committee and each member of the Board shall be fully justified in acting or failing to act, as the case may be, and shall not be liable for having so acted or failed to act in good faith, in reliance upon any report made by the independent public accountant of the Company and its affiliates, including Indian Subsidiaries and/or any other information furnished in connection with the Sub Plan by any person or persons other than himself.

(l) Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Sub Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit sharing, group insurance or other benefit plan of the Company except as otherwise specifically provided in such other plan.

(m) Expenses. The expenses of administering the Sub Plan shall be borne by the Company and the Indian Subsidiaries.

(n) Pronouns. Masculine pronouns and other words of masculine gender shall refer to both men and women.

(o) Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the sections in the Sub Plan are for convenience of reference only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Sub Plan, rather than such titles or headings shall control.

(p) Termination of Employment. Unless an applicable Award agreement provides otherwise, for purposes of the Sub Plan, a person who transfers from employment or service with an Indian Subsidiary to employment or service with the Company or an affiliate thereof or vice versa shall not be deemed to have terminated employment or service with the Indian Subsidiary or the Company or its affiliate.

(q) Severability. If any provision of the Sub Plan or any Award agreement is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or as to any person or Award, or would disqualify the Sub Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the applicable laws, or if it cannot be construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the intent of the Sub Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award and the remainder of the Sub Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(r) Compliance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding any provision in the Sub Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Sub Plan that it in its sole discretion deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.

13. Changes in Capital Structure

Awards granted under the Sub Plan and any agreements evidencing such Awards, the maximum number of shares of Stock subject to all Awards stated in Section 5(a) and the maximum number of shares of Stock with respect to which any one person may be granted Awards during any period stated in Sections 5(d) or 11(d)(vi) shall be subject to adjustment or substitution, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards or as otherwise determined by the Committee to be equitable (i) in the event of changes in the outstanding Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of stock or extraordinary cash dividends, stock splits, reverse stock splits, recapitalization, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the Date of Grant of any such Award or (ii) in the event of any change in applicable laws or any change in circumstances which results in or would result in any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to, or available for, Participants, or which otherwise warrants equitable adjustment because it interferes with the intended operation of the Sub Plan. Any adjustment in Incentive Stock Options under this Section 13 shall be made only to the extent not constituting a “modification” within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code, and any adjustments under this Section 13 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. Further, with respect to Awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, such adjustments or substitutions shall be made only to the extent that the Committee determines that such adjustments or substitutions may be made without causing the Company to be denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

Notwithstanding the above, in the event of any of the following:

B. All or substantially all of the assets of the Company are acquired by another person;

C. The reorganization or liquidation of the Company; or

D. The Company shall enter into a written agreement to undergo an event described in clauses A, B or C above,

in the event. The terms of this Section 13 may be varied by the Committee in any particular Award agreement.

14. Effect of Change in Control

(a) The Committee may, but is not required to, provide in any particular Award agreement:

(i)

In the event of a Change in Control, notwithstanding any provision of the Sub Plan or any applicable Award agreement to the contrary, and either in or not in combination with another event such as a termination of the applicable Participant by the Company without Cause, all Options and SARs subject to such Award shall become immediately exercisable with respect to 100 percent of the shares subject to such Option or SAR, and/or that the Restricted Period shall expire immediately with respect to 100 percent of such shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units subject to such Award (including a waiver of any applicable Performance Goals) and, to the extent practicable, such acceleration of exercisability and expiration of the Restricted Period (as applicable) shall occur in a manner and at a time which allows affected Participants the ability to participate in the Change in Control transaction with respect to the Stock subject to their Awards.

(ii)

In the event of a Change in Control, all incomplete Performance Periods in respect of such Award in effect on the date the Change in Control occurs shall end on the date of such change, and the Committee shall (A) determine the extent to which Performance Goals with respect to each such Award Period have been met based upon such audited or unaudited financial information then available as it deems relevant, (B) cause to be paid to the applicable Participant partial or full Awards with respect to Performance Goals for each such Award Period based upon the Committee’s determination of the degree of attainment of Performance Goals, and (C) cause the Award, if previously deferred, to be settled in full as soon as possible.

(c) The obligations of the Company under the Sub Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to substantially all of the assets and business of the Company. The Company agrees that it will make appropriate provisions for the preservation of

Participants’ rights under the Sub Plan in any agreement or plan which it may enter into or adopt to effect any such merger, consolidation, reorganization or transfer of assets.

(d) If (i) within 12 months following a Change in Control or (ii) in contemplation of a Change in Control, a Senior Participant’s employment with the Company or any affiliate is terminated by the Indian Subsidiary or the Company without Cause, all Awards held by such Senior Participant, irrespective of the vesting schedule, shall become fully vested and immediately exercisable and, if applicable, the Restricted Period shall end at the time of such termination.

(e) Upon a Change in Control the vesting and exercisability of all Awards outstanding under the Sub Plan held by Vice President Participants shall be such that any Award that would have vested in the one calendar year period following the Change in Control shall automatically become fully vested and exercisable and, if applicable, the Restricted Period shall end immediately prior to the Change in Control.

15. Nonexclusivity of the Sub Plan

Neither the adoption of this Sub Plan by the Board nor the submission of this Sub Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other incentive arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under this Sub Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

16. Amendments and Termination

(a) The Board may suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Sub Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that no such suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made without shareholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any tax or regulatory requirement applicable to the Sub Plan (including as necessary to comply with any applicable stock exchange listing requirement or to prevent the Company from being denied a tax deduction on account of Section 162(m) of the Code); and provided, further that any such suspension, discontinuance or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary. The termination date of the Sub Plan, following which no Awards may be granted hereunder, is April 19, 2016, provided, that such termination shall not affect Awards then outstanding, and the terms and conditions of the Sub Plan shall continue to apply to such Awards.

suspension, discontinuance, cancellation or termination that would impair the rights of any Participant or any holder or beneficiary of any Award theretofore granted shall not to that extent be effective without the consent of the affected Participant, holder or beneficiary; and provided further that, without stockholder approval, (i) no amendment or modification may reduce the Option Price of any Option or the Strike Price of any SAR, (ii) the Committee may not cancel any outstanding Option or SAR and replace it with a new Option or SAR (with a lower Option Price or Strike Price, as the case may be) in a manner which would either (A) (if the Company is subject to the reporting requirement of the Exchange Act) be reportable on the Company’s proxy statement as Options which have been “repriced” (as such term is used in Item 402 of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Exchange Act), or (B) result in any Option being accounted for under the “variable” method for financial statement reporting purposes and (iii) the Committee may not take any other action which is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the shareholder approval rules of the applicable stock exchange on which the Stock is listed, if any.

(c) Section 162(m) Reapproval. If so determined by the Committee, (i) the Sub Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company no later than the first meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Company’s initial public offering occurs, and (ii) the provisions of the Sub Plan regarding Performance Compensation Awards shall be disclosed and reapproved by stockholders of the Company no later than the first stockholder meeting that occurs in the fifth year following the year that stockholders previously approved such provisions following the Company’s initial public offering, in each case in order for certain Awards granted after such time to be exempt from the deduction limitations of Section 162(m) of the Code. Nothing in this Section 16(c), however, shall affect the validity of Awards granted after such time if such stockholder approval has not been obtained.

17. Nontransferability

(i) Each Award shall be exercisable only by a Participant during the Participant’s lifetime, or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant’s legal guardian or representative. No Award may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or otherwise transferred or encumbered by a Participant other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and any such purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or an Indian Subsidiary; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.

the Committee may adopt consistent with any applicable Award agreement to preserve the purposes of the Sub Plan, to:

(A)

any person who is a “family member” of the Participant, as such term is used in the instructions to Form S-8 (collectively, the “Immediate Family Members”);

(B)

a trust solely for the benefit of the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members;

(C)

a partnership or limited liability company whose only partners or shareholders are the Participant and his or her Immediate Family Members; or

(D)

any other transferee as may be approved either (a) by the Board or the Committee in its sole discretion, or (b) as provided in the applicable Award agreement;

The terms of any Award transferred in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall apply to the Permitted Transferee and any reference in the Plan, or in any applicable Award agreement, to a Participant shall be deemed to refer to the Permitted Transferee, except that (A) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to transfer any Award, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (B) Permitted Transferees shall not be entitled to exercise any transferred Option unless there shall be in effect a registration statement on an appropriate form covering the shares of Stock to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of such Option if the Committee determines, consistent with any applicable Award agreement, that such a registration statement is necessary or appropriate, (C) the Committee or the Company shall not be required to provide any notice to a Permitted Transferee, whether or not such notice is or would otherwise have been required to be given to the Participant under the Sub Plan or otherwise, and (D) the consequences of the termination of the Participant’s employment by, or services to, the Company or an Affiliate under the terms of the Sub Plan and the applicable Award agreement shall continue to be applied with respect to the Participant, including, without limitation, that an Option shall be exercisable by the Permitted Transferee only to the extent, and for the periods, specified in the Sub Plan and the applicable Award agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any rules that the Committee may adopt permitting Options to be transferred by a Sub Plan Participant without consideration shall be consistent with applicable FEMA regulations.

18. Qualification of Plan

It is intended that each Option to be issued to a Sub Plan Participant under this Sub Plan will qualify for beneficial tax treatment under the Act.

19. Applicable Law; Severability

(a) This Sub Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof, or principles of conflicts of laws of any other jurisdiction which could cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.. If any provision of this Sub Plan are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Sub Plan will continue to be fully effective.

(b) The Board shall exercise the powers granted to it under Section 14(a) of the Plan with respect to this Sub Plan only to the extent that such exercise would not be prohibited by Section 2 of the Guidelines.

* * *

As adopted by the Board of Directors of

ExlService Holdings, Inc. as of April 20, 2006.

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant:

ExlService.com, Inc., a Delaware corporation

ExlService (UK) Limited, an entity formed in the United Kingdom

ExlService.com India Private Limited, an Indian corporation (subsidiary of ExlService.com, Inc.)

Noida Customer Operations Private Limited, an Indian corporation (subsidiary of ExlService.com India Private Limited)

Exl Support Service Limited, an Indian corporation (subsidiary of ExlService.com India Private Limited)

Inductis, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Inductis LLC, a Delaware limited liability corporation (subsidiary of Inductis, Inc.)

Inductis India Private Limited, an Indian corporation (subsidiary of Inductis, Inc.)

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated February 15, 2005, in Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-121001) and related Prospectus of ExlService Holdings, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

New York, New York

July 27, 2006

Consent of Russell Bedford Stefanou Mirchandani LLP

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

TO:

Inductis, Inc.

As independent certified public accountants, we hereby consent to the inclusion in the Form S-1 Registration Statement of our report dated May 22, 2006, except for note 23(b) which is dated June 18, 2006, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Inductis, Inc. and to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” appearing in the Prospectus.

/s/ RUSSELL BEDFORD STEFANOU MIRCHANDANI LLP

Russell Bedford Stefanou Mirchandani LLP

New York, New York

July 27, 2006

Consent of Luthra & Luthra

Exhibit 23.4

LOGO

July 27, 2006

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

350 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10022

USA

Re: ExlService Holdings, Inc. (“ExlService”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as Indian legal counsel to ExlService in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of ExlService, Registration No. 333-121001, including any future amendments thereto filed after the date hereof (the “Registration Statement”). We hereby consent to the filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the headings “Risk Factors—Risks Related to India and the International Nature of our Business—Investors may have difficulty effecting service of process or enforcing judgments obtained in the United States against our subsidiaries in India or our executive officers,” “Legal Matters” and “Enforceability of Judgments” in the Prospectus, which is part of the Registrations Statement. In giving such consent, we do not admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933.

Yours truly,

/s/ Mohit Saraf

Luthra & Luthra

Law Offices

Mohit Saraf

Senior Partner

LOGO

Response Letter

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

July 27, 2006

Via EDGAR

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, NE

Washington, D.C. 20549

ExlService Holdings, Inc. – Amendment No. 3

Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-121001)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

On behalf of ExlService Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), we submit in electronic form for filing the accompanying Amendment No. 3 (“Amendment No. 3”) to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of the Company, together with Exhibits, marked to indicate changes from the Registration Statement as originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on December 3, 2004, and amended on January 31, 2005 and April 15, 2005.

Amendment No. 3 reflects the responses of the Company to comments received from the Staff of the Commission (the “Staff”) in a letter from Owen Pinkerton, dated May 3, 2005 (the “Comment Letter”). The discussion below is presented in the order of the numbered comments in the Comment Letter. Certain capitalized terms set forth in this letter are used as defined in the Registration Statement. For your convenience, references in the responses to page numbers are to the marked version of Amendment No. 3 and to the prospectus included therein (the “Prospectus” or “Amendment No. 3”, as applicable).

On July 1, 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of Inductis, Inc., a provider of consulting and analytics services. The Company has included additional disclosure in Amendment No. 3 regarding this acquisition, including Inductis’ historical audited financial statements for fiscal years 2004 and 2005 and unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2006, and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the acquisition.

The Company’s responses to the Staff’s comments are as follows:

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Page 2

General

Please note that we will address your April 22, 2005 amended application for confidential treatment in a separate cover letter.

Response to Comment 1

The Company wishes to withdraw its application for confidential treatment with respect to the Statement of Work (the “SOW”), effective as of August 2, 2003, by and between ExlService.com Inc. and Dell Products L.P. (“Dell Products”). The Company regards the SOW as having been made in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. Furthermore, the Company’s business is not substantially dependent on the SOW. The percentage of the Company’s revenues generated by the SOW represented less than 2% of the Company’s total revenues in 2005 and the Company does not regard the SOW as otherwise having been material to its business in 2005. The SOW terminated by its terms on August 2, 2005 and is no longer in effect. Therefore, the Company believes that the SOW is not required to be filed pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K and has deleted the SOW from the list of exhibits to Amendment No. 3.

Our Business—Page 1

We note your response to previous comment 6. Upon reviewing your supplemental support we note that NASSCOM ranks only those companies that are members of their organization. If you intend to refer to yourself as a leader in the industry based on the NASSCOM revenue ranking system, please disclose that the ranking is limited to a pool of other industry players that are NASSCOM members. Supplementally, please advise us as to the membership requirements of NASSCOM and as to the number of companies that provide similar services that are not members of NASSCOM and are not included in the ranking.

Response to Comment 2

The Company believes that it is a leading provider of offshore business process outsourcing services based on rankings issued by several different organizations in addition to the NASSCOM ranking previously identified to the Staff in connection with the filing of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement. These additional rankings were prepared on various bases, not just revenues, and include the following:

•

in July 2006, the Company was ranked as the 17^th best managed global outsourcing vendor by the Black Book of Outsourcing, a recent publication regarding the outsourcing industry whose authors, Douglas Brown and Scott Wilson, are unrelated to the Company. The Black Book ranking was developed “based on a survey of 872 outsourcing vendors spread over 63 countries, which survey received responses from 12,755 qualified and sample

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Page 3

audited outsourcing purchasers/users and 3,340 outsourcing corporate employees”;

•

the Company was listed as a “major player in outsourcing” in an analysis by Gartner Inc., a global information research and technology company unrelated to the Company, of the “hot players in the global outsourcing business.” The report was referenced in an article entitled “Major Players in Outsourcing” in the January 30, 2006 edition of BusinessWeek magazine;

•

in March 2006, the Company was rated as a “rising star” in the Global Outsourcing 100 list issued by the International Association of Outsourcing Professionals (IAOP), which was formed in early 2005 by a consortium of leading companies involved in outsourcing as customers, providers and advisors and whose global membership includes over 250 organizations from around the world representing a cross-section of industries and functional activities, as reported in a special advertising feature in an April 2006 edition of Fortune magazine;

•

on January 26, 2006, the Company was listed as one of the top 10 best performing business processing outsourcing providers by CMP Media’s Global Services magazine. The list was based on a study conducted by neoIT, an outsourcing advisory firm unrelated to the Company; and

•

in February 2006, the Company was featured in the Top 20 finance and accounting outsourcing providers list published by Finance & Accounting Outsourcing Today (FAO Today) magazine. The list was based on finance and accounting outsourcing revenues, number of finance and accounting transactions processed, number of clients served, and staff size.

These materials demonstrate the Company’s leadership position in the business processing outsourcing sector based not only on revenues but also based on customer and vendor surveys, professional association surveys, potential customer inquiries and other factors such as the size, skills and training of the Company’s work force, the quality of customer service, management’s track record and the Company’s technical and business certifications. As a result, the Company has deleted references to revenues in statements discussing its leadership position based on the support for these statements discussed above. The Company has supplementally provided the Staff, under a separate cover letter, with copies of source information for these materials.

Risk Factors, page 5

We have received your revisions in response to previous comment 10. The comment was meant to elicit greater balance in the summary section, in light of your extensive disclosure regarding your competitive strengths and your business strategy going forward. However, your revisions appear to repeat the minimal disclosure found under the heading “Competitive Weaknesses” found on page 3 rather than provide overall

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Page 4

balance to the summary section. Please revise to expand your disclosure here regarding the most material risks facing purchasers in the offering. For example, we note that a large portion of your revenues are derived from contracts that are terminable at will and that your largest shareholders will continue to exert significant influence over your operations following the offering. Please revise to discuss these risks and expand your existing disclosure to briefly explain the risks currently listed.

Response to Comment 3

The Company has revised the Prospectus as requested. See pages 4 and 6 of the Prospectus.

Substantial future sales of shares of our common stock…page 20

We note your response to previous comment 14. Your disclosure that substantial amount of common stock are subject to lock-up agreements that expire in 180 and 360 day periods implies that no sale of those shares will occur prior to the expirations periods under any circumstances. In light of this disclosure, please revise to provide investors with a complete picture of the risk, including that underwriters could waive the lock-up provisions at their discretion prior to the expiration dates. Please also supplementally advise us as to the percentage of your stock, including that held by Oak Hill Partners, that will be subject to the lock-up agreement.

Response to Comment 4

The Company has revised the Prospectus as requested. See page 23 of the Prospectus. Approximately 10,335,788 shares of Series A common stock and Series B common stock, representing approximately 94.3% of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B common stock of the Company as of July 1, 2006, are expected to be subject to these lock-up agreements. Those shares include all shares of the Company owned by Oak Hill Capital Partners L.P. and its affiliates.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Revenues, page 29

Where you discuss the factors that contributed to your growth in revenues from 2003 to 2004, please revise so that your disclosure is consistent with your disclosure under “Results of Operations.” Specifically, it appears that $20 million of the increase is the result of providing services to certain clients for an entire year rather than a partial year.

Response to Comment 5

The Company has revised the Prospectus as requested to clarify in the overview discussion of revenue trends that a significant portion of the Company’s

ExlService Holdings, Inc.

Page 5

revenues growth between 2003 and 2004 was the result of providing services to new clients gained in 2003 for the entire year in 2004 as compared to part of the year in 2003. See page 37 of the Prospectus.

Executive Compensation

Please revise the table to reflect the options granted to Shiv Kumar in 2004.

Response to Comment 6

The Company has revised the Prospectus as requested. See page 86 of the Prospectus.

* * * *

If you have any questions concerning the above responses, please do not hesitate to contact either the undersigned at (212) 373-3076 or John C. Kennedy at (212) 373-3025.

Sincerely,

/s/ Valérie M. Demont

Valérie M. Demont



cc:		Amit Shashank, ExlService Holdings, Inc.
		Katy Murray, ExlService Holdings, Inc.
		John C. Kennedy, Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP
		Janet L. Fisher, Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
		Marc Silverman, Ernst & Young, LLP